HomeSURVIVAL911 INFOVACCINE DANGERSPOLICE BRUTALITYCULT CONNECTIONSILLEGAL IMMIGRATION
NEW WORLD ORDER NEWS
THE NEWS FOX FORGETS
Home

 

POSTED NOVEMBER 26, 2014

 

AND YET WE STILL BELIEVE LIARS

 

Over the past day or so we have been treated to economists and government spokesmen trumpeting figures showing the U.S. economy is improving. They show the Gross Domestic Product is increasing at an accelerating pace.


The subject article takes issue with these latest figures –Surprise! Surprise! Let me put it in a different way. Known liars say the GDP is improving. Known liars say unemployment is going down. Known liars say inflation is almost non existent. When one looks at it that way, the phrase “known liars” jumps out instead of whatever they're peddling today. If someone, who I know to be a liar, tells me anything, I tend to dismiss it.


It takes a lot of effort to sort through all the statistics in the subject article. I think our government masters want to bog us down with a pile of manure. I choose to spend only a few minutes looking at the volume of information. I have come to believe that if one digs deep enough, he will find whatever they say to be false. Knowing this, we can all save a lot of time and not bother with their “statistics”.



Bruce                             New World Order News

 

The Mystery Of Surging Q3 GDP Explained And Why Americans Are Suddenly $80 Billion "Poorer"

Tyler Durden's picture

Submitted by Tyler Durden on 11/26/2014 11:33 -0500


The final major datapoint of the day was the Consumer Income and Spending data from the US Dept of Commerce's Bureau of Economic Analysis, the same outfit that yesterday shocked everyone with just how much better US GDP was. Well, today, we learned just where the offset came from. Because while on the surface, both income (+0.2%) and spending (+0.2%) missed expectations of a 0.4% and 0.3%, respectively...

... it was the revised data that the US department of data fudging once again showed why it has long since surpassed China.

Behold what is perhaps the most important data series in all of US eco: Disposable Personal Income. We say behold, because there are some rather massive variations between what the BEA reported a month ago, and what it reported today, as relates to all the data issued since March. To wit:

Essentially, the just reported Disposable Persona; Income print of $13.109 trillion as of the end of October, is where according to the old, unrevised data US houshold income was some time in August. Whatever happened to two months of income?

Which brings us to the other all important number: the personal savings rate. At just reported at 5.0%...

... something strucks us: this number was reported at 5.6% last month.

And sure enough, since Disposable Personal Income flows into personal savings, net of outlays, it was clear that American savings would be dramatically impacted as a result of the massive data revision.

Sure enough, this is how the US personal savings rate looked like based on the old and just revised data.

 

 

And, the punchline: US savings in absolute terms, an $80 billion decline in savings from the old September print and the latest, post-revision, number of just over $650 billion.

So there you have it: in order to "suggest" that the US economy had grown by a far greater than expected run-rate, the BEA was forced to revise away personal income, and "assume" these had instead been invested in the US economy, in the form of a surge of durable goods purchases. Sure enough, while both incomes and savings tumbled, spending magically surged:

So if that "statistical" amount of money you thought you had saved in the BEA's savings.xls spreadsheet just dropped by 10%, fear not dear Americans: it was all used for a good cause: to fabricate a much stronger than expected Q3 GDP number.

 


POSTED NOVEMBER 25, 2014


THINK RAND PAUL IS OUR SAVIOR?

 

Think again? Over the past few years I have posted some articles and videos critical of Rand Paul. The subject article cover still another reason to dismiss him as a true libertarian. In a bill to be introduced in the Senate, Rand Paul wants to declare war on ISIS. Really? We need another war?


Just to review, ISIS, like Al-Qaeda, is a creation of the United States. They were trained, paid and armed by the U.S. Just look at those trucks they are driving in those propaganda videos. They have Toyota trucks built in Texas for U.S. Special forces. Now they drive them. They have U.S. missiles, U.S. rifles, U.S. rockets and U.S. armored personnel carriers.


If Rand Paul wants to start a war to protect the security of the United States, how about a war to protect our border? Better yet, how about a war against those who lie about the reasons for war and then make billions in profits getting us to fight them?


Bruce                                      New World Order News

 

 

Rand Paul Declares War on ISIS—and Allows Boots on the Ground

The Kentucky senator, seeking to define himself as a foreign-policy heavyweight ahead of 2016, will introduce a measure in the Senate next month declaring war on the terror group.

The most important” part of Rand Paul’s assessment of “questions of war,” the Kentucky senator told The Daily Beast this fall, is “how you go to war.” Now he’s putting that assessment into action with a plan to introduce a declaration of war against ISIS in the Senate next month.

The move is part of Paul’s ongoing campaign to position himself as a foreign-policy heavyweight ahead of the Republican presidential primaries, when he is expected to mount a campaign for the nomination. But it may simply be dismissed as a tit-for-tat gesture as Republicans complain of executive overreach in the aftermath of President Obama’s executive order on immigration.

As Obama is hit with charges of overstepping his power, Paul’s resolution could be perceived as an attempt to strike back in another conflict: the now 200-year-old war between the executive and legislative branches of government. The senator’s resolution would turn on its head the traditional process by which presidents lead the United States into conflict and Congress says, “Sure, why not?”

In a draft of the resolution obtained by The Daily Beast, Paul states that “the organization referring to itself as the Islamic State has declared war on the United States and its allies” and that ISIS “presents a clear and present danger to United States diplomatic facilities in the region, including our embassy in Baghdad, Iraq, and consulate in Erbil, Iraq.”

The Obama administration has justified the bombing campaign against ISIS by claiming that it is enabled by the 2001 Authorization for Use of Military Force in Afghanistan, passed in the wake of the 9/11 attacks, and the 2002 Authorization for Use of Military Force in Iraq. Paul’s resolution would terminate the latter and place an expiration date on the former, one year after the passing of his resolution.

Perhaps most surprisingly, Paul’s resolution will allow for limited use of boots on the ground “as necessary for the protection or rescue of members of the United States Armed Forces or United States citizens from imminent danger [posed by ISIS]… for limited operations against high value targets,” and “as necessary for advisory and intelligence gathering operations.”

No. 1: Always go to Congress. We can’t do things unilaterally. This used to be the president’s position in 2007, when he ran for office.”

In an interview with The Daily Beast in September, Paul said he was against the idea of U.S. forces on Middle East soil. “I don’t think there needs to be any American soldiers over there on the ground,” he said. “I don’t mind helping them through technical support, through sophisticated intelligence, drones, Air Force, etc.”

He added: “The people on the ground fighting these battles, going hand-to-hand with ISIS, need to be their fellow Arabs and those who, I think and hopefully do, represent civilized Islam.”

Doug Stafford, a senior aide to Paul, said the senator has not flip-flopped: “He doesn’t believe we should send a bunch of troops in to start a ground war. But he has always said we have an obligation to defend people in the region. The declaration is tailored to allow for this.”

Stafford later added: "It has always been a given that American troops could be required to secure the people and property of our embassy and consulate. Senator Paul believes that boots on the ground beyond those limited number as outlined in the declaration should come from allies in the region, as he has previously stated." 

Paul has outlined his stance on ISIS over the past few months: He is in favor of “destroying” the terrorist organization “militarily” with bombing campaigns in Iraq and Syria but is against arming rebels and believes President Obama should formally declare war.

Paul’s contention that wars should be formally declared has been a key part of his policy platform since his arrival on the national stage in 2010. The United States has not formally declared war since World War II.

He sketched out his overarching philosophy for how to approach the Middle East to The Daily Beast as “No. 1: Always go to Congress. We can’t do things unilaterally. This used to be the president’s position in 2007, when he ran for office.”

 

 


POSTED NOVEMBER 24, 2014

 

12-Year-Old Boy with Toy Gun Killed by Cops

 

 

The worst thing about this headline is that it is no longer shocking. Almost every day, someone, somewhere is killed by cops. It used to be criminals committing violent crimes, now it's a homeless person in New Mexico, or a handcuffed man in Oakland, or a man holding brake pads, or an unarmed punk in Missouri, or a child on a playground in Ohio.


There is something else that is almost automatic in these police killings. That is internal investigations routinely exonerate the killing of unarmed civilians by police. There is no reason to believe that this trend will not accelerate. Given that fact, there is no reason not to believe citizens will start to respond. That is bad news for innocent police and bad news for everyone else.


Bruce                                                 New World Order News

 

12-Year-Old Boy with Toy Gun Killed by Cops

Lily Dane
The Daily Sheeple
November 24th, 2014


 

dangeroupoliceinarea

Over the weekend, a boy was killed by police at a playground in Ohio.

From The Washington Post:

On Saturday afternoon, 12-year-old Tamir Rice was sitting on a swing outside a recreation center in Cleveland, wearing a camouflage hat and hiding a BB gun in his waistband.
The boy was playing with the gun on the playground at Cudell Recreation Center, pulling it from his pants and pointing it at people, a man told a 911 dispatcher. The toy’s orange safety tip had apparently been removed, and the caller said the boy was “scaring the s— out of everyone.” He also noted that the boy was “probably a juvenile” and that the gun was “probably fake,” but that message was reportedly never relayed to police.

Officer Ali Pillow told CNN it wasn’t clear if officers had been told the weapon was not a firearm.

Jeff Follmer, president of the Cleveland Police Patrolmen’s Association, said the officers were not told the caller thought the gun might be fake.

When two officers arrived, Tamir did not point the weapon at them or otherwise threaten them, Deputy Chief Ed Tomba of the Cleveland Division of Police told reporters early Sunday.

But he did reach for the weapon, Tomba said:

The officers ordered him to stop and to show his hands and he went into his waistband and pulled out the weapon.”

That’s when the officers shot Tamir in the torso. He was transported to MetroHealth Medical Center, and died early Sunday.

This morning, Cleveland police said the incident was caught on surveillance video.

From NewsNet5:

The Cleveland Division of Police Use of Deadly Force Investigation Team is investigating the officer-involved shooting that happened on Saturday at about 3:30 p.m. at Cudell Recreation Center located at 1910 West Blvd.
Cleveland Police confirmed surveillance video in the area captured the incident, but when newsnet5 asked when it would be released, Cleveland Police Public Information Officer Sgt. Ali Pillow said there is, “No specific time when video might be released.”

 

Translation: We will release the video if it doesn’t show any evidence that condemns the officers.

Cleveland police have been under increased scrutiny during the last few years. The U.S. Justice Department has been conducting an investigation of their pursuit and use of force practices. They did the same for the Another Person Dead Albuquerque Police Department and issued a 46-page report that detailed their findings. Their conclusion? “We have reasonable cause to believe that APD engages in a pattern or practice of use of excessive force, including deadly force, in violation of the Fourth Amendment and Section 14141.”  The DOJ gave the APD recommendations for improvement. Time will tell if their guidelines do any good there, and what comes of the Cleveland investigation.

Meanwhile, the hacktivist collective Anonymous has taken down the City of Cleveland’s website.

From RT:

In a video released on Monday, Anonymous lambasts Cleveland City Police, whose alleged inability to train their officers properly is said to have led to the tragedy.
This rookie officer apparently was not trained. The police department he works for is to blame for this lack of appropriate training. Officers are equipped with many non-lethal options such as Taser guns. Why did he not use a Taser on this child? Shooting him in cold blood was not necessary with these non-lethal options available,” a statement from the collective said.
The group further questioned whether the police were so “moronic” that they were unable to use anything other than lethal force to deescalate the situation. The called the justification that the police“feared for their lives” ludicrous, as Rice was only 12-years-old and armed with an air soft gun. The message concluded with a vow to target all municipalities whose “ignorant” and poorly-trained officers pose a threat to society.
Police of the United States you will learn in due time once Anonymous has shut down your sites that we will not stand for your ignorant, untrained rookie cops.”

Anonymous is also conducting Operation John Crawford in response to the refusal of the Beavercreek Chief of Police to meet any of the very reasonable demands of the Ohio Students Association and other protesters against the shooting of John Crawford by Officer Sean Williams in a Wal-Mart on August 5.

Crawford’s case bears some similarities to Tamir’s. He was carrying a BB gun around a Wal-Mart store in Beavercreek when another shopper called 911 to report “a man walking around with a gun in the store.” The caller claimed that Crawford was pointing the gun at people, but later admitted he lied about what he said during the call. He told The Guardian, At no point did he shoulder the rifle and point it at somebody.”

In Crawford’s case, officers claimed they were justified in shooting the man because he ignored their commands and refused to drop the BB gun. Surveillance video proved otherwise.

If – WHEN – the Cleveland police release the surveillance video that shows what happened to Tamir, I wonder what we’ll see.

Delivered by The Daily Sheeple


 

 

 


POSTED NOVEMBER 21, 2014


ARE AMERICANS IN “OPEN REBELLION”?

 

That's the opinion of Mike Adams, in the subject article. Adams refers to a remark made by a Senate aid commenting on public reactions to Obama's executive order legalizing illegal aliens. If only it were true. Sadly, it's my opinion if we were to ask people on the street if they knew what an Executive Order was, most could not answer.


Tomorrow is Saturday and all across America millions will flood into college football stadiums to watch teams play football. What we will not see is thousands, even hundreds, demonstrating at the White house, or the Capitol Building or any other office of a Congressman or a Senator. No, there is no open rebellion. There isn't even any talk about impeaching this criminal Chief Executive. We, as a people, are more interested in football.


One final fact--- In the subject article it was pointed out that Congressman and Senators weren't even in Washington as their Republic is overthrown. No, they're on vacation for Thanksgiving.



Bruce                                                  New World Order News

 

Obama the tyrant king unleashes dictatorial order that will now invoke "open rebellion" - Senate aide

Friday, November 21, 2014
by Mike Adams, the Health Ranger

 

 

 

(NaturalNews) With the stroke of a pen, President Obama has now set America on the path toward open rebellion and revolt. By declaring that he alone has the right to dictate immigration policy without the legislative approval of Congress, he has committed yet another lawless act in a long series of illegal schemes that cement his position in history as nothing more than a sociopathic liar and destroyer of nations.

The liberal media won't report this, but Obama has just crossed the line in the minds of tens of millions of Americans and their representatives in Congress. This President has gone from merely being "deceptive" to being thought of as an outright criminal who must be restrained to save America from tyranny. There will be public calls for his arrest and prosecution. There will be revolts, both political and on the streets. You will see attempts to march on Washington and "throw the bum out" of the White House. The era of all-out revolt and rebellion is now upon us.

Don't just take my word for it, though. Read the words of a Senate aide:

A Senate GOP aide told Breitbart News conservatives will spread chaos across Washington. "If Obama announces executive amnesty and the House passes an omnibus with no language blocking it, there will be no Senate vote, because conservatives will burn down the Capitol," the aide said. When asked to clarify if he was serious they'd burn the building to the ground -- or if he was speaking metaphorically -- the aide said "open
rebellion." [1]

Burn down the Capitol? Open rebellion? These are not the words of people who are going to sit down and compromise with an out-of-control tyrant dictator who recognizes no law and no limits to his power. These are the words of lawmakers who are moving toward a political rebellion to arrest and depose President
Obama, then try him as a criminal while seeking to restore the balance of government that places specific limits on the power of the executive branch.

Obama supporters don't care about the balance of power. They want a tyrant king in power as long as it's their king. They are, in essence, Obama cultists who worship the person and are willing to cast aside all laws and legal boundaries to grant "their man" total dictatorial control over the future of this nation. But that's not how a Republic works. The President is not a dictator, and he or she cannot simply invent whatever wishful edicts he wants to enact at the stroke of a pen. That's not freedom; that's outright
tyranny. And it must be stopped or the nation will collapse into despotism and runaway government corruption. (It may already be too late to stop that accelerating collapse, however...)

"President Obama is going rogue," writes Patrick Buchanan. "Our rogue president has crossed an historic line, and so has the republic. Future presidents will cite the 'Obama precedent' when they declare they will henceforth not enforce this or that law, because of a prior commitment to some noisy constituency. We have just taken a monumental step away from republicanism toward Caesarism. For this is rule by diktat, the rejection of which sparked the American Revolution." [2]

Again, another reference to revolution and rebellion. What Buchanan recognizes is that Obama hasn't merely done something politically disturbing; he has done something that shreds the very fabric of political balance in
America. Obama has just declared Congress to be null and void. And in nullifying Congress, he has simultaneously given the finger to every man and woman in the nation, telling them that their own voices and representatives in Congress are utterly irrelevant.

Obama is telling America he can do anything he wants because Congress didn't do it when he first demanded it. Here is how Obama spins it, in his own words:

The actions I'm taking are not only lawful, they're the kinds of actions taken by every single Republican President and every single Democratic President for the past half century. And to those Members of Congress who question my authority to make our immigration system work better, or question the wisdom of me acting where Congress has failed, I have one answer: Pass a bill.

But as Ben Shapiro of TruthRevolt.com explains, "This is the opposite of 'lawful.' This is dictatorship in a nutshell: do what I want, or I will do it for you." [3]

Shapiro goes on to say:

[Obama's] speech represented a closely-woven and incredible tapestry of falsehood, exposited with a straight face by the greatest liar in modern American history... To those versed in immigration and constitutional law, watching Obama lay out his program felt like watching a madman describe, with preternaturally perfect sincerity, how the moon was constructed of cheese: you know the argument is untrue, but it's incredible to watch its dogged exposition."

The revolt begins now: We must restore America to a nation of law

I have been warning readers about the rise of tyranny in America for more than a decade. Now the era of in-your-face lawlessness and tyranny is here, and it is celebrated by delusional left-wing denialists who have no grasp whatsoever of history and how nations rise and fall. Obama has put America on the path toward "open rebellion," revolt and civil war. Such scenarios usually do not reach a conclusion without bloodshed, sadly.

Recognize right now that we may all be living in the last days of the American empire. We might narrowly avert it if those of us who still believe in the Constitution, justice and liberty manage to demand lawful restoration of this nation's Constitutional foundations and take America back from the corruption and tyranny that the Obama administration has cast down upon us all. It is time to rise up and call for impeachment. It is time to take to the streets in non-violent protests, and then march on Washington by the millions, to send a message that lawless tyranny will not be tolerated in the "Land of the Free."

And yet, even as the severity of the situation now demands mass action in the name of saving America from domestic political traitors, I cannot help but observe that most Americans are too obese, too fluoridated, too medicated and too apathetic to do anything other than reach for the TV remote with one hand and another bag of MSG-laced Doritos with the other. America may have already become too diseased, too confused and too mentally suppressed to rise up against anything... including a self-declared psychopathic dictator who will truly go down in history as one of the most malicious and destructive liars ever recorded.


Sources for this story include:
[1]
http://www.breitbart.com/Big-Government/2014...

[2]
http://www.wnd.com/2014/11/caesar-obama/

[3]
http://www.breitbart.com/Big-Government/2014...

 

 


POSTED NOVEMBER 20, 2014

 

11/20/2014: THE DAY THE REPUBLIC DIED

 

Historians have a difficult time narrowing down an exact date in reference to the collapse of an empire or nation. The most famous empire (Rome) was a republic. Rome had a law that their military was not permitted in Rome. Their law forbade Roman military forces from crossing the Rubicon river. Hence the reference to Caesar's “crossing the Rubicon” became synonymous with the end of the Roman Republic. Caesar deliberately violated Roman law and when nothing was done to stop him, he assumed dictatorial power in Rome.


Tonight, our Emperor, will issue an executive order regarding the legalization of illegal immigrants. The law is clear. Only the Congress can pass such legislation, but, like Caesar's disregard for Roman law, Obama will do the same tonight. He will use the previously obscure, executive order, to grab power. It should be noted that executive orders were put in place for the executive to order supplies and have maintenance performed on the White House. Over the past 50 years or so, Presidents have increasingly misused this device to seize power.


In the subject video, Senator Ted Cruz, rants and raves and blusters about the illegality of this President's actions, but no where doe she suggest the President be impeached. In fact, I can't find a record of any Senator or any Congressman suggesting Obama be impeached. So that's it. From now on, anything goes and like the Roman Senate, our Congress has become a highly paid bunch of irrelevant public servants. If this world is still here in 50 years, they will undoubtedly debate on which date the U.S. republic died. My money is on November 20, 2014.



Bruce                            New World Order News


 



Ted Cruz: ‘Presidential Temper Tantrum Is Not a Rational Response’

Sen. Ted Cruz slammed President Barack Obama’s planned executive action on immigration

by Fox News.com | November 20, 2014



Sen. Ted Cruz (R-Texas) was exclusively on “The Kelly File” tonight, where he slammed President Barack Obama’s planned executive action on immigration.

We are unfortunately witnessing a constitutional crisis,” he said.

Cruz said that if Obama defies the American people with this action, it’s incumbent on Republicans to use every constitutional tool so that Obama doesn’t become “an unaccountable monarch.”

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5H8g7tEx0wg

 

 


POSTED NOVEMBER 19, 2014

 

ISRAELIS LYNCH A PALESTINIAN BUS DRIVER

 

Would the Jewish civilians who were tortured and killed by their Nazi captors be proud of their descendants now occupying Israel? I doubt that they would be proud of those who dragged a Palestinian man out of his bus and lynched him.


What if this person were Jewish? What if he was black? Surely there would be outrage all around the world. As I have mentioned before, I was one of those who supported those who occupy Israel. I cheered their victory in the 6 day war. Today, I am increasingly disgusted by the conduct of the Israeli government and many in that country.


Here's a message to those in Israel. If your actions could turn me around, they could turn anyone around. Shame on you for dishonoring those that came before you and sacrificed so much. Being Israeli does not exempt you from common decency. We only have to read the Old Testament to realize that even God had had enough with the conduct of those who lived in ancient Israel.


Bruce                                         New World Order News

 

 

Israeli settlers execute Palestinian bus driver

 

Hassan Yousef Rammouni, murdered Palestinian bus driver (file photo)


Mon Nov 17, 2014 2:45AM GMT

 

Israeli settlers have hanged a Palestinian man in East al-Quds (Jerusalem) in another incident of brutality against Palestinians in the occupied territories, local sources say.

Hassan Yousef Rammouni, 32, a Palestinian bus driver, was driving back home from work on Sunday when he was abducted and then hanged by Israelis in his bus in the Ras al-Amud neighborhood.

Signs of strangulation on Rammouni’s neck as well as signs of violence on his body were apparent, sources said.

The residents staged a protest against the killing in the area with clashes breaking out between Israeli forces and the Palestinian protesters, according to reports.

Tensions have been running high in East al-Quds after Israeli troops shot dead a young Palestinian man in northern occupied territories last week.

Israeli forces claim Khair al-Din Hamdan was shot during a raid, but video footage released after the incident shows an Israeli soldier getting out of his car and shooting directly at Hamdan.

Following the unrest sparked by the killing, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu ordered a harsh crackdown on protests.

Palestinians have vowed to keep holding demonstrations in protest at Hamdan’s killing until the Israeli soldier who shot him dead is brought to justice.

 



POSTED NOVEMBER 18, 2014

 

HOW WILL ILLINOIS PAY $111,000,000,000 ?

 

A recent audit of the financial condition revealed the State of Illinois owes 111 billion dollars in pension liabilities. The answer to the previous question is, “they won't”. The State of Illinois is technically bankrupt. So is the City of Chicago. Despite millions coming in from tollways and some of the highest taxes in the nation, there is no long term hope for the State.


One of the signs of severe financial problems is contractors' payments being delayed for weeks, even months. So, the bad news for State workers in Illinois is, there is no way they will be able to collect their pensions in the long run. There isn't near enough money and there is no way to get it. The even worse news is, the same goes for the U.S. There is way more debt owed than money with which to pay it. You can only borrow money for so long.


Bruce                        New World Order News

 

Illinois Pension Debt Soars To $111 Billion

Pension debt in the Land of Lincoln is a big problem

Illinois Pension Debt Soars To $111 Billion

Image Credits: 2bgr8 / Wiki (Base image)

by Zero Hedge | November 18, 2014


Pension debt in the Land of Lincoln is a big problem. So big, in fact, that it would take three years of a complete government shutdown, during which the entire general fund went toward pensions, just to break even. No funding for schools, no money for public safety and nothing for health care and human services.

Illinois’ unfunded pension liability grew to more than $111 billion this year, according to official estimates. That’s a $48 billion increase just since 2009.

Unfunded_liabilities_11_17

That $111 billion pension shortfall means the state now has only 39 cents of every dollar it should have in the bank today to pay for future benefits. In the private sector, these funds would be deemed bankrupt.

Unfunded_CGFA_table1_final

Gov. Pat Quinn signed into law Senate Bill 1 last December

, which is projected to reduce the state’s annual pension payment by more than $1 billion. But SB 1 is still bad news for Illinois. The bill may provide temporary relief, but it does nothing to fix the current defined-benefit system. And it keeps Illinois politicians in control of public-employee pension funds. Illinois’ history with politician-run pensions shows that’s a recipe for disaster.

SB 1 is currently tangled up in the courts. But as we wait for a decision, Illinois’ pension debt continues to grow. The state’s pension payment for the current budget year totals $6.9 billion, and without reform, that pension payment will balloon to $7.6 billion for the 2016 budget year; an increase of $681 million.

Illinois politicians have looted and mismanaged public-employee pension funds for decades. The system is no longer sustainable or affordable. With or without SB 1, the same politicians who got the state into this mess will continue to control and abuse the retirement security of public employees.

It’s time to take politicians out of the retirement businesses.

 



POSTED NOVEMBER 17, 2014


FOOD DRIVE FOR WALMART EMPLOYEES

 

5 of the ten richest people in the U.S. are Sam Walton's children. These spoiled brats have reaped billions of dollars in profits directly on the backs of their employees and suppliers. Year after year employees at Walmart are required to receive less pay, fewer benefits, while taking on more duties. Suppliers are continually squeezed even after written agreements are signed. If the supplier is selling produce, it is likely they will be told the produce is unsatisfactory and will be rejected unless they accept less money.


Now a Walmart in Ohio acknowledges some of their employees don't have enough food to eat. No, don't look for the Walton brats to take time off from their world travels to feed their own employees. No, that's your job. This Walmart has set up bins for people to donate cans or packages of food so their employees will have enough to eat.


The subject article also makes reference to the fact that Walmart employees are so poorly paid that they are eligible for government assistance. So, once again, we the taxpayers, help the Walton kids to pile up even more cash.



Bruce                                  New World Order News

 

Walmart Store Holding Thanksgiving Food Drive For Its Own Workers

The Huffington Post  | By Jillian Berman

Posted: 11/18/2013 1:03 pm EST Updated: 11/18/2013 11:51 pm EST


One Ohio Walmart is asking employees to donate food for other workers who are struggling so much they can't afford to buy a Thanksgiving meal for their families.

The Canton, Ohio, store is holding a food drive for employees, according to a pair of photos circulated by OUR Walmart, an advocacy organization with ties to the United Food and Commercial Workers Union. Signs attached to bins located in employee backrooms ask workers to “donate food items here so associates in need can enjoy Thanksgiving dinner.”

food bank



walmart food bank

The food drive underscores the struggles that advocates for low-wage workers say Walmart employees face on a regular basis. Most Walmart store employees make less than $25,000 per year, according to a calculation by The Huffington Post’s Dave Jamieson earlier this year. That relatively low wage can mean that Walmart workers end up relying on means other than pay -- like the food drive -- to get by.

One Walmart’s low wages could cost taxpayers $900,000 per year because workers use social safety net programs like food stamps and government-subsidized health care to make ends meet, according to a May study from congressional Democrats.

A Walmart representative told the Cleveland Plain Dealer, which first reported the Canton food drive, that the donations are indicative of a supportive employee culture -- not proof of low wages. The event is specific to the Canton store, but Walmart workers elsewhere can donate money to their colleagues in need through a payroll deduction, according to the Cleveland Plain Dealer. Workers can get up to $1,500 from co-worker donations to address emergencies like homelessness, serious medical problems and major car repairs.

"It is for associates who have had some hardships come up," Kory Lundberg, a Walmart spokesman, told the Plain Dealer of the food drive. "Maybe their spouse lost a job. This is part of the company's culture to rally around associates and take care of them when they face extreme hardships."

When reached for comment, Walmart representatives referred The Huffington Post to information in the Plain Dealer story.

The report comes as Walmart faces increased scrutiny in the lead-up to the holiday shopping season over the way it treats its workers. Workers organized by OUR Walmart have gone on strike in various cities across the country, demanding higher pay and better working conditions. In Los Angeles, those protests lead to more than 50 arrests earlier this month.

Last year, Walmart workers protested at stores in 46 states during Thanksgiving and Black Friday. Similar actions are expected this year as Walmart and others push their Black Friday sales to start earlier on Thanksgiving Day.


 


POSTED NOVEMBER 14, 2014

 

Vaccines and “herd immunity” nonsense

 

 

Friday, November 14, 2014

Vaccines and “herd immunity” nonsense

Dees Illustration

Jon Rappoport
Activist Post

Hail to the group! The group is all!

The concept of herd immunity (protection for the population) is often used by vaccine addicts as a way to push guilt at people who don’t line up, with their children, like robots for their shots.

From the point of view of protecting people who are already vaccinated, herd immunity is flat-out absurd.

Little Jimmy, whose parents have decided not to vaccinate him, will pass diseases on to kids who are already vaccinated? Oh, you mean those immunized kids aren’t really safe? Then why did you vaccinate them in the first place?

From another point of view, herd immunity is the idea that people who “can’t be” vaccinated (for example, those who are obviously allergic to elements contained in vaccines) will gain a measure of protection, if larger and larger numbers of others are vaccinated.

The vaccinated protecting the unvaccinated.



This is foolish, because what actually protects people against disease is the strength of their immune systems, and that strength has nothing to do with vaccination.

If a person has a weak immune system, he will get dangerously sick, and it doesn’t matter how many people around him are vaccinated against how many diseases.

So even if one accepts the (false) premise that vaccines are effective and safe, the premise of herd immunity is ludicrous.

Vaccination is, in fact, a cover story used to conceal the fact that the health of populations has everything to do with good nutrition, adequate sanitation, and an absence of toxic elements in the environment.

There are many doctors who know this, but they refuse to speak out, because they know they’ll suffer consequences.

Vaccination, as a propaganda strategy, is used to medicalize the population—to assert that good health is fundamentally a medical matter.

It isn’t.

If tomorrow, two things happened, they would change the face of health in any industrialized country:

One, millions more people buying healthy food and/or growing their own food, in yards; and in inner cities, growing food in community gardens;

And two, the courts delivering justice in the form of billion-dollar fines and long, long prison sentences to corporate employees (including CEOs) for severe and real pollution.

Note: That justice would eliminate GMO crops which rely on toxic pesticide use.

I’m not spinning rainbows. I’m just pointing out that, with these two changes alone, hospitals and clinics and doctors’ offices would empty out, and the medical cartel would finally experience vast comeuppance.

Health and life are not medical functions.

Any science that claims they are is false science, and the people who make those claims are liars or morons or criminals, or some combination of all three. 

Image:
Dees Illustration

The author of three explosive collections,
THE MATRIX REVEALED, EXIT FROM THE MATRIX, and POWER OUTSIDE THE MATRIX, Jon was a candidate for a US Congressional seat in the 29th District of California. He maintains a consulting practice for private clients, the purpose of which is the expansion of personal creative power. Nominated for a Pulitzer Prize, he has worked as an investigative reporter for 30 years, writing articles on politics, medicine, and health for CBS Healthwatch, LA Weekly, Spin Magazine, Stern, and other newspapers and magazines in the US and Europe. Jon has delivered lectures and seminars on global politics, health, logic, and creative power to audiences around the world. You can sign up for his free emails at www.nomorefakenews.com


 

 


POSTED NOVEMBER 13, 2014

 

DYING FOR NOTHING. WILL YOUR CHILD BE NEXT?

 

During the 1960's, we, the male baby boomers, were faced with life and death decisions. In those times the U.S. still had compulsory military service. Beginning in 1965, our nation also had a rapidly escalating war in Southeast Asia. As the crippled men and body bags began to return from that war, we were forced with 3 really bad decisions. 1) Go to war. 2) Go to prison. 3) Leave the country. Just barely out of our of childhood, these are decisions with which anyone would struggle. Fortunately, for the next generation, ours belatedly decided that war had to end.


Unfortunately, 3 million civilians and 56,000 U.S. military service personnel lost their lives. It is brutal to confess that these people died for nothing. The catalyst for the war (The Gulf of Tonkin Incident) is now an admitted fraud. Now, almost 50 years later, all seems to have been forgotten and here we go again.


Not to be outdone by Lyndon Johnson and Richard Nixon, George Bush Sr., Bill Clinton, Bush Jr., and Barrack Obama, have started wars all over the Mideast, Africa and Asia. All of the starts of these wars were based on lies. All of these wars continue on with no end in sight. If the 60's generation were as passive as many in the current generation, we would still be in Vietnam.


Instead of cheering anyone in a uniform supporting killing and being killed, it would be more constructive to encourage those in uniform to quit. Quit supporting any order from a President drunk with power. Don't reenlist or better yet, don't join in the first place. Apply for conscientious objector. The only way to stop this is, to stop this. War is no parade. War is death, dismemberment and life long psychological damage. If you or you child or your spouse or your sibling or your friend, dies in one of these wars, they will have died for nothing.



Bruce                                  New World Order News

 

Tomgram: David Vine, A Permanent Infrastructure for Permanent War

Posted by David Vine at 8:11am, November 13, 2014.

In a September address to the United Nations General Assembly, President Barack Obama spoke forcefully about the “cycle of conflict” in the Middle East, about “violence within Muslim communities that has become the source of so much human misery.” The president was adamant: “It is time to acknowledge the destruction wrought by proxy wars and terror campaigns between Sunni and Shia across the Middle East.” Then with hardly a pause, he went on to promote his own proxy wars (including the backing of Syrian rebels and Iraqi forces against the Islamic State), as though Washington’s military escapades in the region hadn’t stoked sectarian tensions and been high-performance engines for “human misery.”

Not surprisingly, the president left a lot out of his regional wrap-up. On the subject of proxies, Iraqi troops and small numbers of Syrian rebels have hardly been alone in receiving American military support. Yet few in our world have paid much attention to everything Washington has done to keep the region awash in weaponry.

Since mid-year, for example, the State Department and the Pentagon have helped pave the way for the United Arab Emirates (UAE) to buy hundreds of millions of dollars worth of High Mobility Artillery Rocket Systems (HIMARS) launchers and associated equipment and to spend billions more on Mine Resistant Ambush Protected (MRAP) vehicles; for Lebanon to purchase nearly $200 million in Huey helicopters and supporting gear; for Turkey to buy hundreds of millions of dollars of AIM-120C-7 AMRAAM (Air-to-Air) missiles; and for Israel to stock up on half a billion dollars worth of AIM-9X Sidewinder (air-to-air) missiles; not to mention other deals to aid the militaries of Egypt, Kuwait, and Saudi Arabia.

For all the news coverage of the Middle East, you rarely see significant journalistic attention given to any of this or to agreements like the almost $70 million contract, signed in September, that will send Hellfire missiles to Iraq, Jordan, Saudi Arabia, and Qatar, or the $48 million Navy deal inked that same month for construction projects in Bahrain and the UAE.

The latter agreement sheds light on another shadowy, little-mentioned, but critically important subject that’s absent from Obama’s scolding speeches and just about all news coverage here: American bases. Even if you take into account the abandonment of its outposts in Iraq -- which hosted 505 U.S. bases at the height of America’s last war there -- and the marked downsizing of its presence in Afghanistan -- which once had at least 800 bases (depending on how you count them) -- the U.S. continues to garrison the Greater Middle East in a major way.  As TomDispatch regular David Vine, author of the much-needed, forthcoming book Base Nation: How U.S. Military Bases Overseas Harm America and the World

, points out in his latest article, the region is still dotted with U.S. bases, large and small, in a historically unprecedented way, the result of a 35-year-long strategy that has been, he writes, “one of the great disasters in the history of American foreign policy.” That’s saying a lot for a nation that’s experienced no shortage of foreign policy debacles in its history, but it’s awfully difficult to argue with all the dictators, death, and devastation that have flowed from America’s Middle Eastern machinations. Nick Turse

The Bases of War in the Middle East 
From Carter to the Islamic State, 35 Years of Building Bases and Sowing Disaster 
By 
David Vine
With the launch of a new U.S.-led war in Iraq and Syria against the Islamic State (IS), the United States has engaged in aggressive military action in at least 13 countries in the Greater Middle East since 1980. In that time, every American president has invaded, occupied, bombed, or gone to war in at least one country in the region. The total number of invasions, occupations, bombing operations, drone assassination campaigns, and cruise missile attacks easily runs into the dozens.
As in prior military operations in the Greater Middle East, U.S. forces fighting IS have been aided by access to and the use of an unprecedented collection of military bases. They occupy a region sitting atop the world’s largest concentration of oil and natural gas reserves and has long been considered the most geopolitically important place on the planet. Indeed, since 1980, the U.S. military has gradually garrisoned the Greater Middle East in a fashion only rivaled by the Cold War garrisoning of Western Europe or, in terms of concentration, by the bases built to wage past wars in Korea and Vietnam.
In the Persian Gulf alone, the U.S. has major bases in every country save Iran. There is an increasingly important, increasingly large base in Djibouti, just miles across the Red Sea from the Arabian Peninsula. There are bases in Pakistan on one end of the region and in the Balkans on the other, as well as on the strategically located Indian Ocean islands of Diego Garcia and the Seychelles. In Afghanistan and Iraq, there were once as many as 800 and 505 bases, respectively. Recently, the Obama administration inked an agreement with new Afghan President Ashraf Ghani to maintain around 10,000 troops and at least nine major bases in his country beyond the official end of combat operations later this year. U.S. forces, which never fully departed Iraq after 2011, are now returning to a growing number of bases there in ever larger numbers.
In short, there is almost no way to overemphasize how thoroughly the U.S. military now covers the region with bases and troops. This infrastructure of war has been in place for so long and is so taken for granted that Americans rarely think about it and journalists almost never report on the subject. Members of Congress spend billions of dollars on base construction and maintenance every year in the region, but ask few questions about where the money is going, why there are so many bases, and what role they really serve. By one estimate, the United States has spent $10 trillion protecting Persian Gulf oil supplies over the past four decades.
Approaching its 35th anniversary, the strategy of maintaining such a structure of garrisons, troops, planes, and ships in the Middle East has been one of the great disasters in the history of American foreign policy. The rapid disappearance of debate about our newest, possibly illegal war should remind us of just how easy this huge infrastructure of bases has made it for anyone in the Oval Office to launch a war that seems guaranteed, like its predecessors, to set off new cycles of blowback and yet more war.
On their own, the existence of these bases has helped generate radicalism and anti-American sentiment. As was famously the case with Osama bin Laden and U.S. troops in Saudi Arabia, bases have fueled militancy, as well as attacks on the United States and its citizens. They have cost taxpayers billions of dollars, even though they are not, in fact, necessary to ensure the free flow of oil globally. They have diverted tax dollars from the possible development of alternative energy sources and meeting other critical domestic needs. And they have supported dictators and repressive, undemocratic regimes, helping to block the spread of democracy in a region long controlled by colonial rulers and autocrats.
After 35 years of base-building in the region, it’s long past time to look carefully at the effects Washington’s garrisoning of the Greater Middle East has had on the region, the U.S., and the world.
Vast Oil Reserves”
While the Middle Eastern base buildup began in earnest in 1980, Washington had long attempted to use military force to control this swath of resource-rich Eurasia and, with it, the global economy. Since World War II, as the late Chalmers Johnson, an expert on U.S. basing strategy, explained back in 2004, “the United States has been inexorably acquiring permanent military enclaves whose sole purpose appears to be the domination of one of the most strategically important areas of the world.”
In 1945, after Germany’s defeat, the secretaries of War, State, and the Navy tellingly pushed for the completion of a partially built base in Dharan, Saudi Arabia, despite the military’s determination that it was unnecessary for the war against Japan. “Immediate construction of this [air] field,” they argued, “would be a strong showing of American interest in Saudi Arabia and thus tend to strengthen the political integrity of that country where vast oil reserves now are in American hands.”
By 1949, the Pentagon had established a small, permanent Middle East naval force (MIDEASTFOR) in Bahrain. In the early 1960s, President John F. Kennedy’s administration began the first buildup of naval forces in the Indian Ocean just off the Persian Gulf. Within a decade, the Navy had created the foundations for what would become the first major U.S. base in the region -- on the British-controlled island of Diego Garcia.
In these early Cold War years, though, Washington generally sought to increase its influence in the Middle East by backing and arming regional powers like the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Iran under the Shah, and Israel. However, within months of the Soviet Union’s 1979 invasion of Afghanistan and Iran’s 1979 revolution overthrowing the Shah, this relatively hands-off approach was no more.
Base Buildup
In January 1980, President Jimmy Carter announced a fateful transformation of U.S. policy. It would become known as the Carter Doctrine. In his State of the Union address, he warned of the potential loss of a region “containing more than two-thirds of the world’s exportable oil” and “now threatened by Soviet troops” in Afghanistan who posed “a grave threat to the free movement of Middle East oil.”
Carter warned that “an attempt by any outside force to gain control of the Persian Gulf region will be regarded as an assault on the vital interests of the United States of America.” And he added pointedly, “Such an assault will be repelled by any means necessary, including military force.”
With these words, Carter launched one of the greatest base construction efforts in history. He and his successor Ronald Reagan presided over the expansion of bases in Egypt, Oman, Saudi Arabia, and other countries in the region to host a “Rapid Deployment Force,” which was to stand permanent guard over Middle Eastern petroleum supplies. The air and naval base on Diego Garcia, in particular, was expanded at a quicker rate than any base since the war in Vietnam. By 1986, more than $500 million had been invested. Before long, the total ran into the billions.
Soon enough, that Rapid Deployment Force grew into the U.S. Central Command, which has now overseen three wars in Iraq (1991-2003, 2003-2011, 2014-); the war in Afghanistan and Pakistan (2001-); intervention in Lebanon (1982-1984); a series of smaller-scale attacks on Libya (1981, 1986, 1989, 2011); Afghanistan (1998) and Sudan (1998); and the "tanker war" with Iran (1987-1988), which led to the accidental downing of an Iranian civilian airliner, killing 290 passengers. Meanwhile, in Afghanistan during the 1980s, the CIA helped fund and orchestrate a major covert war against the Soviet Union by backing Osama Bin Laden and other extremist mujahidin. The command has also played a role in the drone war in Yemen (2002-) and both overt and covert warfare in Somalia (1992-1994, 2001-). 
During and after the first Gulf War of 1991, the Pentagon dramatically expanded its presence in the region. Hundreds of thousands of troops were deployed to Saudi Arabia in preparation for the war against Iraqi autocrat and former ally Saddam Hussein. In that war’s aftermath, thousands of troops and a significantly expanded base infrastructure were left in Saudi Arabia and Kuwait. Elsewhere in the Gulf, the military expanded its naval presence at a former British base in Bahrain, housing its Fifth Fleet there. Major air power installations were built in Qatar, and U.S. operations were expanded in Kuwait, the United Arab Emirates, and Oman.
The invasion of Afghanistan in 2001 and of Iraq in 2003, and the subsequent occupations of both countries, led to a more dramatic expansion of bases in the region. By the height of the wars, there were well over 1,000 U.S. checkpoints, outposts, and major bases in the two countries alone. The military also built new bases in Kyrgyzstan and Uzbekistan (since closed), explored the possibility of doing so in Tajikistan and Kazakhstan, and, at the very least, continues to use several Central Asian countries as logistical pipelines to supply troops in Afghanistan and orchestrate the current partial withdrawal.
While the Obama administration failed to keep 58 “enduring” bases in Iraq after the 2011 U.S. withdrawal, it has signed an agreement with Afghanistan permitting U.S. troops to stay in the country until 2024 and maintain access to Bagram Air Base and at least eight more major installations.
An Infrastructure for War
Even without a large permanent infrastructure of bases in Iraq, the U.S. military has had plenty of options when it comes to waging its new war against IS. In that country alone, a significant U.S. presence remained after the 2011 withdrawal in the form of base-like State Department installations, as well as the largest embassy on the planet in Baghdad, and a large contingent of private military contractors. Since the start of the new war, at least 1,600 troops have returned and are operating from a Joint Operations Center in Baghdad and a base in Iraqi Kurdistan’s capital, Erbil. Last week, the White House announced that it would request $5.6 billion from Congress to send an additional 1,500 advisers and other personnel to at least two new bases in Baghdad and Anbar Province. Special operations and other forces are almost certainly operating from yet more undisclosed locations.
At least as important are major installations like the Combined Air Operations Center at Qatar’s al-Udeid Air Base. Before 2003, the Central Command’s air operations center for the entire Middle East was in Saudi Arabia. That year, the Pentagon moved the center to Qatar and officially withdrew combat forces from Saudi Arabia. That was in response to the 1996 bombing of the military’s Khobar Towers complex in the kingdom, other al-Qaeda attacks in the region, and mounting anger exploited by al-Qaeda over the presence of non-Muslim troops in the Muslim holy land. Al-Udeid now hosts a 15,000-foot runway, large munitions stocks, and around 9,000 troops and contractors who are coordinating much of the new war in Iraq and Syria.
Kuwait has been an equally important hub for Washington’s operations since U.S. troops occupied the country during the first Gulf War. Kuwait served as the main staging area and logistical center for ground troops in the 2003 invasion and occupation of Iraq. There are still an estimated 15,000 troops in Kuwait, and the U.S. military is reportedly bombing Islamic State positions using aircraft from Kuwait’s Ali al-Salem Air Base.
As a transparently promotional article in the Washington Post confirmed this week, al-Dhafra Air Base in the United Arab Emirates has launched more attack aircraft in the present bombing campaign than any other base in the region. That country hosts about 3,500 troops at al-Dhafra alone, as well as the Navy's busiest overseas port.  B-1, B-2, and B-52 long-range bombers stationed on Diego Garcia helped launch both Gulf Wars and the war in Afghanistan. That island base is likely playing a role in the new war as well. Near the Iraqi border, around 1,000 U.S. troops and F-16 fighter jets are operating from at least one Jordanian base. According to the Pentagon’s latest count, the U.S. military has 17 bases in Turkey. While the Turkish government has placed restrictions on their use, at the very least some are being used to launch surveillance drones over Syria and Iraq. Up to seven bases in Oman may also be in use.
Bahrain is now the headquarters for the Navy’s entire Middle Eastern operations, including the Fifth Fleet, generally assigned to ensure the free flow of oil and other resources though the Persian Gulf and surrounding waterways. There is always at least one aircraft carrier strike group -- effectively, a massive floating base -- in the Persian Gulf. At the moment, the U.S.S. Carl Vinson is stationed there, a critical launch pad for the air campaign against the Islamic State. Other naval vessels operating in the Gulf and the Red Sea have launched cruise missiles into Iraq and Syria. The Navy even has access to an “afloat forward-staging base” that serves as a “lilypad” base for helicopters and patrol craft in the region.
In Israel, there are as many as six secret U.S. bases that can be used to preposition weaponry and equipment for quick use anywhere in the area. There’s also a “de facto U.S. base” for the Navy’s Mediterranean fleet. And it’s suspected that there are two other secretive sites in use as well. In Egypt, U.S. troops have maintained at least two installations and occupied at least two bases on the Sinai Peninsula since 1982 as part of a Camp David Accords peacekeeping operation.
Elsewhere in the region, the military has established a collection of at least five drone bases in Pakistan; expanded a critical base in Djibouti at the strategic chokepoint between the Suez Canal and the Indian Ocean; created or gained access to bases in Ethiopia, Kenya, and the Seychelles; and set up new bases in Bulgaria and Romania to go with a Clinton administration-era base in Kosovo along the western edge of the gas-rich Black Sea.
Even in Saudi Arabia, despite the public withdrawal, a small U.S. military contingent has remained to train Saudi personnel and keep bases “warm” as potential backups for unexpected conflagrations in the region or, assumedly, in the kingdom itself. In recent years, the military has even established a secret drone base in the country, despite the blowback Washington has experienced from its previous Saudi basing ventures.
Dictators, Death, and Disaster
The ongoing U.S. presence in Saudi Arabia, however modest, should remind us of the dangers of maintaining bases in the region. The garrisoning of the Muslim holy land was a major recruiting tool for al-Qaeda and part of Osama bin Laden’s professed motivation for the 9/11 attacks. (He called the presence of U.S. troops, “the greatest of these aggressions incurred by the Muslims since the death of the prophet.”) Indeed, U.S. bases and troops in the Middle East have been a “major catalyst for anti-Americanism and radicalization” since a suicide bombing killed 241 marines in Lebanon in 1983. Other attacks have come in Saudi Arabia in 1996, Yemen in 2000 against the U.S.S. Cole, and during the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Research has shown a strong correlation between a U.S. basing presence and al-Qaeda recruitment.
Part of the anti-American anger has stemmed from the support U.S. bases offer to repressive, undemocratic regimes. Few of the countries in the Greater Middle East are fully democratic, and some are among the world’s worst human rights abusers. Most notably, the U.S. government has offered only tepid criticism of the Bahraini government as it has violently cracked down on pro-democracy protestors with the help of the Saudis and the United Arab Emirates (UAE).
Beyond Bahrain, U.S. bases are found in a string of what the Economist Democracy Index calls “authoritarian regimes,” including Afghanistan, Bahrain, Djibouti, Egypt, Ethiopia, Jordan, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, UAE, and Yemen. Maintaining bases in such countries props up autocrats and other repressive governments, makes the United States complicit in their crimes, and seriously undermines efforts to spread democracy and improve the wellbeing of people around the world.
Of course, using bases to launch wars and other kinds of interventions does much the same, generating anger, antagonism, and anti-American attacks. A recent U.N. report suggests that Washington’s air campaign against the Islamic State had led foreign militants to join the movement on “an unprecedented scale.”
And so the cycle of warfare that started in 1980 is likely to continue. “Even if U.S. and allied forces succeed in routing this militant group,” retired Army colonel and political scientist Andrew Bacevich writes of the Islamic State, “there is little reason to expect” a positive outcome in the region. As Bin Laden and the Afghan mujahidin morphed into al-Qaeda and the Taliban and as former Iraqi Baathists and al-Qaeda followers in Iraq morphed into IS, “there is,” as Bacevich says, “always another Islamic State waiting in the wings.”
The Carter Doctrine’s bases and military buildup strategy and its belief that “the skillful application of U.S. military might” can secure oil supplies and solve the region’s problems was, he adds, “flawed from the outset.” Rather than providing security, the infrastructure of bases in the Greater Middle East has made it ever easier to go to war far from home. It has enabled wars of choice and an interventionist foreign policy that has resulted in repeated disasters for the region, the United States, and the world. Since 2001 alone, U.S.-led wars in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Iraq, and Yemen have minimally caused hundreds of thousands of deaths and possibly more than one million deaths in Iraq alone.
The sad irony is that any legitimate desire to maintain the free flow of regional oil to the global economy could be sustained through other far less expensive and deadly means. Maintaining scores of bases costing billions of dollars a year is unnecessary to protect oil supplies and ensure regional peace -- especially in an era in which the United States gets only around 10% of its net oil and natural gas from the region. In addition to the direct damage our military spending has caused, it has diverted money and attention from developing the kinds of alternative energy sources that could free the United States and the world from a dependence on Middle Eastern oil -- and from the cycle of war that our military bases have fed.

 

 


POSTED NOVEMBER 12, 2014

 

IT'S OFFICIAL. THEY THINK YOU'RE STUPID.

 

The subject video covers remarks made by White House adviser, Jonathan Gruber, characterizing the American voter as “stupid”. Those of us who have been around for a while are not surprised, in the least, that one of our government masters would hold such a view. In fact, policies over the past 50 years show that is exactly how they view us.


What is not mentioned in the video is the lack of protest by those in attendance. I have made the point over and over again, that we will never get our country back until they go --- all of them. You cannot reason with them. You cannot sue them. You cannot write them. You cannot call them. You cannot email them. You cannot vote them out in order to effect change in this nation.

All we can do is, as peacefully as possible, encourage them to leave.



Bruce                               New World Order News


 

 

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TrFwoJM2N6I



POSTED NOVEMBER 11, 2014

 

VETERANS DAY SHOULD MAKE US ANGRY

 

The subject article is 4 years old, but the points are even more relevant today, than then. At least twice a year we, in the U.S. , are subjected to a superficial, phoney “celebration” of our military veterans. Yes, there are parades and speeches and tears and singing and on and on and on.


Let's discuss what isn't there. First and foremost, there is no end to the many, unnecessary, never ending wars all over the world. If there were none of those wars, we wouldn't have over 400,000 disabled vets. As if that weren't bad enough, it has come to light that most of these vets are receiving either inadequate or no medical care. Veterans also have an unemployment rate more than double that of the general populace. Every day, there is at least 1 veteran killing themselves.


The answer to honoring our military is to keep them from meaningless wars. As for those who have already served, how about spending those billions allocated to veterans, on the veterans and not into the pockets of corrupt bureaucrats.



Bruce                              New World Order News

 

How Veterans Day Became a Farce

by Kelley B. Vlahos, November 16, 2010

 

My children brought home the Scholastic News from school on Friday. For those who don’t know, it’s “America’s Leading News Source for Kids.” Its weekly editions are typically led by a theme, and students are encouraged to complete the exercises within. This one caught my eye: “Hi I’m Joe, I am a veteran. That means I was in a war. Meet my dog Benjamin. I’ll show you how he helps me everyday.”

On the front is a heartbreaking photo of a Marine with a “robot leg” in a wheelchair, his arm slung over a beautiful golden retriever. Inside, after more photos of the veteran and Benjamin, and the veteran and his young family, my child is asked, “how can we thank (soldiers)? … we can send them a care package!”

How about demanding they all come home now, legs intact? I think about this ruefully for a moment and realize that I had spent much of Veterans Day looking at photos of amputees. The Washington Post heralded the day with a front-page profile of Marine Cpl. Todd A. Nicely, an “unbroken spirit,” and one of three living men who lost all four of their limbs in Iraq or Afghanistan. There are 1,100 amputees from these wars overall, according to the paper. We are so used to seeing them now, literally running marathons, swimming in the Paralympics,climbing Mt. Kilimanjaro. And they are all but ubiquitous on Memorial and Veterans Day – the two days Americans are forced to think about war.

But let’s face it, there is something insidious about it all, about what Veterans Day has become. We channel all of our compassion and guilt and patriotism into individual veterans and their stories of recovery and triumph, but we never ask the fundamental “why?” In fact, we try not to focus too much on the subject of war itself (unless it is in the form of watching 24 hours straight of propagandistic war films on Turner Classic Movies, or the usual War Porn on the History Channel). With all the best intentions, we talk about veterans in schools, but without explaining, even prudently, how a beautiful boy like 26-year-old Nicely came to be wheeling around with a mechanical arm and three stumps for limbs on the front of Thursday’s newspaper. That he had been “defending our country” seems to suffice. He and others persevere, selflessly, despite hardship and pain, so buck up, so can you – that is implicit – as is some unspoken rule that one must not debate the necessity of war on Veterans’ Day, lest you offend “the veterans.”

Therefore we never really move forward. We just remain mired in our own lessons lost, every year pouring perfume in the form of platitudes and pity over our most disturbing realities.

Veterans Day used to be Armistice Day, which was first established in 1919 to remember the 117,965 Americans who died fighting in World War I, the first senseless war of the 20th Century. Later in 1938, it was declared a federal holiday and dedicated in part to “to the cause of world peace.” But the return of millions of World War II veterans soon overshadowed the quiet reflection of the previous war, and in 1954 it was officially changed to Veterans Day to honor the living symbols of what is still deemed an historic American victory in the great planetary struggle against Evil. Rituals and expectations then hardened, and were further institutionalized after Korea and Vietnam, when sacrifice had to be emphasized over victory, when our guilt and regret over the 36,515 American dead in Korea, and 58,159 in Vietnam, needed to be channeled, somehow.

The veterans of those wars required the pomp and the reassurance more than their World War II predecessors, and that left no room for rehashing controversial war policies. Younger men marched (and wheeled) with the World War II vets as part of one proud collective and saved their complaints and lamentations for later at the American Legion bars dotting the Middle American landscape. “Civilians” acted accordingly and generally observed the day, as we do now, gathering at monuments and parades, and speaking no ill of war.

Vet Neil Duncan, climbing Mt. Kilimanjaro (AP)

How easy it is today, nearly 10 years into a two-front conflict that has left us more than two million veterans, to carry on the ritual. More than ever, we are compelled to treat these men and women as if in a vacuum, divorced from the political reality that they served in a war that has more in common with its darker progenitors, Korea and Vietnam, than World War II. And it is much easier for us, the civilians, to take part in this theater when it is less likely that we would know a vet personally, and when we do see them in the media, particularly on Veterans Day, they are healthy and muscular and engaging in heroic physical feats, despite their mechanical limbs and scarred faces.

They make us feel sad, but in a perverse way, their resolve to “move on” makes us more comfortable about our lemming-like journey through a decade of war, our decision to “go shopping” rather than stop and question with any measure of seriousness the toll it was taking on our country. And forget the corporate media, they’re too terrified of being perceived as anti-military to even suggest messing with the Veterans Day status quo. So they go overboard to ensure the day is sanctified, profiling one amputee after another with no context. Then on Nov. 12 we shake it off and “move on.”

But how is teaching our children that disabled veterans are a fact of life, without offering any greater insight, helping soldiers and veterans, much less anyone else? The soldiers and veterans become American totems, while we condition our children to compartmentalize their emotions – today, children, we will celebrate veterans; we will feel sad for their disabilities and grateful that they fought in our name – and not to ask questions about the most critical issue of our time, which is war: getting into it and getting out of it. Just accept the fact that there are a lot of men and women around who got their robot arms and legs “defending our freedom,” send a care package, and “move on.”

Ten years from now, these same children could be standing in front of an Army recruiter’s office. What real tools have we given them to decide?

Veterans Day as a Decoy

Not surprisingly, there was hardly a grumble of response this Veterans Day when Secretary of Defense Robert Gates announced that we would be fighting in Afghanistan for at least four more years. Nor did anyone seem to blanch at reports that the White House has begun “moving away” from President Obama’s pledge to begin withdrawing troops from there in 2011.

Obama and amputee vet (Reuters)

Gen. Petraeus has been suggesting 2014 is the new benchmark for “transition” and is expected to confirm as much at this week’s NATO summit in Lisbon. No doubt the umpteenth “review” of the policy coming up in December will bolster the military’s preferred timeline, which would take the war right through the next presidential election. As I said back in June, Obama would no doubt prefer to stall through 2012, avoiding the “defeat-o-crat” mantra from his Republican opponents, while appearing to listen to “his generals on the ground.” As if to give his blessing, neoconservative war hawk Bill Kristol, donning his military surrogate hat on Fox News Sunday this week, suggested that Obama has finally come over to their way of thinking.

I think Barack Obama has crossed the bridge in his own mind, he is not interested in an exit strategy during his first term from Afghanistan, he is interested in a success strategy.”

Now Bill “boots on the ground” Kristol is probably the single most effective promoter of the meat grinder outside the Pentagon itself. Whether it be the pre-9/11 push for regime change in Iraq, the Project for the New American Century’s numerous calls to arms, his Weekly Standard soap box, or his new outfit, the Emergency Committee for Israel, Kristol is always promoting war – more war, more warm bodies to fight wars. As a military mouthpiece he is quite good, though no one can say with any certainty how he feels about amputee veterans or the rising number of suicides among active duty soldiers and veterans, nor of the fact the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq have been the single greatest contributor to the dreaded national debt. He never talks about it, at least not on–air.

But Kristol is good at compartmentalizing too, and he figures the chump mainstream media has the Veterans Day coverage well in hand, and is relieved no doubt that the endless images of military funerals and titanium prosthetics are never emotionally – or rationally – connected with his relentless war mongering over the last decade.

Sgt. Todd Nelson, wounded in Afghanistan (AP)

If the rest of America could finally resist the pressure to spend Veterans Day in an intellectual stupor, they might see Kristol & Co. for what they really are. They might recognize them as collaborating with the military and other self-interested parties in Washington to quietly extend this unpopular war for another four years with absolutely no input from the citizenry – what writer Stephen Walt aptly recognizes as the old “Bait and Switch.”

Simply put, Veterans Day and its springtime counterpart, Memorial Day, have become nothing but an institutionalized distraction from the truth. A temporary salve on our conscience, and a decoy for the war-makers.

Ideally, these “holidays” should be used instead to teach our children that we can only truly honor the men and women in the Armed Services by making sure they don’t die senselessly on the battlefield ever again – that our role as “citizen” is to challenge and shape the decisions made by the government, not become a slave to it.

Only then could we look at the photographs of veterans in wheelchairs or with injuries that have rendered them unrecognizable to their families, and say, never forget, never again – and truly mean it.

 

 



POSTED NOVEMBER 10, 2014

 

MORE ON THE PHONEY BIN LADEN KILLING STORY

 

The subject video reveals still more information regarding the government fairy tale on the killing of Osama Bin Laden in Pakistan 3 ½ years ago.


I think it's the government's goal to send us down perpetual rabbit holes sapping our energy to pursue more important goals. The fact that we have to spend so much time shooting holes in the never ending stream of lies from our government masters is proof enough.



Bruce                                                New World Order News


 

Navy Seals Ensnared In Bin Laden Death Hoax

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VL5QmQ7fs





POSTED NOVEMBER 7, 2014

 

NO! I KILLED BIN LADEN.

 

Prove that I didn't. The 1950's the television show, To Tell The Truth, began with 3 individuals all claiming the same identity. Of course, only one was telling the truth. Today, we are being subjected to a really bad version of that TV show using the faked killing of a long since diseased, Osama Bin Laden, as the subject of the story.


And a story it is! In my hometown of Maryville, Tn., we have been subjected to the presence of former Navy Seal, Rob O’Neill. Mr. O'Neill has been cashing in on the banquet circuit as a motivational speaker. Just this week, he has now claimed to be the one who killed Bin Laden. It's too bad that almost no one remains alive to confirm his story, as most of those in the raid have been killed.


Former assistant Secretary of The Treasury, Paul Craig Roberts, quickly refutes the absurd story of the Bin Laden raid. It is sad the things some will do for money and fame. Maybe Mr. O'Neill killed someone that day. I hope not, but we can easily conclude one fact. Whomever he might have killed, it wasn't Osama Bin Laden.



Bruce                                   New World Order News

 

Another Fake Bin Laden Story

osama_bin_laden

Another Fake Bin Laden Story

2014/11/07

Paul Craig Roberts
RINF Alternative News

RT, one of my favorite news sources, has fallen for a fake story put out by the Pentagon to support the fantasy story that a SEAL team killed Osama bin Laden, who died a second time in Abbottabad, Pakistan, a decade after his first death from illness and disease. http://rt.com/usa/202895-navy-seal-shot-binladen/

This fake story together with the fake movie and the fake book by an alleged SEAL team member is the way the fake story of bin Laden’s murder is perpetrated. Bin Laden’s alleged demise at the hands of a SEAL team was a propaganda orchestration, the purpose of which was to give Obama a hero’s laurels and deep six Democratic talk of challenging his nomination for a second term.

Osama bin Laden died in December 2001 of renal failure and other health problems, having denied in his last recorded video any responsibility for 9/11, instead directing Americans to look inside their own government. The FBI itself has stated that there is no evidence that Osama bin Laden is responsible for 9/11. Bin Laden’s obituary appeared in numerous foreign and Arabic press, and also on Fox News. No one can survive renal failure for a decade, and no dialysis machine was found in the alleged Abbottabad compound of bin Laden, who allegedly was murdered by SEALs a decade after his obituary notices.

Additionally, no one among the crew of the ship from which the White House reported bin Laden was buried at sea saw any such burial, and the sailors sent messages home to that effect. Somehow a burial was held onboard a ship on which there are constant watches and crew on alert at all hours, and no one witnessed it.

Additionally, the White House story of the alleged murder of bin Laden changed twice within the first 24 hours. The claim that Obama and his government watched the action transmitted live from cameras on the SEALs’ helmets was quickly abandoned, despite the release of a photo of the Obama regime intently focused on a TV set and alleged to be watching the live action. No video of the deed was ever released. To date there is no evidence whatsoever in behalf of the Obama regime’s claim. Not one tiny scrap. Just unsubstantiated self-serving claims.

Additionally, as I have made available on my website, witnesses interviewed by Pakistan TV reported that only one helicopter landed in Abbottabad and that when the occupants of the helicopter returned from the alleged bin Laden compound, the helicopter exploded on takeoff and there were no survivors. In other words, there was no bin Laden corpse to deliver to the ship that did not witness a burial and no SEAL hero to return who allegedly murdered an unarmed bin Laden. Moreover, the BBC interviewed residents in Abbottabad, including those next door to the alleged “bin Laden compound,” and all say that they knew the person who lived there and it was not bin Laden.

Any SEAL who was so totally stupid as to kill the unarmed “Terror Mastermind” would probably have been courtmartialed for incompetency. Look at the smiling face of the man Who Killed Bin Laden. He thinks that his claim that he murdered a man makes him a hero, a powerful comment on the moral degeneracy of Americans.

So what is this claim by Rob O’Neill about? He is presented as a “motivational speaker” in search of clients. What better ploy among gullible Americans than to claim “I am the one who shot bin Laden.” Reminds me of the western movie: The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance. What better way to give Rob O’Neill’s claim validity than for the Pentagon to denounce his revelation for breaking obligation to remain silent. The Pentagon claims that O’Neill by claiming credit has painted a big target sign on our door asking ISIS to come get us

What unbelievable nonsense. ISIS and anyone who believed Obama’s claim to have done in bin Laden already knew, if they believed the lie, that the Obama regime claimed responsibility for murdering an unarmed bin Laden. The reason the SEAL team was prevented from talking is that no member of the team was on the alleged mission,

Just as the ship from which bin Laden was allegedly buried has no witnesses to the deed, the SEAL unit, whose members formed the team that allegedly dispatched an unarmed Terrorist Mastermind rather than to take him into custody for questioning, mysteriously died in a helicopter crash when they were loaded in violation of procedures in an unprotected 1960s vintage helicopter and sent into a combat zone in Afghanistan shortly after the alleged raid on “bin Laden’s compound.”

For awhile there were news reports that the families of these dead SEALS do not believe one word of the government’s account. Moreover, the families reported receiving messages from the SEALs that suddenly they felt threatened and did not know why. The SEALs had been asking one another: “Were you on the bin Laden mission?” Apparently, none were. And to keep this a secret, the SEALs were sent to their deaths.

Anyone who believes anything the US government says is gullible beyond the meaning of the word.

 

 


POSTED NOVEMBER 6, 2014

 

ANOTHER SPANISH CIVIL WAR?

 

It is a largely forgotten historic fact that Spain fought a costly and bloody civil war in the 1930's. Even though Spain had previously signed an alliance with Nazi Germany, this civil war left them so weak, they had to leave the alliance.


Almost 80 years later Spain now is poised to go down the same road. Some time ago, I covered the continuing dispute between the central Spanish government and the province of Catalonia. Spain's government, like most governments has spent their people into bankruptcy. Catalonia is still relatively prosperous and has no desire to send their resources to Madrid to be sent down a rat hole. They have therefore, announced their intention to have a vote on separating from Spain. I said then, Spain would never allow this.


Now, a year later, the Spanish Supreme Court has declared this November 9 election illegal. Just yesterday, the central government has ordered troops to that area. So, the more things change, the more they stay the same. Elections are great as long as they validate control for the central authorities, but if an election confirms the desire of people to be free of central government tyranny, that's illegal. King George would be proud. I don't know where this will go, but I do know where it went in the 1930's. This could spin out of control very quickly. Any government that has to resort to violence to remain in power, is illegitimate.




Bruce                                    New World Order News

 

Spain Moves Military Assets Into Catalonia Ahead Of Weekend's 'Illegal' Secession Vote

Tyler Durden's picture

Submitted by Tyler Durden on 11/05/2014 14:21 -0500


"Everything is all set for Nov. 9," says a senior Catalan regional government official as the region prepares to defy both the central government and the country's highest court and proceed with a much-disputed weekend vote on whether to secede from Spain. And while the Spanish government has not specified what legal consequences Catalan leaders, poll workers or voters might face Sunday, when they go to vote, The LA Times reports that Madrid has reportedly readied thousands of Civil Guard police officers to travel to Catalonia this weekend if needed.

 

As The LA Times reports,

Spain's northeastern region of Catalonia vowed Tuesday to defy both the central government and the country's highest court and proceed with a much-disputed weekend vote on whether to secede from Spain.
Hours earlier, Spain's Constitutional Court ordered Catalonia to freeze its plans for an independence vote, scheduled for Sunday. It was the second time the court issued an order siding with Madrid, which considers any Catalan independence vote illegal.
But Catalan leaders said they would not back down.'
"Everything is all set for Nov. 9," Francesc Homs, a spokesman for the Catalan regional government, said at a news conference. "We are maintaining our participatory process. We couldn’t say this any clearer -- and we’re doing so regardless of the consequences."
Homs said the Catalan government would use the Constitutional Court to sue the central government "for threatening the right ... to freedom of speech."
The Spanish government has not specified what legal consequences Catalan leaders, poll workers or voters might face Sunday, when they go to vote. But Madrid has reportedly readied thousands of Civil Guard police officers to travel to Catalonia this weekend if needed.

 

And sure enough, the convoys are rolling


The presence of military convoys on the roads in Catalonia, specifically cars Pizarro has been steady throughout the day. Have been military convoys on the roads to Lleida and Zaragoza from, but also Panadella and Low Llobreta and Diagonal.

Remember a few days ago several military helicopters flew some Catalan regions : namely a group of six of these distinctive military helicopters were seen in the Vallès Oriental Vallès Occidental and in different parts of the metropolitan area of Barcelona, ??to Llobregat and Alt Camp.



So French youth are revolting, Bulagria's poor are self-immolating, Spain now has a neo-Nazi party... and now the military are required to control the population... sounds like 'recovery' to us.



As Mike Krieger concluded previously:

On a more serious note, Americans need to understand that Spain is merely a few years ahead of us. The question isn’t whether the status quo will be overthrown, the question is what will replace it. Something better, or something worse? Our key mission must be to ensure we get a better system after this one blows up, not something even worse.
Watch Spain closely in the months ahead. It will be another canary in the coal mine for the entire Western world.

 



POSTED NOVEMBER 5, 2014

 

OBAMA TO RULE BY DECREE

 

He calls it “executive orders”, but the result is the same. The President issues an order and those in his administration treat it as a law. Today, in a rambling, largely incoherent, press conference, Obama threatened the Congress and the American people, with an Executive Order legalizing illegal aliens unless the Congress passes legislation to do as he wishes.


It's only been less than a day since Republicans were swept into power in both houses of Congress and yet we are seeing the futility of the election process. Republican leaders are already stating they will do nothing about: The wars, Obamacare, balancing the budget, banker bailouts, shipping jobs overseas, Obama administration scandals, illegal executive orders and, yes, illegal immigration.


As if any of that matters, since our ruler has shown he will do whatever he wants. Most of the time he just issues one of his executive orders. Sometimes he doesn't even bother. He should have been impeached, but fat chance that will ever happen. Now that we have had this election, we need to revisit a better solution. Millions in the streets demanding that those in this government, leave--- all of them. There is no way for this nation to recover it's past prosperity and freedom as long as this bunch is in charge. Once that happens, we might actually be able to have a real election.


Bruce                         New World Order News

 

More Executive Orders on the Way: Republicans Take Control of the Senate

Chris Carrington
The Daily Sheeple
November 5th, 2014

The American people showed their discontent at the polls yesterday by voting for the Republicans to take control of the Senate. The GOP also strengthened their hold on the House of Representatives and will be in control of both chambers of Congress for the first time since 2006.

Obama now has two choices during the final two years of his leadership:

  • Issue Executive orders that require no approval from Congress.

  • Seek bipartisan support for his plans.

Many people have no doubt of which choice he will make.

What you have to ask yourself is will it make a difference? The vast majority of those that seek to rule us are from white collar backgrounds and most of them worked in for-profit organizations prior to going into politics. Over half of these people are millionaires. (source)

We are deluded if we think that these men and women will not vote with their/their cronies business interests in mind and therein lies the problem. The gap between rich and poor, the haves and have-nots widens year on year. The rich get richer and the rest of us get squeezed more and more.

To hope that because the Republicans now control both chambers of Congress this will change is foolhardy. It won’t.

The world over the views and visions of politicians is at odds with the views and visions of the people they preside over. Looking at it logically it’s impossible for it to be any other way. Someone who has grown up with all the privileges of life, someone who has mingled with the ‘right’ people and attended the top schools cannot understand growing up on the other side of the tracks.

Someone who has the money to enter the merry-go-round of political life will have views and attitudes that reflect their background. As would we all. We are all the product of what has gone on in our lives, and politicians are no different.

They cannot possibly comprehend how it feels to struggle to keep the roof over your families head. They have no concept of having to manage with what they have.

They have never known the pressure of job loss, hunger, poverty, foreclosure or homelessness. They have no experience of the real lives that the majority of the electorate lead. In short they are not qualified for the positions they hold.

If you need an operation you wouldn’t go to a car mechanic would you? No, you would find someone qualified to do the operation. This is what is lacking in the political system of not only the United States but of the political systems around the world.

There are no simple answers, but clearly, as long as it takes millions of dollars to run a campaign fund there is no chance of getting more balance on Capitol Hill. The common man is not under-represented, he is not represented at all and that’s not something that is going to change anytime soon.

Delivered by The Daily Sheeple


 

 



POSTED NOVEMBER 4, 2014

 

Rulers Seek to Rule

 

Rulers Seek to Rule

Posted November 4, 2014 2:50 pm by PatriotRising

The democratic system doesn’t really work very well at all

 v-lenin


Rulers seek to rule. Well, that seems a bit obvious, doesn’t it? And yet, time after time, we elect new leaders, imagining that, “This new group will be better—they’ll represent us as they promised.”

 

Unfortunately, the democratic system doesn’t really work very well at all. The idea is supposed to be that if old leaders overstep their bounds, new candidates may come forth who promise a reversal of the autocracy of the previous group, and we elect them. They will then proceed to implement that reversal.

 

Of course, we all know that it’s this last bit that consistently fails to happen. The new groupdoes not fulfil its promises to the electorate—in fact, it almost invariably seeks to increaseits power over them. And as each group assumes greater power than the previous one, the country slowly declines, until ultimately, it reaches the state of tyranny.

 

But what is at the heart of this process? Why on earth does it never seem to happen that the new leaders actually diminish their power and become true representatives of those who elected them? Surely, we must get a few good leaders once in a while.

 

To answer this question, let’s have another look at that title, at the top of the page…

 

Rulers seek to rule. Ruling is not a side issue; it is not a by-product. It is their very purpose. It is the reason they ran for elected office.

 

But then, why do better, less-obsessed people not run? Well, they occasionally do, mostly at the lower levels of public office, where they soon find that politics is a nasty business and that their fellow office-holders detest them for their integrity. In effect, they find themselves isolated, much like New York policeman Frank Serpico—a lamb amongst vipers. In such an environment, it’s unlikely that a “good guy” will last long.

 

There arises the occasional Ron Paul, a beacon in the night, but the Ron Pauls are rare and even more rarely attain high office. Instead, those who are most likely to pursue public office and most likely to remain there are those that most desire to rule.

 

So, if we follow this reasoning along, who within a given society does most want to rule? Well, clearly, those who are the most obsessive in their desire to control others. Even more so if they possess this desire to a pathological degree.

 

In a small jurisdiction, this is less pronounced, because there are fewer people to run for office. The larger the country, the greater the likelihood that those who are pathological will not only come forward, but will do whatever it takes to succeed. Their odds of initial and continued success are therefore far greater than those of the “good” candidates.

 

If the above reasoning is correct, we’d find our legislatures full of pathological people.

 

In a large country, all candidates, in all parties, might well answer this description, resulting in a virtual guarantee that the top spots would be filled by those who are pathological. (Estimates hold that approximately 6.2% of any population are likely to be narcissistic. Sociopaths are at 4%.)

 

So, let’s test this out. Let’s look at a list of character traits of each of these psychopathies and ask ourselves if the descriptions fit any (or all) of our rulers.

 

Narcisism

 

  • Grandiose sense of self-importance

  • Preoccupied with fantasies of unlimited success and power

  • Requires excessive admiration

  • Has a pronounced sense of entitlement

  • Is exploitative of others

  • Lacks empathy

  • Demonstrates arrogant, haughty behaviour

 

Sociopathy

 

  • Superficial charm and good intelligence

  • Unreliability

  • Untruthfulness and insincerity

  • Lack of remorse and shame

  • Poor judgment and failure to learn by experience

  • Pathologic egocentricity and incapacity for love

 

In examining the traits above and comparing them to the traits we observe in our political leaders, we no longer wonder why our leaders are not more truthful, more reliable, more representative, less arrogant, etc. In fact, in any given situation, we can expect overreach from leaders in each of the following categories:

 

 

  • An assumed right to power (over both the electorate and other sovereign states)

  • Extreme lack of concern for truth or integrity (Reality becomes whatever the leader has most recently decided it is)

  • Lack of true concern for the electorate on any level (although “concern” may very well be pretended)

  • Inconsistency and unreliability in actions and policymaking

  • Fascination with opportunities for armed conflict (both domestic and international)

  • Carelessness in the sacrifice of the lives of others in combat situations (Armed conflict is an interestinggame, rather than an unfortunate necessity)

 

Whatever nation the reader is from, he might reread the above description, whilst picturing each of the last several leaders his country has had, and ask himself if these traits apply. (Again, the larger the country, the more likely that all the boxes are ticked, with regard to every leader, regardless of political party.) In addition, if the reader decides to extend the exercise to those on the second and third tiers of power (deputy prime minister, vice president, chancellor of the exchequer, secretary of state, etc., depending upon the jurisdiction), my guess would be that these individuals would also fit the bill fairly well.

 

Right, then. We were already a bit glum about those who ostensibly were elected to “represent our interests”. Now, it appears not only that they are a bad lot, but that there’s little hope for improvement, short of exhuming Guy Fawkes and cloning him in large numbers.

 

So what can we glean from this exercise?

 

We can surmise that, whether a sovereign state was founded as a free republic (e.g., Ancient Rome or the United States), or whether it was founded right from the outset as an oppressive state (e.g., France or the Soviet Union after their respective revolutions in 1799 and 1917), it is certain that pathological individuals will be those who will most desperately seek office. This then means that, over time, the new state will invariably progress toward tyranny, until such time as the system is ended and started anew.

 

What this means is that the reader might wish to assess the point that his home country has reached in its decline and consider whether it has reached the point of diminishing returns as regards his own personal freedom to live his life as he sees fit.

 

The good news is that, at any point in history, countries exist that are at different stages of decline, and the reader has choices as to where he might reside, work, and invest, if he wishes to pursue them.

 

Editor’s Note: Unfortunately there’s little any individual can practically do to change the trajectory of this trend in motion. The best you can and should do is to stay informed so that you can protect yourself in the best way possible, and even profit from the situation.

 

It’s not all doom and gloom; the world is your oyster, and there are very attractive jurisdictions that are cause for optimism. That’s what International Man is all about—making the most of your personal freedom and financial opportunity around the world. The free IM Communiqué is a great place to start.

 

Reprinted with permission from Casey Research

.

 


        

 
POSTED NOVEMBER 3, 2014

 

WHAT IF THEY GAVE AN ELECTION AND NOBODY CAME?

 

I am plagiarizing the 1960's slogan, “What if they gave a war and nobody came?” The sad facts show that over the past 50 years the unstoppable march towards the destruction of this nation continues. Even though we have continual elections, they are carefully managed by those in control. In order to be elected to higher office, you need to be nominated. In order to be nominated, you need to be in good standing with either Republicans or Democrats.


The first results of this mid term election shows wide spread fraud from coast to coast. Dead people voting, people voting multiple times, Illegal immigrants casting ballots, as well as the customary hacking of voting machines are just some of the incidents being reported.


The subject article written by Paul Craig Roberts *, codifies his concerns on the U.S. election process. If we Americans continue to validate this process, evil people will continue to hold public offices. The wars will continue and accelerate. Jobs will continue to shipped overseas. An unpayable national debt will continue to balloon. Illegal immigrants will continue to stream across the border. Stll want to vote? Stay home tomorrow.


Bruce                        New World Order News

 

*Dr. Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. Roberts' latest books are The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the West and How America Was Lost.

 

Dysfunctional America — Paul Craig Roberts

October 31, 2014

Dysfunctional America

Paul Craig Roberts

If you require more evidence that the United States is a dysfunctional society, observe American elections. Election season is slander season. Each party’s attack teams focus on misrepresenting, defaming, and ridiculing the opposing party’s candidates. Attack ads have replaced debates and any discussion of what the issues are, or should be, and how candidates perceive the public’s interest. Each attack team tells lies designed to enrage various voters about the other team’s candidate.

Whoever is elected is indebted not to voters but to the special interests that provided the campaign money. Once elected the official serves the private interest groups that put the official in office. In America the government can be bought and sold just like everything else. In its Citizens United ruling, a Republican Supreme Court put its stamp of approval on the right of corporations to purchase the US government.

Each state has its own dominant interest groups that win every election. In Florida real estate developers routinely defeat the environment and local communities. Developers have even been known to form organizations that pose as conservation supporters in order to misrepresent and defeat conservation measures.

Yet, despite their long string of losses to special interests, voters still participate in elections. I once read a theory that elections are a form of entertainment. President Clinton’s encounter with the young woman on MTV–”boxers or briefs”–is one indication of the lack of seriousness that Americans bring to politics. http://www.mtv.com/videos/misc/133280/vintage-mtv-bill-clintons-briefs.jhtml

Perhaps the lighter moment of a young woman’s interest in the president’s underwear should be cherished. The Clinton years will be remembered as scandal after scandal with dark events unresolved and covered up. The Clinton years were transformative. For those who don’t remember and those too young at the time to be aware, Ambrose Evans-Pritchard’s book, The Secret Life of Bill Clinton: The Unreported Stories (1997), will be an eye-opener. Perhaps the Democrats should read the book before nominating Hillary as the party’s presidential candidate.

Evans-Pritchard was Washington bureau chief for the Sunday Telegraph, one of the main British newspapers. He was stunned by how the American media ceased to function during the Clinton years. The Clinton years gave us such events as the federal government’s murder of the Branch Davidians in their Waco compound and subsequent coverup, the Oklahoma City bombing and coverup, and the coverup of the apparent murder of White House counsel Vincent Foster.

Almost everyone who paid attention saw coverups, not investigations, of these extraordinary events. Evans-Pritchard was one who payed attention, and what he saw did not pass muster. Yet, there was no press asking questions.

For example, the official story was that Tim McVeigh was the “lone nut” responsible for blowing up the Murrah Federal Office Building with a truck bomb. Yet, at McVeigh’s trial the prosecution did not call a single witness who could place McVeigh in Oklahoma City on the day of the bombing. “This is a rather astonishing fact,” writes Evans-Pritchard, and indeed it is. The reason the prosecution could not provide a witness to place MvVeigh at the scene of the crime is that the many witnesses all reported seeing McVeigh in the company of other men, and the prearranged official story was that McVeigh was alone. The FBI and the prosecution had to make this case, not conduct a real investigation and discover what really happened.

Experts who have examined the Oklahoma City bombing have concluded that the truck bomb was cover for explosives set inside the building. For example, US Air Force munitions expert General Benton K. Partin provided an extensive and detailed study and wrote to the US Senate: “The attached report contains conclusive proof that the bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, was not caused solely by the truck bomb. Evidence shows that the massive destruction was primarily the result of four demolition charges placed at critical structural points at the third floor level.” http://whatreallyhappened.com/RANCHO/POLITICS/OK/PARTIN/ok8.htm

Miquel Rodriguez, the associate independent counsel assigned the investigation of Deputy White House Counsel Vincent Foster’s mysterious death resigned after four months convinced that he was dealing with a FBI coverup and that his investigation was being sabotaged by personnel within his own office. The FBI’s official story differed completely from the story of the witness who discovered Foster’s body. Again, as in Oklahoma, the FBI’s case required the creation of a make-believe scenario at odds with the evidence. With no interference from a silent press, the FBI created the story that was needed. Evans-Pritchard wrote that the Foster case was “taboo for American journalists. In private, many concede that the official story is unbelievable, but they will not broach it in print.”

When Americans think of Clinton era scandals, they recall “Whitewater” and Clinton’s sexual escapades with White House intern Monica Lewinsky. Evans-Pritchard writes that these two scandals were small potatoes compared to the Waco, Oklahoma City, and Vincent Foster coverups. Evans-Pritchard concludes that these minor events were used by the press to distract the public and perhaps Congress from inquiring into FBI coverups of criminal acts.

I remember asking my Wall Street Journal colleague Robert Bartley why he put so much energy and editorial ink into Whitewater, a minor scandal involving some real estate payoffs to the Clintons that did not pan out. Serious events were ignored while Clinton’s affair with Lewinsky became a matter of impeachment.

From Clinton to George W. Bush and Obama was another transformative change. The crimes of the Clinton regime were covered up and not acknowledged. The crimes of the Bush and Obama regimes are openly acknowledged by the presidents themselves and by their attorney generals who assert that the “war on terror” frees presidents from the Constitution and from domestic and international statutory law. Thus, we have indefinite detention, torture and loss of protection against self-incrimination, destruction of privacy, and execution of US citizens without due process of law.

Almost overnight the US government became unaccountable, released from constitutional and legal constraints. Elections serve only to validate the unaccountability of government.

 

 

 



POSTED OCTOBER 31, 2014

 

IT'S HERE! POLICE STATE AMERICA

 

The subject video covers a subject that is only too well known by most Americans, the police state. Simply put, this is a situation where police are a law unto themselves. They even have a law, not following police orders. You'll notice that no where in that “law” is any connection to existing laws. No, if the officer tells you to get on to the ground, you get on to the ground. If he tells you to sit, stand or hop on one foot, you have to do it.


As if that isn't bad enough, police do not have to obey the same laws as the rest of us. They can use deadly force whenever they feel like it. If they don't like your posture, they can fire a taser into you. If they feel their life is threatened, they can shoot you.


Since the events of 911, 10 times more people have been killed by police than by terrorists. The natural conclusion is not to call the police for anything. Be aware that the presence of police, especially if you and he or she is alone, presents a real and present danger to you. If they feel threatened and you feel threatened, they have the gun.


Bruce                           New World Order News

 

Police Caught Trampling Constitution


https://www.youtube.com/watch?list=UUvsye7V9psc-APX6wV1twLg&v=WfwsWMl-0rw

 

 



POSTED OCTOBER 30, 2014

 

99% Vaccinated Involved in Navy Flu Outbreak


 

This should come as no shock to anyone with a computer ----and yet---- if we mention this to the average American, they will look at you as if you had 2 heads. And there's the problem. We live in a time where the knowledge of the ages is at our fingertips. At the same time, studies show average Americans are substantially more ignorant than previous generations.

 



 

So, on command from our government masters, we roll up our sleeves and those of our children, allowing them to plunge chemicals into our bloodstreams having no idea as to what they are or  that they work. Of course, there are no evil people in positions of power and authority in our government. Everything they do is for our own good.

 



Bruce                                    New World Order News


 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YDeq365BhIE

 

 


POSTED OCTOBER 29, 2014

 

TIME FOR GOLD AND SILVER

 

I have personally been invested in gold and silver stocks for many years. Up to a few years ago, I saw some pretty good profits. Since then, those stocks have tanked along with the price of gold and silver.


Economists will give many explanations for the drop in prices, but a few facts have become evident. All central governments, controlled by their central banks have waged war against the precious metals. Everything they have is based on paper currency, so their survival depends on keeping the metal prices under control. In order to do that they have done 2 things. The first is to sell gold and silver they do not have. They issue securities backed by gold and silver, even though if they had to produce it, they couldn't. The second thing is to print trillions of dollars and put it into the stock market. This pushes prices up and encourages investors to place their assets there.


Almost all independent economists have been sounding the alarm for years. Printing money out of thin air always results in disaster. Everyone knows that. So why hasn't this happened and why invest now? Since I began investing, I've learned 2 things. One is that there is no way to exactly predict major moves in the economy. The second is, it always takes longer than predicted. Smoke and mirrors only lasts so long. Whether it's 2 years or 2 days, our time is almost up. If gold and silver goes lower, it won't be much and it won't be long. I would rather be a year early, than a day late. When this hits, it will be incredibly fast.


Bruce                                           New World Order News



PETER SCHIFF GETS HEATED ON CNBC

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_detailpage&v=Jk0ILexWmSA

 



POSTED OCTOBER 28, 2014

 

CDC HAS A PATENT ON EBOLA

 

 

 

First, let's get this out of the way. The patent on Ebola owned by the CDC is, CA 2741523 A1. Even with this disclosure, there will be those who say it's a conspiracy theory. For some, there is no hope.


 

It's hard to wrap our heads around the prospect that some in our government actually may have made this killer plague in a laboratory. We keep wanting to believe that somehow those in power will voluntarily stop perpetrating evil when the evil just gets to be too much. No such luck with them. There is absolutely nothing they won't do to further their own sick agenda.


David Rockefeller, Henry Kissinger, Price Phillip and Ted Turner are just a few of many that have written their desire to kill 80 to 90% of the entire population on Earth. Price Phillip has gone so far as to write that he would like to be reincarnated as a virus to kill billions. These are your leaders. These are the ones who determine all of our lives and how we shall live and, I guess, if we shall live. Sadly, there are some who hold to the illusion that this next election in the U.S. will save us.


Bruce                                                   New World Order News

 

The CDC, NIH & Bill Gates Own the Patents On Existing Ebola & Related Vaccines: Mandatory Vaccinations Are Near

17 Sep, 2014 by Dave Hodges

 

Bill Gates, the king of vaccines.

Bill Gates, the king of vaccines.

I have previously reported that Monsanto, or Monsatan as many call them, has partnered with the Department of Defense to use a proxy third party company to develop a vaccine against Ebola. The seed money began at $1.5 million. The value of the deal could grow to an estimated $86 million dollars. The company’s name is Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation (TKMR) (TKM.TO), a leading developer of RNA interference (RNAi) therapeutics. “TKM-Ebola, an anti-Ebola virus RNAi therapeutic, is being developed under a $140 million contract with the U.S. Department of Defense’s Medical Countermeasure Systems BioDefense Therapeutics (MCS-BDTX) Joint Product Management Office”.  As breaking and shocking of a news story as this has the potential to be, the real story is that this is not the most important part of the Ebola threat which has invaded the United States. The truth of the matter is that these unholy and untrustworthy associations, when it comes to “fighting” the Ebola virus, represent the mere tip of the iceberg.

The more on digs into who is behind the creation and the development of vaccines for treating Ebola, the more the conspiracy networks widen. The most amazing fact is how incredibly easy it was to locate this information. I want to be clear on this point, Ebola was invented, a vaccine for Ebola has existed for 8-10 years, some government sponsored institutions as well as some of the global elite have positioned themselves to profit enormously from the spread of the virus and the development of and dissemination of mandatory Ebola vaccines and the imposition of total martial law in the process. Here is the proof.

 

Human ebola virus species and compositions and methods thereof
CA 2741523 A1

Amazingly, the CDC owns “the” patent on Ebola and all future strains.

The “SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION” section of the patent document also clearly claims that the U.S. government is claiming “ownership” over all Ebola viruses that share as little as 70% similarity with the Ebola it “invented”:

Why would a government organization claim to have “invented” this infectious disease and then claim a monopoly over its exploitation for commercial use? It is clear that the CDC plans to claim royalties on Ebola vaccines. This certainly increases the likelihood that the vaccines will become mandatory, thus increasing the profit potential for the patent holders.

 

Publication number

CA2741523 A1

Publication type

Application

Application number

CA 2741523

PCT number

PCT/US2009/062079

Publication date

Apr 29, 2010

Filing date

Oct 26, 2009

Priority date

Oct 24, 2008

Also published as

EP2350270A2, 4 More »

Inventors

Jonathan S. TownerStuart T. NicholJames A. ComerThomas G. KsiazekPierre E. Rollin

Applicant

Jonathan S. Towner, 5 More »

Export Citation

BiBTeXEndNoteRefMan

Classifications (21), Legal Events (1)

External Links: CIPOEspacenet

 

Clearly, Ebola is manmade and this patent proves this contention. Why does the CDC need to own the patent on Ebola? Perhaps, we should ask Bill Gates why he is donating $50 million to the UN and the CDC in the name of fighting Ebola (see video below). The CDC has partners in the fight against Ebola, namely, Crucell, the National Institute of Health (NIH) and the U.S. Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID) and, of course, Bill and Melinda Gates.

 

 



POSTED OCTOBER 27, 2014

 

AN ARMY RANGER SPEAKS OUT

 

 

 

Monday, October 27th, 2014 | Posted by Editor

Thanks for Vietnam, Iraq and Afghanistan


 

[Note for TomDispatch Readers: Today’s piece is out of the ordinary, the sort of thing that’s largely untouchable in the mainstream. A former Army Ranger writes about why the endless “thank you"s for service in America’s wars ring hollow.  And that Ranger-turned-conscientious-objector, Rory Fanning, has quite an all-American odyssey to tell, which is exactly what he’s done in his new book Worth Fighting For: An Army Ranger’s Journey Out of the Military and Across America.  As far as I’m concerned, it’s a must read and, as it happens, for a $100 contribution to this site, you can be the first on your block to get a signed, personalized copy of it.
Just check out the offer at the TomDispatch donation page and while you’re at it, note that signed, personalized copies of my new book, Shadow Government: Surveillance, Secret Wars, and a Global Security State in a Single-Superpower World, are still available.  My thanks again to all of you -- it was a genuine outpouring of support -- who have already contributed! Tom]

Read More at:  TOM DISPATCH

 

Howard Schultz. Chairman and CEO of Multi-million dollar Corporation Starbucks

Howard Schultz. Chairman and CEO of Multi-million dollar Corporation Starbucks

Thank You for Your Valor, Thank You for Your Service, Thank You, Thank You, Thank You…

 

Still on the Thank-You Tour-of-Duty Circuit, 13 Years Later

 

By Rory Fanning

 

Last week, in a quiet indie bookstore on the north side of Chicago, I saw the latest issue of Rolling Stone resting on a chrome-colored plastic table a few feet from a barista brewing a vanilla latte.  A cold October rain fell outside. A friend of mine grabbed the issue and began flipping through it. Knowing that I was a veteran, he said, “Hey, did you see this?” pointing to a news story that seemed more like an ad

. It read in part:

 

This Veterans Day, Bruce Springsteen, Eminem, Rihanna, Dave Grohl, and Metallica will be among numerous artists who will head to the National Mall in Washington D.C. on November 11th for ‘The Concert For Valor,’ an all-star event that will pay tribute to armed services.”

Concert For Valor? That sounds like something the North Korean government would organize,” I said as I typed Concertforvalor.com into my MacBook Pro looking for more information.

The sucking sound from the espresso maker was drowning out a 10-year-old Shins song. As I read, my heart sank, my shoulders slumped.

Special guests at the Concert for Valor were to include: Meryl Streep, Tom Hanks, and Steven Spielberg.  The mission of the concert, according to  a press release, was to “raise awareness” of veterans issues and “provide a national stage for ensuring that veterans and their families know that their fellow Americans’ gratitude is genuine.”

HBO CEO Richard Plepler

 

HBO CEO Richard Plepler

 

Former Secretary of Defense Robert Gates and former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs Admiral Michael Mullen were to serve in an advisory capacity, and Starbucks, HBO, and JPMorgan Chase were to pay for it all. “We are honored to play a small role to help raise awareness and support for our service men and women,” said HBO chairman Richard Plepler.

Though I couldn’t quite say why, that Concert for Valor ad felt tired and sad, despite the images of Rihanna singing full-throated into a gold microphone and James Hetfield and Kirk Hammett of Metallica wailing away on their guitars. I had gotten my own share of “thanks” from civilians when I was still a U.S. Army Ranger. 

 

Who hadn’t?  It had been the endless theme of the post-9/11 era, how thankful other Americans were that we would do… well, what exactly, for them?  And here it was again.  I couldn’t help wondering: Would veterans somewhere actually feel the gratitude that Starbucks and HBO hoped to convey?

I went home and cooked dinner for my wife and little girl in a semi-depressed state, thinking about that word “valor” which was to be at the heart of the event and wondering about the Hall of Fame line-up of twenty-first century liberalism that was promoting it or planning to turn out to hail it: Rolling Stone, the magazine of Hunter S. Thompson and all things rock and roll; Bruce Springsteen, the billion-dollar working-class hero; Eminem, the white rapper who has sold more records than Elvis; Metallica, the crew who sued Napster and the metal band of choice for so many longhaired, disenfranchised youth of the 1980s and 1990s.  They were all going to say “thank you” — again.

Raising (Whose?) Awareness

Tom Dispatch

Later that night, I sat down and Googled “vets honored.” Dozens and dozens of stories promptly queued up on my screen.  (Try it yourself.)  One of the first items I clicked on was the 50th anniversary celebration in Bangor, Maine, of the Gulf of Tonkin incident, the alleged Pearl Harbor of the Vietnam War.  Governor Paul LePage had spoken ringingly of the veterans of that war: “These men were just asked to go to a foreign land and protect our freedoms. And they weren’t treated with respect when they returned home. Now it’s time to acknowledge it.”

Vietnam, he insisted, was all about protecting freedom — such a simple and innocent explanation for such a long and horrific war.

Lest you forget, the governor and those gathered in Bangor that day were celebrating a still-murky “incident” that touched off a massive American escalation of the war.  It was claimed that North Vietnamese patrol boats had twice attacked an American destroyer, though President Lyndon Johnson later suggested that the incident might even have involved shooting at “flying fish” or “whales.” As for protecting freedom in Vietnam, tell the dead Vietnamese in America’s “free fire zones” about that.

No one, however, cared about such details. The point was that eternal “thank you.”  If only, I thought, some inquisitive and valorous local reporter had asked the governor, “Treated with disrespect by whom?” And pointed out the mythology behind the idea that American civilians had mistreated GIs returning from Vietnam.  (Unfortunately, the same can’t be said for the Veterans Administration, which denied returning soldiers proper healthcare, or the Veterans of Foreign Wars and the American Legion, organizations that weren’t eager

to claim the country’s defeated veterans of a disastrous war as their own.)

When it came to thanks and “awareness raising,” no American war with a still living veteran seemed too distant to be ignored. Google told me, for example, that Upper Gwynedd, Pennsylvania, had recently celebrated its 12th annual “Multi-Cultural Day” by thanking its “forgotten Korean War Veterans.” According to a local newspaper report, included in the festivities were martial arts demonstrations and traditional Korean folk dancing.

The Korean War was the precursor to Vietnam, with similar results. As with the Gulf of Tonkin incident, the precipitating event of the war that North Korea ignited on June 25, 1950, remains open to question. Evidence suggests that, with U.S. approval, South Korea initiated a bombardment of North Korean villages in the days leading up to the invasion. As in Vietnam, there, too, the U.S. supported a corrupt autocrat and used napalm on a mass scale. Millions died, including staggering numbers of civilians, and North Korea was left in rubble by war’s end.  Folk dancing was surely in short supply. As for protecting our freedoms in Korea, enough said.

These two ceremonies seemed to catch a particular mood (reflected in so many similar, if more up-to-date versions of the same). They might have benefited from a little “awareness raising” when it came to what the American military has actually been doing these last years, not to say decades, beyond our borders. They certainly summed up much of the frustration I was feeling with the Concert for Valor. Plenty of thank yous, for sure, but no history when it came to what the thanks were being offered for in, say, Iraq or Afghanistan, no statistics on taxpayer dollars spent or where they went, or on innocent lives lost and why.

Will the “Concert for Valor” mention the trillions of dollars rung up terrorizing Muslim countries for oil, the ratcheting up of the police and surveillance state in this country since 9/11, the hundreds of thousands of lives lost thanks to the wars of George W. Bush and Barack Obama? Is anyone going to dedicate a song to Chelsea Manning, or John Kiriakou, or Edward Snowden — two of them languishing in prison and one in exile — for their service to the American people? Will the Concert for Valor raise anyone’s awareness when it comes to the fact that, to this day, veterans lack proper medical attention, particularly for mental health issues, or that there is a veteran suicide every 80 minutes in this country? Let’s hope they find time in between drum solos, but myself, I’m not counting on it.

Thank Yous

While Googling around, I noticed an allied story about President Obama christening a poetic sounding “American Veterans Disabled for Life Memorial” on October 5th.  There, he wisely noted that “the U.S. should never rush into war.” As he spoke, however, the Air Force, the Navy, and Special Forces personnel (who wear boots that do touch the ground, even in Iraq), as well as the headquarters

of “the Big Red One,” the Army’s 1st Infantry Division, were already involved in the latest war he had personally ordered in Iraq and Syria, while, of course, bypassing Congress.

Thank you, thank you, thank you, thank you! Damn, I voted for Obama because he said he’d end our overseas wars. At least it’s not Bush sending the planes, drones, missiles, and troops back there, because if it were, I’d be mad.

Then there were the numerous stories about “Honor Flights” sponsored by Southwest Airlines that offered all World War II veterans and the terminally ill veterans of more recent wars a free trip to Washington to “reflect at their memorials” before they died. Honor flights turn out to be a particularly popular way to honor veterans. Local papers in Richfield, Utah, Des Moines, Iowa, Elgin, Illinois, Austin, Texas, Miami, Florida, and so on place by place across significant swaths of the country have run stories about dying hometown “heroes” who have participated in these flights, a kind of nothing-but-the-best-in-corporate-sponsorship for the last of the “Greatest Generation.”

Welcome home” ceremonies, with flags, marching bands, heartfelt embraces, much weeping, and the usual babies and small children missed during tours of duty in our war zones are also easy to find. In the first couple of screens Google offered in response to the phrase “welcome home ceremony,” I found the usual thank-you celebrations for veterans returning from Afghanistan in Sioux Falls, South Dakota, Ft. Sill, Oklahoma, and Saint Albans, Vermont, among other places. “We don’t do enough for our veterans, for what they do for us, we hear the news, but to be up there in a field, and be shot at, and sometimes coming home disabled, we don’t realize how lucky we are sometimes to have the people who have served their country,” one of the Saint Albans attendees was typically quoted as saying.

Do enough…?” In America, isn’t thank you plenty?

Oddly, it’s harder to find thank-you ceremonies for living vets involved in America’s numerous smaller interventions in places like the Dominican Republic, Lebanon, Grenada, Kosovo, Somalia, Libya, and various CIA-organized coups and proxy wars around the world, but I won’t be surprised if they, too, exist.  I was wondering, though: What about all those foreign soldiers we’ve trained to fight our wars for us in places like South Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan? Shouldn’t they be thanked as well? And how about members of the Afghan Mujahedeen that we armed and funded in the 1980s while they gave the Soviet Union its own “Vietnam” (and who are now fighting for al-Qaeda, the Taliban, or other extreme Islamist outfits)? Or what about the Indonesian troops we armed under the presidency of Gerald Ford, who committed possibly genocidal acts in East Timor in 1975?  Or has our capacity for thanks been used up in the service of American vets?

Since 9/11, those thank yous have been aimed at veterans with the regularity of the machine gun fire that may still haunt their dreams. Veterans have also been offered special consideration when it comes to applications for mostly menial jobs so that they can “utilize the skills” they learned in the military. While they continue to march in those welcome home parades and have concerts organized in their honor, the thank yous are in no short supply. The only question that never seems to come up is: What exactly are they being thanked for?

Heroes Who Afford Us Freedom

 

Starbucks Chairman Howard Schultz has said of the upcoming Concert for Valor:

 

The post-9/11 years have brought us the longest period of sustained warfare in our nation’s history. The less than one percent of Americans who volunteered to serve during this time have afforded the rest of us remarkable freedoms — but that freedom comes with a responsibility to understand their sacrifice, to honor them, and to appreciate the skills and experience they offer when they return home.”

It was crafty of Schultz to redirect that famed 1% label from the ultra rich, represented by CEOs like him, onto our “heroes.” At the concert, I hope Schultz has a chance to get more specific about those “remarkable freedoms.” Will he mention that the U.S. has the highest per capita prison population on the planet?  Does he include among those remarkable freedoms the guarantee that dogs, Tasers, tear gas, and riot police will be sent after you if you stay out past dark protesting the killing of an unarmed Black teenager by a representative of this country’s increasingly militarized police? Will the freedom to be too big to fail and so to have the right to melt down the economy and walk away without going to prison — as Jamie Dimon, the CEO of Chase, did — be mentioned? Do these remarkable freedoms include having every American phone call and email recorded and stored away by the NSA?

And what about that term “hero”? Many veterans reject it, and not just out of Gary Cooperesque modesty either. Most veterans who have seen combat, watched babies get torn apart, or their comrades die in their arms, or the most powerful army on Earth spend trillions of dollars fighting some of the poorest people in the world for 13 years feel anything but heroic.  But that certainly doesn’t stop the use of the term.  So why do we use it?  As journalist Cara Hoffman points out at Salon:

“‘[H]ero’ refers to a character, a protagonist, something in fiction, not to a person, and using this word can hurt the very people it’s meant to laud. While meant to create a sense of honor, it can also buy silence, prevent discourse, and benefit those in power more than those navigating the new terrain of home after combat. If you are a hero, part of your character is stoic sacrifice, silence. This makes it difficult for others to see you as flawed, human, vulnerable, or exploited.”

We use the term hero in part because it makes us feel good and in part because it shuts soldiers up (which, believe me, makes the rest of us feel better). Labeled as a hero, it’s also hard to think twice about putting your weapons down. Thank yous to heroes discourage dissent, which is one reason military bureaucrats feed off the term.

There are American soldiers stationed around the globe who think about filing conscientious objector status (as I once did), and I sometimes hear from some of them.  They often grasp the way in which the militarized acts of imperial America are helping to create the very enemies they are then being told to kill. They understand that the trillions of dollars being wasted on war will never be spent on education, health care, or the development of clean energy here at home.  They know that they are fighting for American control over the flow of fossil fuels on this planet, the burning of which is warming our world and threatening human existence.

Then you have Bruce Springsteen and Metallica telling them “thank you” for wearing that uniform, that they are heroes, that whatever it is they’re doing in distant lands while we go about our lives here isn’t an issue.  There is even the possibility that, one day, you, the veteran, might be ushered onto that stage during a concert or onto the field during a ballgame for a very public thank you. The conflicted soldier thinks twice.

Valor

I’m back at that indie bookstore sitting at the same chrome-colored table trying to hash all this out, including my own experiences in the Army Rangers, and end on a positive note. The latest issue of Rolling Stone appears to have sold out. Out the window, the sun is peeking through a thick web of clouds.  They sell wine here, too. The sooner I finish this, the sooner I can start drinking.

 

There is no question that we should honor people who fight for justice and liberty. Many veterans enlisted in the military thinking that they were indeed serving a noble cause, and it’s no lie to say that they fought with valor for their brothers and sisters to their left and right. Unfortunately, good intentions at this stage are no substitute for good politics. The war on terror is going into its 14th year.  If you really want to talk about “awareness raising,” it’s years past the time when anyone here should be able to pretend that our 18-year-olds are going off to kill and die for good reason. How about a couple of concerts to make that point?

Until then, I’m going to drink wine and try to enjoy the music over the sound of the espresso machine.


Rory Fanning walked across the United States for the Pat Tillman Foundation in 2008-2009, following two deployments to Afghanistan with the 2nd Army Ranger Battalion. Fanning became a conscientious objector after his second tour. He is the author of the new book Worth Fighting For: An Army Ranger’s Journey Out of the Military and Across America (Haymarket, 2014).

 

 



POSTED OCTOBER 24, 2014

 

ALL SCHOOL SHOOTERS ON PRESCRIPTION DRUGS

 

The subject article reveals the common denominator in school shootings and it's not guns. As near as we can tell, every single shooter was on some type of Psychotropic Drugs. Here's a question: Is there anyone out there who has heard on seen this issue covered by any of the mainstream media outlets? I didn't think so.

 



 

Bruce                                 New World Order News

 

 

MASS VIOLENCE LINKED TO PRESCRIPTION PSYCHIATRIC MEDICATIONS - A RESOURCE PAGE

SSRI stories, an archive of case studies linking SSRI and other presciption psychiatric mnedications to acts of extreme violence, including mass shootings.

SSRI's make things worse, Joan Mathews-Larson, PhD
https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=TqGhZdZMIuk

Chris Greene "SSRI Drugs are responsible for School Massacre"
https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=XQB7AHgYClA

Fox News: Are SSRI Antidepressants Causing School Shootings? Broadcast before the gun-grabbers sent out word to blame the guns for violance.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=WAO5_Hk06Mc

Another FOX news story - Antidepressants and School Shootings, Suicide, Addiction.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=1XHNJyti1gE

Michael Moore: Are SSRI Antidepressant drugs causing School Shootings?
https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=DpinCRaAQOk

Making a Killing: The Untold Story of Psychotropic Drugging - Full Movie
https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=UDlH9sV0lHU

Psychiatry: An Industry of Death (FULL VERSION)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=gvdBSSUviys

The Marketing of Madness: The Truth About Psychotropic Drugs
https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=IgCpa1RlSdQ

United States v. Miller United States Supreme Court Ruling that affirmed the Second Amendment reserves to the American people military arms equal to those of the standing army.

John Bad Elk v. United States - 177 U.S. 529 (1900) United States Supreme Court Decision affirming a citizens right to tresist with lethal force infringement of their civil rights, in this specific case, arrest without probable cause.

5 U.S. 137 Marbury v. MadisonUnited States Supreme Court Decision that all laws which violate the consitution are automatically void.

FLASHBACK 2005 - Depression Facts and Stats They knew there was a problem in 2005!


From SSRIstories above - List of school shootings known to be linked to SSRIs Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Colombine school shooting in Littleton, Colorado), killed 12 students and 1 teacher, and wounded 23 others, before killing themselves. Klebold's medical records have never been made available to the public.

Jeff Weise, age 16, had been prescribed 60 mg/day of Prozac (three times the average starting dose for adults!) when he shot his grandfather, his grandfather's girlfriend and many fellow students at Red Lake, Minnesota. He then shot himself. 10 dead, 12 wounded.

Cory Baadsgaard, age 16, Wahluke (Washington state) High School, was on Paxil (which caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates hostage. He has no memory of the event.

Chris Fetters, age 13, killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac.

Christopher Pittman, age 12, murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft.

Mathew Miller, age 13, hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days.

Jarred Viktor, age 15, stabbed his grandmother 61 times after 5 days on Paxil.

Kip Kinkel, age 15, (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac treatment.

Luke Woodham, age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students, wounding six others.

A boy in Pocatello, ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed stand off at his school.

Michael Carneal (Ritalin), age 14, opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in West Paducah, Kentucky. Three teenagers were killed, five others were wounded..

A young man in Huntsville, Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another.

Andrew Golden, age 11, (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson, aged 14, (Ritalin) shot 15 people, killing four students, one teacher, and wounding 10 others.

TJ Solomon, age 15, (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers, Georgia opened fire on and wounded six of his class mates.

Rod Mathews, age 14, (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat.

James Wilson, age 19, (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood, South Carolina, took a .22 caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls, and wounding seven other children and two teachers.

Elizabeth Bush, age 13, (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania

Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) – school shooting in El Cajon, California

Jarred Viktor, age 15, (Paxil), after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times.

Chris Shanahan, age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby, ID who out of the blue killed a woman.

Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin), Huntsville, AL, killed his parents as they came home from work using a sledge hammer, hatchet, butcher knife and mechanic's file, then attacked his younger brothers and sister.

Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be on Prozac along with several other medications.

Kevin Rider, age 14, was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his head.

Initially it was ruled a suicide, but two years later, the investigation into his death was opened as a possible homicide. The prime suspect, also age 14, had been taking Zoloft and other SSRI antidepressants.

Alex Kim, age 13, hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled.

Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems. Six days later, after suffering many adverse effects of the drug, she shot herself.

Billy Willkomm, an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student, was prescribed Prozac at the age of 17. His family found him dead of suicide – hanging from a tall ladder at the family's Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002.

Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter, age 12, was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her closet.

Kara's parents said "…. the damn doctor wouldn't take her off it and I asked him to when we went in on the second visit. I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to Paxil…")

Gareth Christian, Vancouver, age 18, was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002, (Gareth's father could not accept his son's death and killed himself.)

Julie Woodward, age 17, was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her family's detached garage.

Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school. The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft. Seven days later his mother found him dead, hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet.

Kurt Danysh, age 18, and on Prozac, killed his father with a shotgun. He is now behind prison bars, and writes letters, trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill.

Woody ____, age 37, committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft. Shortly before his death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug. He had seen his physician only for insomnia. He had never been depressed, nor did he have any history of any mental illness symptoms.

A boy from Houston, age 10, shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased.

Hammad Memon, age 15, shot and killed a fellow middle school student. He had been diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and "other drugs for the conditions."

Matti Saari, a 22-year-old culinary student, shot and killed 9 students and a teacher, and wounded another student, before killing himself. Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine.

Steven Kazmierczak, age 27, shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium. According to his girlfriend, he had recently been taking Prozac, Xanax and Ambien. Toxicology results showed that he still had trace amounts of Xanax in his system.

Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen, age 18, had been taking antidepressants before he killed eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School – then he committed suicide.

Asa Coon from Cleveland, age 14, shot and wounded four before taking his own life. Court records show Coon was on Trazodone.

Jon Romano, age 16, on medication for depression, fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New York high school.

Additional documented cases of the link between prescription psychiatric drugs and violence are at http://www.benzo.org.uk/violence.htm

Back in 1971, even TIME magazine, while not saying these drugs caused violence, conceded thast there seemed to be a correlation between violence and certain medications!


CALL TO ACTION: The only way Americans are going to halt this latest gun-grabber attack on the Bill of Rights is to force the issue of SSRI-caused violence into the public eye. You, yes YOU need to forward all these articles about SSRIs and violence, and the fact that the Connecticut shooter was on these medications, to all your local media, all your family and friends, every public forum you can find, and especially to flood the offices of members of Congress (who already had hearings into this very problem). Right now that fancy software the government bought to fake thousands of online identities is cranked up into rock-and-roll, full-tilt, afterburner overdrive. Unless We The People match them post for post, fact for myth, the gun-grabbers will win through attrition. The first side to quit loses. PLEASE SPREAD ALL THESE STORIES ABOUT SSRI-VIOLENCE. Demand to know what medications the shooters were on.

 



POSTED OCTOBER 23, 2014

 

SORRY, HARPER. WE DON'T BUY IT.

 

I am referring to the latest “terrorist” act in Ottawa, yesterday. One man shot another man outside the Canadian Parliament building and then, the government and their media whores went into action. On and on and on and on Fox News and others repeated the same story over and over and over. If it weren't for the tragic death of the Canadian soldier, it would have been the most boring news program ever.


Then, right on cue, Canadian Prime Minister Harper, gave a speech. If one weren't aware of the real facts, one would think an ISIS division just took over Toronto. Instead, he stretched all he could to make the killing of one man by another, an international act of terror.


Here's a message to Harper, Obama, Cameron and all the other government masters drooling over the prospect of World War 3: I've had enough of you people. Please go away – far away. Face the fact that no one believes you anymore. Please don't ask for more money. Please don't ask for more power. Please don't ask for me to give up any more of my rights. Just go away.


Bruce                                                  New World Order News

 

 

Making Sense of Ottawa Shooting

October 22, 2014

rcmp-tactical-officers-cross-the-road-heading-towards-the-la.jpg


Everything was calculated to exaggerate

the threat. Here's why.



If Bibeau was working for ISIS, 

and ISIS is Western-backed, 

then this indeed was a false flag. 








by Henry Makow Ph.D.

Because I am a Canadian, some readers have asked for my take on the attack Wednesday on two of Canada's national institutions.

First, an honor guard at the National War Monument, Cpl. Nathan Cirrilo, was shot and killed. Afterward the shooter, Michael Abdul Zehaf Bibeau, whose father is from Libya, was able to enter the Parliament Building where he fired off some rounds before being killed.


police-bystanders-and-soldiers-aid-a-fallen-soldier-at-the.jpg(Bystanders tend to Cirrilo at War Memorial)

The fact that Bibeau was able to enter the Parliament Buildings with a rifle is highly suspicious. The press entrance he used is protected by airport-like security and guards.
 


Didn't they know a shooting had just taken place a few blocks away? 

I see this incident in the context of what Albert Pike predicted in his famous letter to Mazzini. The Third World War would be between Zionists and Islam.

There is a need for all Westerners to feel like Israelis, under the constant threat of terror. This goes a long way toward meeting that demand.

In order to have a confrontation between Zionists and Islam, you need to build up an Islamic enemy. ISIS fills that role.


It was created by "Zionist" intelligence services: CIA, CSIS, Mossad, etc. (They can't demonize all Muslims because they would have to explain why they are importing so many.)

Then you have the Zionist-controlled nations -- the US, Canada, UK, France etc.-- declare war on ISIS. Thus, even though Canada had just extricated itself from Afghanistan, and never participated in Iraq, Stephen Harper is sending six jets to Iraq and 600 support staff to make sure they run.

In response, ISIS has warned of terror attacks, and right on schedule there have been two now.
Two soldiers were hit by a car in Quebec on Monday. One died. 


B0k-rqUCMAAGQAJ.jpgISIS apparently posted this image of Bibeau. (3.38) If he was indeed working for ISIS, and ISIS is Western-backed, then this indeed was a false flag.

As we all know by now,
the mass media is a collaborator in present and future wars, including all false flag terror. 


CHICKEN LITTLES


What gets me is the exaggerated sense of danger and media hysteria Wednesday, as if the purpose was to just plain frighten Canadians.

Although the incident took place at 10 a.m., the whole downtown was in "lock down" until evening. They acted like there were another shooter on the loose when there was zero evidence of one. How hard is it to count the shooters? 


Why pretend there are more than one unless you want to exaggerate the event?

Members of Parliament, office workers etc were stuck inside all day for no reason. Children in the Parliamentary Daycare were stuck there until early evening. 


The hockey game between the Ottawa Senators and Toronto Maple Leafs place 25 miles away was cancelled. How better make Canadians feel threatened than to take away their hockey?

vivkers.jpg(left, Vickers)
 Bibeau was killed by the Sargeant at Arms, Kevin Vickers, age 58. The old guy felled the shooter using his antiquated handgun. Where were the Tactical Squads and Swat Teams with their automatic weapons? 

Meanwhile the Members of Parliament cowered in their locked caucus rooms, while the nation's figurehead leaders were whisked away to safety. Stores were closed. Downtown office workers waited anxiously for news while other buildings were "evacuated." Everything was calculated to exaggerate the threat. 


In the evening, Prime Minister Netanyahu, I mean Harper went on TV and said Canada would not be intimated by the Islamists. The whole exercise seemed calculated to make Canadians feel threatened like Israelis are, and more committed to the Israeli cause, which Harper has said he would defend to the last Canadian.  I guess that war has begun.
------


Related- What is the explanation for this cop's antics? Taking aim- noticing cameras, laughing it up? How do we know
Bibeau killed Cirillo?
-----------
Canadian terror Wave a Modern Day Gladio 

---------  A List of Zionist False Flag Terror


Note:
"Canada Enacts Anti Terrorism Plan"
"The lockdown remained in effect throughout the afternoon and early evening, ending only at 8:30 PM. According to one news report, police were stopping vehicles leaving Ottawa in the direction of Montreal and questioning their occupants.

The emergency measures extended well beyond Ottawa. In Toronto, additional police were deployed at the Ontario legislature, City Hall, government and military facilities and on the subway. In Montreal, City Hall was closed to visitors and at the Quebec National Assembly in Quebec City, security was doubled and a helicopter circled the building.

All Canadian Armed Forces bases have been placed on high alert and NORAD, the joint US-Canadian North American Aerospace Defense Command, has increased its "alert posture," placing an increased number of fighter jets on high alert. The US has also heightened security along the Canada-US border."



First Comment from V:

 

Very suspicious events in Ottawa yesterday including:

 

* Ottawa Police, RCMP asked public not to post photos, videos of supposed shooting.

 

* Ottawa Police, RCMP pointed guns at some journalists not to take pictures, video

 

* Supposed suspect had a double barrel shotgun inside the Parliament Buildings. How can you have a shoot-out with a gun only holding 2 bullets at once.

 

* ISIS pr department (CIA, MI-6, Mossad) tweets photo of supposed shooting suspect before Ottawa police know.

 

* Police said initially that there were multiple shooters and then changed to the lone wolf shooter. First reports about shooting at Rideau Centre (shopping mall) then changed the story to no shooting at Rideau Centre.

 

* The police have the suspects cell phone. This as laughable as the mint condition passport of one of the supposed 9-11 highjackers:

 

"Associated Press Television News journalist Jorge Barrera reported that police are in possession of a photograph of one of the gunmen, who reportedly has dark skin and long black hair. Barrera also tweeted that police have the suspect's cellphone."

 

Great info on the link below:

 

http://www.sott.net/article/287783-Ottawa-under-attack-ISIS-assault-on-Canadian-capital-another-false-flag-terror-event

 

The real terrorist is Harper and his minions but he gets his marching orders from the higher ups in Ottawa, Washington and especially London, UK.

 

 

Harry writes:

 

I guess I'll have to rely on you, Henry, to keep me up to date on this latest bullshit Zionist maneuver, as the whole international scene has become too ridiculous for me to invest any time in.

 

I don't watch TV or listen to a radio, anymore.  Out of curiosity, I switched on the truck radio a few times, briefly, throughout the day, and sure enough the crap was still being spewed forth by our mindless and complicit media.  Learned some new words, though... like "radicalized".  Lol!  I guess men like us are "radicalized", too, in some sense.

 

"Prime Minister Netanyahu"... Lol, good one!  Though I've always preferred "Nutandayahoo", myself.  Both are 'special' cases, nonetheless.  Equally worthless, in my view.

 

My antipathy for Prime Minister Nutandayahoo grows with each passing day.  I listened to his canned speech which I would compare to a root canal without anesthesia, in terms of pleasantry.  I've never liked the bozo and now I know why.  The 'attack' was inevitable... I'll bet Nutandayahoo was crying for the opportunity to subject Canada to some kind of false flag, so he could play the victim like the UK and the US.  Little brother likes to be with the big boys, too... or should I say the little ferret-face likes to hang with the big weasels?  Even if it wasn't an overt attack, his moronic foreign policy has no doubt inspired many of us to want to shoot the bastard full of holes.

 

In any case, I'll be sleeping soundly IN my bed, tonight, and not UNDER it.  Sorry, CBC, your plan failed! 

 

 



POSTED OCTOBER 22, 2014

 

PETER SCHIFF: QE AN ABYSMAL FAILURE


 

The subject video covers Peter Schiff stating the obvious. QE (Quantitative Easing) has been a failure. Unfortunately, for most of us, that failure is yet to be realized. Imagine you were able to go out and borrow unlimited money to maintain a lifestyle way above your income. You would appear very prosperous for a while, but when the debt had to be paid, you would lose everything to your creditors.



Whether it's a household budget or the budget of the U.S., the math is still the same. The only difference is in how many zeros are on the right side of the numbers. So, we wait. We hope that this inevitable financial collapse takes a real long time to happen. We have given up hope that our government masters will do anything to save this nation.



Bruce                                  New World Order News


 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1APLEGxyvDg

 



POSTED OCTOBER 21, 2014

 

DID EBOLA START HERE?

 

I am referring to the Kemena bio-lab as the source of spreading the Ebola outbreak. The subject article goes into detail as to how this might have started.


At first we might say, “It is too terrible for anyone to play with this stuff”. Then we look at all the things that our government masters have said and done over the past decades. We have to come to the conclusion that they are capable of absolutely anything. “Absolutely anything" includes releasing the Ebola virus either by accident or on purpose.


Remember, this disease started in the Kemena area. In its' present form, it never existed before. Scientists have said it appears to be weaponized.



Bruce                              New World Order News

 

October 20, 2014

Mad Scientists at Kenema Unleash Ebola Epidemic

by Russ Winter

I presented the case for the Kemena bio-lab as the source of spreading the Ebola outbreak in Saturday’s post, and I had to circle back and debunk the debunkers. It states on the hospital consortium’s own website that it is involved in research on lethal diseases at Kenema. The trump card, or the rest of the story, is in this post.

Indeed, starting in January, the consortium running the Kenema lab inked a $140 million deal with Department of Defense and a pharma company called Tekmira to conduct Phase I Ebola vaccine trails at Kenema on humans [see "Tekmira Doses First Subject in Human Clinical Trial of TKM-Ebola" press release].

Source: Frontline. March 30- No cases in Kenema, Sierra Leone as yet.

The information provided begs the question: Where did they get the human subjects? There was no outbreak as of the end of March in Sierra Leone. Seems the DoD/pharma goon squads were recruiting Ebola trial participants from nearby Guinea, where there was a small outbreak underway.

As the program rolled out, “bad actor” rumors flew in Kenema that Africans were being deliberately injected with Ebola and then treated ineffectively with this drug.

Is there precedent for infecting subjects in order to run drug trials? Absolutely. A 2008 published case involved Polish homeless people who were experimented upon with bird flu vaccine.

And Wikileaks reveals in a 2012 document:

The Baxter company has been associated with two deadly scandals. The first event occurred in 2006 when hemophiliac components were contaminated with HIV virus and injected in tens of thousands of people, including thousands of children. Baxter continued to release the HIV contaminated vaccine even after the contamination was known.
The second event occurred recently when it was discovered that Baxter had released a seasonal flu vaccine containing the bird flu virus, which would have produced a real world pandemic, to 18 countries. Fortunately, astute lab workers in the Czech Republic discovered the deadly combination and blew the whistle before a worldwide disaster was unleashed.
Despite these two deadly events, WHO maintains an agreement with Baxter Pharmaceuticals to produce the world’s pandemic vaccine.”

In fact, as late as last spring, a controversy and debate on the risks inherit in highly infectious disease trials raged in the scientific community and was reported in the Guardian.

In July, soon after the Guardian article, Reuters reported on three deaths of nurses at the Kenema facility and the start of a nurse’s strike. The staff abandoned the hospital. Now it seemed like the mad scientists had a little problem on their hands.

Dozens of nurses at a government hospital in eastern Sierra Leone town of Kenema went on an indefinite strike on Monday following the death of three of their colleagues on Sunday. All three were suspected to have been infected with the deathly virus.
The Kenema hospital has the only testing centre in the country for the haemorrhagic fever and holds the highest number of patients of the outbreak.
Mohamed Sheriff, a spokesman for the nurses, said they were demanding among other things the ‘immediate relocation to an isolated area of the Ebola ward and its takeover by the French medical agency, MSF.’ The Ebola wards are situated inside the Kenema hospital compound which the striking workers say poses a health risk to them and non-Ebola patients.
Yambasu said that in Kailahun in eastern Sierra Leone – the epicentre of the outbreak – locals had dug trenches to bar ambulances and police from accessing their communities. Many locals regard being taken to an isolation ward as a death sentence.”

By Aug. 1, there were 450 confirmed cases in Kenema, and the locals got out the pitchforks and torches. The government of Sierra Leone closed the bio-lab and put it under guard.

Unlike the lapdog, script-reading western media, which whitewashed all this with a story about “a crazy nurse at Kenema starting a rumor,” the reality was that the mad scientists used poor protocols to protect regular patients in the hospital. From there, the Kenema Ebola pandemic got out of the bag and spread throughout West Africa.

Currently, there are thousands of European and American troops in Guinea, Sierra Leone and Liberia and in the midst of a highly skeptical population. Meanwhile, 800 doses of the experimental vaccine are headed for West Africa for “fast track” human trials.

But it goes beyond unadulterated mad-science malfeasance, whitewashing and cover ups. The psychopaths decided to also exploit the situation in the U.S. Ebola doesn’t thrive in very cold climates, so perhaps the criminals in power are willing to gamble with Ebola to fool the American people. The purpose is to further parlay their sick agendas: vaccinations for profit, Ebola “czar” looting of the Treasury, implementing martial law, rounding folks up and targeting of “enemies of the state.” Ebola: At a hospital near you, courtesy of the DoD and their criminal cabal associates.

It’s totally predictably we have Presidente Obola’s program for dealing with the situation. For the tyranny conspiracy theory debunkers still out there, what part of “swat team” do you not understand?

What I have directed the CDC to do is that as soon as somebody is diagnosed with Ebola then we want a rapid response team, a SWAT team essentially, from the CDC, to be on the ground as quickly as possible. Hopefully within 24 hours.”

 



POSTED OCTOBER 20, 2014

 

ISRAELI KIDS CHANT “DEATH TO ARABS”

 

Suppose you saw a video where kids were chanting “Death to Jews”. Suppose it was “Death to Blacks”. Maybe “Death to Gays”. You get the point. It is wrong to want death to anyone just because they are born a certain race or hold a certain point of view. It is particularly wrong if one claims to follow Jesus.


Years ago, I was one of those who gave a blank check to those who run the nation state of Israel. Whatever they did was O.K. Whoever they killed, deserved it. All Arabs were bad. All Moslems were bad. All Israelis were good. After many attacks of conscience, I have changed my views. What is predominate in the policies pursued by that nation is wrong. Much of it is just evil. Killing innocent people is never justified. Pursuing a policy of Israeli apartheid is wrong and we, in the United States are equally guilty by supporting this with our money and our praises.


Bruce                                   New World Order News

 

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BkIPsGnMqQw

 



POSTED OCTOBER 17, 2014

 

GAY AGENDA DOMINATES PRIME TIME TV

 

If you like the TV show Scandal, prepare to watch men kissing each other and involved in sexual situations. CSI broadcasts lesbian situations. Am I overreacting? Here's a list of shows that have or will, trumpet gay relationships.

 

 

 

Red Band Society, GothamFOX
How to Get Away with Murder CartagenaABCChasing LifeABC Family
Gracie Dzienny . 2014— Halt and Catch FireAMC Joe MacMillan Lee Pace 2014— DominionSyfy TyrantFXThe Night ShiftNBCPenny DreadfulShowtimeBlack SailsStarzLookingHBOStar-CrossedThe CWDefianceSyfy
BetrayalABCDraculaNBCEast Los HighHuluNetflixMasters of SexShowtimeThe OriginalsThe CWHannibalNBCThe BridgeFXDevious MaidsLifetimeOrange Is the New BlackNetflix 2013— CBSThe FostersABC FamilyThe Carrie DiariesThe CWThe Following 2013— Da Vinci's DemonsStarzLeonardo da VinciCampNBCNashvilleABCArrow (TV series)The CW
Katrina Law 2012–2013 Bomb GirlsGlobal
2012–
GirlsHBOSaving HopeCTV (Canada)
NBC (US) Major CrimesTNTScandalABCUnderemployed MTV Emily Owens, M.D.The CW
ABCThe L.A. ComplexCTV (Canada) American Horror StoryFXBeing HumanSyfyAwkwardMTVGame of ThronesHBOHell on WheelsAMCThe KillingAMC (Seasons 1-3)
Netflix (Season4) Once Upon a TimeABCRevengeABC
Gabriel MannTeen Wolf MTV Necessary RoughnessUSAThe BorgiasShowtimeFairly LegalUSARingerThe CWCrowniesABC1The Playboy ClubNBCSkinsMTVTierra de lobosMultipark Ficción y Boomerang TV
Cinemax (season 2— ) Dance AcademyABC Downton AbbeyITVLost GirlShowcase (Canada
) AMCBoardwalk EmpireHBOThe Big CShowtimeLaw & Order: LANBC
HellcatsThe CWUndercoversNBCOutlawNBCRubiconAMCThe Whole TruthABCGleeFoxThe Vampire DiariesThe CWThe Good WifeCBSWhite CollarUSAWarehouse 13SyfySouthlandNBC (season 1)
TNTMake It or Break ItABC FamilyBeing EricaCBC (Canada)
SOAPNet (US) United States of TaraShowtimeStargate UniverseSyfyTraumaNBCCapricaSyfyFlashForwardABCThe PrisonerAMCKingsNBC90210The CWThe Secret Life of the American TeenagerABC FamilySons of AnarchyFXTrue BloodHBOIn TreatmentHBORaising the BarTNTThe No. 1 Ladies' Detective AgencyHBODamagesFX (seasons 1–3)
The 101 Network (season 4– ) Mad MenAMCGossip GirlThe CWGreekABC FamilyThe TudorsShowtimePushing DaisiesABCThe Lairhere!The Best YearsGlobal/E! (Canada)
The N (US) HeroesNBCDirty Sexy MoneyABCDirtFXDexterShowtimeBrothers & SistersABC
Big LoveHBO SinchronicityBBCSupernaturalThe CWDoctor WhoBBCTorchwoodGrey's AnatomyABCWeedsShowtimeSleeper CellShowtimeBeating HeartMBCCommander in ChiefABCThe Book of DanielNBCInconceivableNBCEyesABCHouseFoxDesperate HousewivesABCRescue MeFXEntourageHBOLostABCWonderfallsFox Tree HillWBNip/TuckFXAngels in AmericaHBOThe ShieldFXEverwoodWBLeap YearsShowtime 2001–2002 100 Centre StreetA&EFurther Tales of the CityShowtimeQueer as FolkShowtime 2000–2002 Dark AngelFoxGrosse PointeWBFrank Herbert's DuneSci Fi ChannelLaw & Order: Special Victims UnitNBC SopranosHBOOnce and AgainABCLos BeltránTelemundo 1999–2006 Bad GirlsITVWastelandABC 1998–2003 Dawson's CreekWBPlaying the FieldBBC One Tales of the CityShowtime 1997–2003 Buffy the Vampire SlayerWBOzHBOProfilerNBCRelativityABCMurder OneABC 1995–1996 Live ShotUPNCourthouseCBSERNBC 1994–2000 Party of FiveFoxMy So-Called LifeABCNYPD BlueABC 1993–1996 SistersNBCNora Dunn 1993 Wild PalmsABC 1993 Tales of the CityPBSOranges Are Not the Only FruitBBC 1988–1989 HeartBeatABCthirtysomethingL.A. LawNBCHe's a Crowd" Dress GrayNBCHollywood BeatNBCCBS Schoolbreak SpecialCBSCelebrityNBCOne Summer 1987 Hill Street BluesNBC 1981 Brideshead RevisitedGranadaPrisoner

 

No, no agenda here. We are being subjected to a barrage of gay propaganda. Even if one is sympathetic to the gay lifestyle, we have to be alarmed that those in control feel it necessary to brainwash the general public into celebration of their lifestyle.


When you see one of those episodes come on TV, change the channel or shut it off. Cancel HBO, Showtime and Cinemax. Don't reward their efforts. Hit them where it hurts --- in the wallet.



Bruce                          New World Order News

 

 



POSTED OCTOBER 15, 2014

 

City of Houston demands pastors turn over sermons

 

Many of us have been warning our Christian brothers and sisters that this is coming. Even though there are reportedly over 40,000 pastors, priests and rabbis, in the Clergy Response team, our government masters are preparing for a double cross.


The subject article covers a demand from the lesbian mayor of Houston that some Pastors turn over written copies of sermons they delivered. Believe me, this is only the beginning. We get frustrated trying to communicate that this government is not a friend of Christians. At best, they only use us to achieve their long term goals. Once this happens, you can bet they will come after Christians in the same way as other tyrannys.


When Nehemiah was commanded by God to rebuild the Temple in Jerusalem, Nehemiah instructed those working there, to work with one hand and carry a sword in the other. This is good advice for us today. Phony celebrations for 4th of July, Memorial Day and other government holidays, only lets them worm their way into our churches. If we are Christians, we have to remember, the Bible never said anything about God and country--- and for good reason.



Bruce                                                     New World Order News

 

 

City of Houston demands pastors turn over sermons

 Todd Starnes

By Todd Starnes

Published October 14, 2014

FoxNews.com

 

660-Houston-Mayor.jpg

Houston Mayor Annise Parker (AP)

The city of Houston has issued subpoenas demanding a group of pastors turn over any sermons dealing with homosexuality, gender identity or Annise Parker, the city’s first openly lesbian mayor. And those ministers who fail to comply could be held in contempt of court.

The city’s subpoena of sermons and other pastoral communications is both needless and unprecedented,” Alliance Defending Freedom attorney Christina Holcomb said in a statement. “The city council and its attorneys are engaging in an inquisition designed to stifle any critique of its actions.”

ADF, a nationally-known law firm specializing in religious liberty cases, is representing five Houston pastors. They filed a motion in Harris County court to stop the subpoenas arguing they are “overbroad, unduly burdensome, harassing, and vexatious.” 

Political and social commentary is not a crime,” Holcomb said. “It is protected by the First Amendment.”

The subpoenas are just the latest twist in an ongoing saga over the Houston’s new non-discrimination ordinance. The law, among other things, would allow men to use the ladies room and vice versa.  The city council approved the law in June.

The Houston Chronicle reported opponents of the ordinance launched a petition drive that generated more than 50,000 signatures – far more than the 17,269 needed to put a referendum on the ballot.

However, the city threw out the petition in August over alleged irregularities.

After opponents of the bathroom bill filed a lawsuit the city’s attorneys responded by issuing the subpoenas against the pastors.

The pastors were not part of the lawsuit. However, they were part of a coalition of some 400 Houston-area churches that opposed the ordinance. The churches represent a number of faith groups – from Southern Baptist to non-denominational.

City council members are supposed to be public servants, not ‘Big Brother’ overlords who will tolerate no dissent or challenge,” said ADF attorney Erik Stanley.  “This is designed to intimidate pastors.”

Mayor Parker will not explain why she wants to inspect the sermons. I contacted City Hall for a comment and received a terse reply from the mayor’s director of communications.

We don’t comment on litigation,” said Janice Evans.

However, ADF attorney Stanley suspects the mayor wants to publicly shame the ministers. He said he anticipates they will hold up their sermons for public scrutiny. In other words – the city is rummaging for evidence to “out” the pastors as anti-gay bigots.

Among those slapped with a subpoena is Steve Riggle, the senior pastor of Grace Community Church. He was ordered to produce all speeches and sermons related to Mayor Annise Parker, homosexuality and gender identity.

The mega-church pastor was also ordered to hand over “all communications with members of your congregation” regarding the non-discrimination law.

This is an attempt to chill pastors from speaking to the cultural issues of the day,” Riggle told me. “The mayor would like to silence our voice. She’s a bully.”

Rev. Dave Welch, executive director of the Texas Pastor Council, also received a subpoena. He said he will not be intimidated by the mayor.

We’re not afraid of this bully,” he said. “We’re not intimidated at all.”

He accused the city of violating the law with the subpoenas and vowed to stand firm in the faith.

We are not going to yield our First Amendment rights,” Welch told me. ‘This is absolutely a complete abuse of authority.”

Tony Perkins, the head of the Family Research Council, said pastors around the nation should rally around the Houston ministers.

The state is breaching the wall of separation between church and state,” Perkins told me. ‘Pastors need to step forward and challenge this across the country. I’d like to see literally thousands of pastors after they read this story begin to challenge government authorities – to dare them to come into their churches and demand their sermons.”

Perkins called the actions by Houston’s mayor “obscene” and said they “should not be tolerated.”

This is a shot across the bow of the church,” he said.

This is the moment I wrote about in my book, “God Less America.” I predicted that the government would one day try to silence American pastors. I warned that under the guise of “tolerance and diversity” elected officials would attempt to deconstruct religious liberty. 

Sadly, that day arrived sooner than even I expected.

Tony Perkins is absolutely right. Now is the time for pastors and people of faith to take a stand.  We must rise up and reject this despicable strong-arm attack on religious liberty. We cannot allow ministers to be intimidated by government thugs.

The pastors I spoke to tell me they will not comply with the subpoena – putting them at risk for a “fine or confinement, or both.”

Heaven forbid that should happen. But if it does, Christians across America should be willing to descend en masse upon Houston and join these brave men of God behind bars.

Pastor Welch compared the culture war skirmish to the 1836 Battle of San Jacinto, fought in present-day Harris County, Texas. It was a decisive battle of the Texas Revolution.

This is the San Jacinto moment for traditional family,” Welch told me. “This is the place where we stop the LGBT assault on the freedom to practice our faith.”

We can no longer remain silent. We must stand together - because one day – the government might come for your pastor.

Todd Starnes is host of Fox News & Commentary, heard on hundreds of radio stations. Sign up for his American Dispatch newsletter, be sure to join his Facebook page, and follow him on Twitter. His latest book is "God Less America."

 

 

 

 

 


POSTED OCTOBER 14, 2014

 

DID EBOLA ORIGINATE AT U.S. BIO-WEAPONS LAB?

 

That is the contention in the subject article. You can always tell when there is substance to an accusation against our government masters. That is when they will not address specific questions relating to that accusation. This is just another. Judge for yourself.


Bruce                                     New World Order News

 

 

Another Foreign News Outlet Links U.S. Bio-Warfare Labs to Ebola Outbreak

By Melissa Melton on October 14, 2014

 

ebolacapitalb

(Truthstream Media)

Russian news outlet Ria Novosti recently featured an interview with Professor Francis Boyle, University of Illinois College of Law, implicating the United States military-industrial complex in the current Ebola outbreak which the World Health Organization claims has now taken over 4,000 lives in West Africa.

Via Ria Novosti:

US government agencies have a long history of carrying out allegedly defensive biological warfare research at labs in Liberia and Sierra Leone. This includes the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), which is now the point agency for managing the Ebola spill-over into the US,” Prof. Francis Boyle said.
Why has the Obama administration dispatched troops to Liberia when they have no training to provide medical treatment to dying Africans? How did Zaire/Ebola get to West Africa from about 3,500km away from where it was first identified in 1976?”
Why is the CDC not better-prepared for this emergency after the US government spent about $70 billion since the anthrax attacks of October 2001 to prepare for this exact contingency?” Boyle said.

Great question…how exactly did the Ebola virus get to West Africa from 3,500km away where it was first discovered in the Democratic Republic of the Congo?

Why isn’t anyone else asking that question? That question should be asked by every talking head on every mainstream media outlet on repeat 500 times a day every day until it is answered. Of course, predictably, none of the Western establishment media puppets are asking any of the tough questions about Ebola.

Questions like what happens if a mosquito bites an infected person, then flies off and bites someone else. Can Ebola spread then? Bill Gates certainly seemed to think so when he was funding research into mosquitoes as vaccine deployment systems.

Aside from that, billions of dollars have been poured into the CDC over the years. Mac Slavo of SHTFPlan.com recently asked similar questions to those of Professor Boyle after CDC Head Dr. Thomas Frieden claimed that it was a protocol breach which led to the first ever diagnosis of Ebola caught within the U.S. in the case of the Dallas Hospital nurse who reportedly tested positive after caring for Patient Zero Thomas Duncan.

Duncan’s nurse somehow contracted the deadly virus despite reportedly wearing all the requisite protective gear. In response, Director Frieden claimed it was a breach in protocol, despite Frieden’s nearly continuous reassurances in the media leading up to the diagnosis that there was “rigorous protocol” in place to stop the disease both before and after Duncan brought it here.

Quite obviously the CDC’s “rigorous protocol” has utterly failed. Now Frieden, a man who contradicted himself

live on CNN as to how the virus is even spread, has once again changed his tune, responding that, “We have to rethink the way we address Ebola infection control.”

Four decades and billions of dollars later and now the CDC has to rethink the whole darn thing, huh?

The 2014 budget for the Centers for Disease Control is $6.6 billion,” Slavo wrote

. “What, exactly, have these people been doing since Ebola was first discovered nearly 40 years ago? You’d think for $6.6 billion a year we’d have already thought through the infection control protocols.”

Yes. You would. (Unless, of course, the government is being intentionally evasive or dishonest about the way in which Ebola is spread…)

Back when Duncan first brought the virus with him to the U.S. from Liberia, Dr. Frieden repeatedly told the media almost on loop that he was “confident” that officials could stop Ebola from that point on, even claiming, “We will stop it in its tracks.”

The CDC has yet to specify exactly what specific protocol was supposedly breached in the case of Duncan’s nurse, but the virus has definitely not been stopped in its tracks. The alternative media is reporting the truth: that most U.S. hospitals are ill-equipped to safely handle Ebola patients and stop the virus from spreading.

Even though the CDC and the National Institutes of Health have both gone on record to say that any American hospital should be able to adequately and safely handle a deadly disease like Ebola, Duncan was the only patient not treated at one of the nation’s hospitals with specialized units specifically designed for dealing with such a highly infectious disease, and he is the only one out of six patients treated for Ebola here who has died thus far.

Then again, the entire government response to Ebola in America has been like watching a bad scary movie from the start.

Ria Novosti isn’t the first foreign news outlet to openly implicate the U.S. government in the 2014 West African Ebola outbreak, either. Dr. Cyril Broderick, Professor of Plant Pathology at the University of Liberia’s College of Agriculture and Forestry, recently wrote the article, “Ebola, AIDS Manufactured by Western Pharmaceuticals, US DoD? Scientists Allege,” in which he made the following five points out the outbreak:

1. Ebola is a genetically modified organism (GMO)
2. Ebola has a terrible history, and testing has been secretly taking place in Africa
3. Sites around Africa, and in West Africa, have over the years been set up for testing emerging diseases, especially Ebola
4. The need for legal action to obtain redress for damages incurred due to the perpetuation of injustice in the death, injury and trauma imposed on Liberians and other Africans by the Ebola and other disease agents
5. African leaders and African countries need to take the lead in defending babies, children, African women, African men, and the elderly. These citizens do not deserve to be used as guinea pigs!

When Western media outlets responded to this article and its points, they largely attempted to portray the people of these nations as woefully ignorant, but as Broderick himself points out, “African people are not ignorant and gullible, as is being implicated.” I’ve written before about how large swaths of the West African population have believed and still believe this Ebola outbreak is a government conspiracy.

Perhaps that’s why such a massive 24/7 propaganda campaign has been launched there to inundate the population with the message first and foremost that, indeed, Ebola is real.

Then again, you won’t hear about any of this in the mainstream press over here.

 


POSTED OCTOBER 13, 2014

 

WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT EBOLA?

 

In asking this question, we first have to ask “What do we know about those who are in charge of controlling Ebola”? We know that those in charge are our government masters. We know they are pathological liars. We know they are capable of absolutely anything. There are no limits on the evil they will perpetrate in the furtherance of their goals. If we can't accept that, we cannot get any other true answers.


So now we have a disease called Ebola. The problem with that title is that it is not the same Ebola present in the past. This is a new disease, coming out of nowhere. It appears to have been weaponized. There are many diseases that have popped up over the years that have been weaponized. That means disease altered in a laboratory.


One day, and maybe one day soon, they will go too far. One day, they will create a situation that cannot be undone. Whether it be nuclear or economic or genetic alterations or man made diseases, one day it will be too much. Maybe Ebola is that, maybe it's something else, but the trend is clear.


Bruce                                                   New World Order News

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=npqnYniJQnU#t=41

 

 





POSTED OCTOBER 10, 2014


AMERICA'S PLAN FOR WORLD DOMINATION

 

It's called The Project For A New American Century. This was a document written by several neo conservatives, who would later go on to serve in high government positions. The subject video covers this document. You can read it for yourself. It's no secret. They are proud of it.


Among other things, the paper outlines the plan to take over governments throughout the Middle

East and North Korea. This paper as written prior to George Bush jr., being elected President.


So here we are. The wars that they wanted are being pursued. The sad thing is how the vast majority of Americans know nothing about PNAC. It is even sadder that most don't care. So their husbands, wives, sisters, brothers, sons and daughters, follow any order to march into the meat grinder of war. If they didn't go, this would all end, but they do, so it doesn't. What will it take to make the madness stop?



Bruce                                     New World Order News

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5GLKthx2YRs


 

 



OCTOBER 9, 2014

 

GEORGE GALLOWAY: EU POLICY OF AGGRESSION TOWARDS RUSSIA

 

The subject video just released comes from UK MP, George Galloway. He comes right to the point on a wide variety of issues. The fact that he speaks his mind has consequences as he was recently attacked and beaten, sending him to the hospital.


In this video, Galloway covers the EU sanctions against Russia. This hurts Europeans much more than Russia, but no matter, government knows best. Of course, none in the governments in Europe or the U.S. bothered to ask their citizens what they think. No, most governments now do what they want, when they want. They only come to their subjects when they want more money.


Bruce                             New World Order News

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1Hw3iHTXpGE

 



POSTED OCTOBER 8, 2014


RACISM ALIVE AND WELL IN ISRAEL

 

No, it's not just against Arabs or Palestinians, it's against Christians and blacks. In essence, the belief that God has chosen Jews has allowed many Israelis to claim superiority above anyone else. ---Adolf Hitler anyone?


The subject video shows a demonstration against African immigrants. In the video the demonstrators call the Africans the “N” word and whores. They call for them to be raped and wish them to contract AIDS. Admittedly, it isn't fair to ascribe these views to all Israelis, but a reading of the holy book, the Talmud, gives permission for Jews to rape, cheat, lie to and commit, what would otherwise be crimes, to non Jews.


Now here's a question ---- Why are so many Christians in support of Israel? I'm a Christian, but I don't believe in racism. I don't believe in rape. I don't believe in calling those who are black the “N” word. It's not Christian. By the way, when God “Chose” the children of Israel, he did not choose them because they were better than everyone else. He chose them to proclaim the glory of the one true God. Apparently, many in the Jewish faith have neglected to read their own Bible.


Bruce                                                           New World Order News

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rVyCfJ5cOOA



POSTED OCTOBER 7, 2014

 

WILL WE LOSE THE NEXT WAR?

 

By using the word “we”, I am referring to the U.S. The subject article covers this subject and advances the theory that the U.S. military has embarked on a misguided and expensive program to conquer the world using nuclear weapons, if necessary.


Yes, I know. This is insane. In some of my past postings, I refer to our government masters as “insaniacs”. Both Russia and China have developed weapons to bypass the technology used by the U.S. military. Their missiles cannot be intercepted as they do not follow a pattern. Russian jets are not susceptible to EMPs as they use old technology without computers. On top of all this, the U.S. military is exhausted. They have spent the last 13 years fighting wars in several countries. Billions of dollars have been spent dropping bombs, firing missiles and sending drones around the world. On the other side, Russia and China have spent the last 13 years developing their military and not exhausting their troops fighting wars.


Russia and China have 1.5 billion people. The U.S. has 315 million. Both Russia and China are debt free. The U.S. is hopelessly in debt. As it was in the last days of the Roman empire, we, in the U.S., are living in a deteriorating nation. We have all we can do to save ourselves. Starting a war with Russia and China is insane. Could we win a nuclear war? I pray we never find out.


Bruce                                  New World Order News

 

Russia, China capable of defeating US in nuclear war: Prof. Fetzer

 

 


 

Tue Oct 7, 2014 10:56AM GMT



An eminent American political commentator says Russia and China are capable of defeating the United Sates in a nuclear war.

In an interview with Press TV on Monday, Professor James Henry Fetzer also said that Americans must wake up to the fact that a nuclear exchange would kill hundreds of millions of people.

He said, “The very idea that the United States should be concerned that Russia and China are giving every indication that they are not going to back down from American and Western encroachment in the Middle East and in Eastern Europe,  is incredibly naïve on the part of any American authorities because we have been undertaking one provocative action after another; [for example]: 

Attempting to encircle Russia with a series of anti-missile batteries ostensibly directed toward Iran because of its ‘nuclear weapons program’ when Americans and Russians and most of the world know that Iran has no nuclear weapons program.
 
The undermining of Ukraine - which appears to be part of Brzezinski’s Grand Chessboard theory that if Russia can be deprived of the Ukraine, then it [will] become crippled internationally.
 
[T]he American bombing now of Syria - which appears to me to be an act of treachery and duplicity  where the Americans are claiming to go after ISIS,  or Islamic State, but in fact actually,  as Alan Sabrosky has observed,  appear to be destroying the infrastructure by taking out grain silos and oil depots and no doubt bridges and other important forms of support for the conducting of  life in Syria - which I regard as one of the most disgraceful actions ever undertaken by the United States  in any situation whatsoever, and where the leading figures/spokespersons for the administration such as Victoria Nuland of the Department of State and Samantha Power at the United Nations, Samantha  Rice, the National Security advisor -  are all extreme hawks – neoconservatives -  who believe in lying and cheating and stealing to promote the interests of the United States, where Victoria Nuland even admitted recently on a television program that the United Sates is not in Syria to defeat ISIS but to bring down Assad."

Under these circumstances it seems to me that Russia and China have every right to exercise or display their military power, which in my opinion is actually capable of defeating the United States in a nuclear exchange,” he stated.

He went on to say that the leaders of the US “have to stop and give a serious pause to where they are leading the nation because the actions of the United States have become comparable to those of Nazi Germany.”
 
 “All of this requires that the American authorities wake up to the reality that a nuclear exchange is going to bring about the death of hundreds of millions -- HUNDREDS OF MILLIONS --, which may very well may include  them and members of their family,” noted Fetzer, professor emeritus at the University of Minnesota Duluth.
 
“The world is at a precipice with these kinds of risks involved, and the United States needs to back down and start acting like a responsible citizen of the world at last,” he advised.


 


POSTED OCTOBER 6, 2014

 

YOU COULD WEAR PINK

 

Or you could run in a race. Maybe you could dump a bucket of water over your head. Does this sound familiar? Over the past couple of months these are just some of the suggestions made by mainstream media to fight against cancer and ALS. O.K. How are the wars against these 2 diseases and many others going? They are going the same as if we did nothing over the past 40 years.


In the early 1970's Richard Nixon declared a war on cancer. Today, in 2014, there are more cases of cancer than ever before in history. There are no cures. Even though we, in the U.S., have given billions of dollars to researchers to find cures, they have found nothing. Instead, we have been relegated to wearing pink socks and dumping water over our heads.


Sadly, those in the mainstream refuse to acknowledge there are treatments for cancer, ALS and most other diseases. They all center around natural foods and herbs. Think about all the diseases that are in your body now. Why don't they grow out of control? It is because your immune system fights them. It's just that simple. If we could use a fraction of the money given to these researchers for education in natural cures, cancer and diseases like this would dwindle down to nothing.


Bruce                            New World Order News




Why you SHOULD NOT support National Breast Cancer Awareness Month!

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Lctt0dASpLc

 

 

POSTED OCTOBER 3, 2014

 

THE COST OF MCDONALDS FOOD

 

I use the word “food” advisedly. The subject article and chart shows just how much the various items on the McDonalds menu costs them – not much. It has been said, you get what you pay for. Since it only costs McDonalds pennies for their menu items, one can be sure there is little, if any, food value in their products.


The amazing thing is how Americans still line up in their cars at the drive up windows for McDonalds and other fast food restaurants. The evidence is overwhelming that the health of Americans is declining rapidly. It goes hand and hand with poor eating habits.


Every week we pray for the sick in our church. There are way too many. I also pray that Americans will stop committing slow suicide by eating crap on a daily basis. Some can literally save their own lives by consuming healthy food. That means no more trips to McDonalds.



Bruce                                                New World Order News

This Shows Exactly How Much McDonald’s Costs

Friday, October 03, 2014 



 

By Amanda Froelich, True Activist

McDonalds is one of the
largest fast food franchises in the world, the average distance from any one point (in the US) being about 115 miles away. While the price tag on any menu option or meal is relatively cheap, its food has lately become recognized as less-than-optimal for many reasons.

Being high in trans and saturated fats, toxic chemicals (such as
putty and cosmetic petrochemicals
), and low quality animal products, most fast food meals contribute to an increase in ‘bad’ cholesterol, a raised Diabetes risk, lowered immunity, and damaged DNA. And for both client and corporation, the low costs are not what they seem.


A leaked sheet displaying the true food costs of McDonald’s meal may add to the discussion for others to deeply consider just what they are consuming and how much their health is worth.

While it is normal for a company to seek profit, the list is shared in effort to raise food awareness and assist consumers in becoming more vigilant. McDonalds is not the only fast food company that operates with such low food costs and charges a much higher price. KFC, Wendy’s, and other restaurants are all selling chemically laden, poor quality, and highly refined meals to a public desperately in need of nutrient-dense, real food options.

With the obesity epidemic continuing to increase (
current statistics state 1/3, or 37.5% of the population is overweight or obese in the US) and unsatisfactory results from Western medicine modalities, change is imperatively needed.

 



What most do not realize is that the low cost of a cheeseburger is only one reason the packaged meals are so appealing. Franken-foods born of genetically modified sources, refined sugars, hormones, and preservatives wreak havoc physiologically in the body.

An addictive cycle is born from consuming the readily available foods, and it’s one that will have
disastrous effect in the future.

Studies report that from a basic economic perspective, little to no money is saved when it comes to long-term health costs. In fact, True Activist has previously covered how it is possible to break this cycle and eat healthily for only about $1 more per day.

Raising awareness of just how lacking processed foods are is one option, sharing this post is another. Being the change in the end is always the best way to positively influence others and contribute to a world vision where only healthy, life-promoting foods are available.

Sources:

McDonalds & Chemicals
Effect of Fast Food
Why Fast Food is Addicting, Scientific Review


Amanda Froelich writes for
Truth Activist where this article first appeared.


 



POSTED OCTOBER 2, 2014

 

STILL WANT TO VACCINATE YOUR CHILD?

 

 

 VacTruth.com

Boy Gets Diagnosed with Autism After 32 Shots

Augustina Ursino

October 2 2014

Landen

Like millions of parents before her, Natalie Steffen was faced with her children receiving pediatric vaccines starting after birth and during subsequent well child visits. This story is one mother’s journey to exempt her children from further vaccinations.

Natalie gave birth to her firstborn daughter Skylar in October 2004. Skylar received all the shots on the schedule, starting with the hepatitis B vaccine, given within the first 12 hours of life. Skylar reacted to the vaccines, but her parents didn’t know their daughter was suffering side effects and adverse reactions to them.

This is How the Nightmare Began

After her first hep B shot, Skylar immediately began to suffer from colic. Up until age one, she would cry every night at the same time for about an hour and a half before she went to sleep. She had horrible night terrors from age 2-4 years before these finally ceased.

When Natalie had Skylar, she had no idea vaccine injuries were prevalent and never thought to question this link. Skylar’s pediatrician said this behavior was normal and led her to believe this is what normal babies go through.

Natalie gave birth to her second child, Landen, in 2009, four years later. He was also given the hepatitis B vaccine within 12 hours of life and started receiving the vaccines on schedule. Landen was born perfectly healthy. Once he started receiving the vaccinations on schedule, he suffered from the toxins. His reactions were much more severe. He was reaching the typical milestones until he was given the MMR, Varicella and flu shots at his 14 month pediatric visit, and by 18 months old, he lost everything and was later diagnosed with autism.

In Natalie’s words, this is what happened to her son after he received those shots at 14 months old:

  • Landen lost all his speech (he can parrot now here and there)

  • He stems by running back-and-forth

  • He flaps, raising his arms and screaming

  • He chews on everything including wood and walls

  • He is still not potty trained and is now 5 years old

  • He went through a stage where he would smear his feces all over himself and the walls

  • He is relearning to eat with utensils

  • He is constantly plugging his ears

  • He had horrific tantrums for 2 years, but now instead of tantrum meltdowns, when his surroundings are too loud, he goes into a laughing state in which he drops onto the ground and laughs uncontrollably

  • He hums when he is eating

  • He has an extremely high level of pain tolerance

  • 50 percent of the time, he walks on his tippy toes

  • He is constantly jumping or moving very quickly

  • He can walk through the house repeatedly without looking while touching the same objects

  • He breaks and eats his toys instead of playing with them

  • He flips all his toys and furniture upside down (we had to move all the furniture out of his bedroom except his bed)

  • He always wants to eat and can eat as much as my husband

  • He has no sense of fear or what is dangerous

  • He will take off running without looking at any moment”

All of these symptoms hit Landen at 18 months of age after receiving the MMR, Varicella, and flu shots. He had received a total of 32 shots before he was diagnosed with autism by age three, and that was when Natalie finally figured out that the vaccines were the source of her children’s ill health.

What Did This Brave Mother Do Next?

Natalie was never told a thing about vaccines except that they protect against diseases, until her son was diagnosed with autism and she started researching. That was when the blinding veil was lifted and she learned the truth behind the injections and their ingredients.

Once Natalie learned the truth about these man-made drugs, she stopped vaccinating her children. By this time, her oldest daughter, Skylar, was seven years old and had received all her routine vaccinations up to the recommended kindergarten round.

During the break in the vaccine schedule for her daughter, it became clear to Natalie that Landen’s autism was vaccine-induced. At that time, all vaccines were stopped on both children; Skylar at age seven and Landen at age three. Natalie had to re-focus to heal her children through detoxing them and learned how to manipulate their gut by healing them from the inside with a good, healthy, organic and non-genetically modified food diet.

At age nine, Skylar is a highly intelligent, straight-A student. Landen, at age five, still suffers from autism but is healing slowly through the help of his parents. Notice, those responsible are not being held responsible. It is the parents who deal with the burden of feeling guilty for trusting the lies and now they have to pay for them while their child suffers.

Natalie later gave birth to another beautiful and healthy daughter, Haven, in 2013. Because of what her older brother and sister had endured, her parents felt the best route to protect Haven was NOT to vaccinate. Natalie stopped all vaccines and Haven never received one shot. Haven is now one year old and is completely unvaccinated. She has never had any unusual behavior.

Natalie has informed us:

Haven goes to the chiropractor every other week to get adjusted (she started going when she was two days old). She has never been sick or had a temperature, just a runny nose here and there. She eats all organic food and drinks such as coconut milk or organic juice. She is healthy and happy, hitting all her milestones, naps on schedule, says ‘momma’ and ‘dada’ and interacts with her brother and sister every day. She has never been taken to a pediatrician, just our primary care chiropractor doctor.”

Two of Natalie Steffen's three children were harmed by vaccines.

Where Do Parents Go From Here?

Natalie and her husband were not informed on the subject of vaccines, vaccine ingredients and vaccine injuries. Nor were they aware a reporting system is set in place named the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) to which they or their child’s pediatrician or their health care provider’s staff should’ve reported all of these events. [1]. This is something their pediatrician should have been forth coming about and recognized.

They were also not aware that a vaccine compensation fund has been set up to receive compensation to help cover the financial burden of treating a vaccine-injured loved one. There is also compensation given to those who lost their child or loved one after vaccination. One down side to this program is that two-thirds of these cases are denied. Parents are left without much-needed help.

Different countries have different laws. In the United States, if your child is harmed by a vaccine, there is little action you can take legally. The 1986 National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act was passed to protect pharmaceutical companies from anyone claiming a vaccine injured their child. Under this law, no parent can sue a vaccine manufacturer, regardless if the FDA or CDC helped get an untested vaccine approved. [2]

Doctors, nurses, vaccine manufacturers and those mandating and forcing these vaccines, sometimes through illegal threats, are not held responsible when you or your child suffers from a vaccine injury. If you decide to vaccinate yourself or your children, you do so at your own risk.

Parents can still have their children enrolled in school or daycare by filing a vaccine exemption allowed in the state they live in. Schools rarely advise parents about their rights to opt out of vaccinating. The National Vaccine Information Center has a portal to which you can sign in to retrieve important information on the current laws being set forth to restrict or expand your states vaccine exemption rights. [3]

VAERS Did Not Help This Family

Like the majority of parents before her, Natalie didn’t question vaccines. She trusted her child’s doctor to make these decisions for her family. Natalie filed a case with VAERS as soon as she learned Landen was vaccine-injured back in early 2012, only after doing her own research. She was informed VAERS would send a case number in the mail, which she has still not received, even after requesting this information again three weeks ago in 2014. When she filed a case with VAERS, Natalie also requested the forms to fill out a claim for the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (VICP) and never received anything. [4]

It’s been more than two years since she requested this paperwork and the three-year limit to file a vaccine injury claim has now passed. So, Landen will never be compensated for the drugs his doctor was taught to give him. Imagine if Landen’s pediatrician had informed these parents that these were vaccine injuries instead of telling the parents vaccines weren’t the cause; they could’ve moved faster to file their claim before the short statute ended and prevented further harm from future shots. Sadly, this is the norm. Doctors rarely admit vaccines cause their patients ill health or death.

After reading reports and seeing how claims were denied when the parents had so much documentation, Natalie gave up hope her family would receive anything and figured it wasn’t worth taking the time away from her family to follow up and go through the horrendous and inconvenient, time-consuming process of dealing with the vaccine court while dealing with their vaccine-injured children. Watch this short video to understand how the law does not protect your family but rather is set in place to protect the vaccine program. [5]

Natalie can no longer file a vaccine injury claim due to the statute of limitations having passed for her son Landen. It is noted on the HRSA website, “You must file your claim within 3 years after the first symptom of the vaccine injury or within 2 years of a death and 4 years after the start of the first symptom of the vaccine injury that resulted in the death.” [6]

The Ugly Truth About VICP

One major problem with this statute is that vaccine ingredients contain untold carcinogens and pathogens that can cause cancer, mutations, infertility and diseases worse than the disease the vaccines were supposed to protect against. These severe adverse health conditions would not likely show up till years later. If parents were informed of this, people would be in an uproar due to high cancer and infertility rates in the vaccinated population. Vaccine manufacturers avoid testing for these things and by not doing these causation studies, they can say we never tested for it, so we didn’t know. Then they are not held liable.

The ruling in the late ’80s that made vaccine manufacturers exempt from any kind of lawsuit resulted in more dangerous vaccines being made and more vaccines being fast-tracked without proper safety tests done. This also led to a dramatic increase on the children’s vaccine schedule.

The package inserts state vaccines are not tested for cancer, mutations, and infertility. For confirmation, you can view the vaccine package inserts on VacTruth.com. [7] This severely limits people from filing a vaccine injury claim before the deadlines set forth. Skylar and Landen won’t be taken care of by those who are responsible for what future health problems arise due to being vaccinated.

This is what autism looks like, in a video of Landen who is now autistic because he was vaccinated.

From now on, Natalie will be filing for a vaccine exemption for all of her children.

Conclusion: Leaving You with Words from Natalie

 

As a woman of faith I must speak the truth in love, and sometimes it can come across harsh. Not everyone who sees Autism really understands what Autism is. Yes, our children look normal on the outside and occasionally we can get a great picture of them making eye contact and smiling into the camera, but that is not easily done. When someone says that their child is blessed with Autism, and that God made him/her that way… maybe your child really doesn’t have Autism, just enough symptoms for them to be placed on the spectrum?

 

Autism is not a curse; it is a damaged brain and gut/immune system disorder that our child got from something ingested, not genetically. You may have an autoimmune disorder that passes down in your family making you believe that your child was made this way for a reason, when really it was our decision to place toxins into their small developing bodies through vaccines, food, etc.; anything consumed.

 

The side that parents and teachers deal with in the cases of Autism that isn’t seen by others may include: chewing and eating anything, screaming, crying, humming, flapping, walking on their tippy toes, groaning, cannot sleep, holding their gut in pain, laying on furniture to put pressure on their gut, unable to speak, behave in lashing out tantrums, smearing their feces everywhere and eating it, cannot understand simple vocabulary words, no instinct of danger, bang their heads on walls repeatedly, biting themselves to the point they bleed and are severely hurt, and have extremely high pain tolerance. There is so much more that I can list, but you should now have a better idea of what is behind the label Autism.

When parents warn you in love to please protect your child, it’s because they know what the truth is and care about you. My son was vaccine injured and I will stand by him every step we take with tremendous love, and heal what I have injured. My son was not born Autistic, he was injured by my poor decisions. One day he will be able to tell you his story because this Mom is never stopping, and my son Landen Von Steffen will be healed.”


 

 



POSTED OCTOBER 1, 2014

 

EBOLA IN U.S.: GOVERNMENT A TOTAL FAILURE

 

 

 

And they need to go --- all of them. Since the contrived events of 911, our government masters have been busy, busy, busy. We now have the TSA, Patriot Act, Homeland Security Act, Military Commissions Act, wars all over the Middle East, Ukraine and Africa, hundreds of thousands of people spending billions of dollars, to “keep us safe”, AND THEY HAVE FAILED MISERABLY.


Yesterday, it was announced that the first case of Ebola has hit the U.S. All of the security measures, all of the TSA sticking their hands down your pants and checking the colostomy bags of terminally ill passengers, did nothing to stop the entry of this person to our nation with this disease. All of the customs officials and those at the hospital did nothing to stop this. And you can be sure it will get worse.


Those in authority over us have abandoned all pretense of working to the betterment of their citizens. They crave money and power. That is all they know. That is all they want. Every crisis brings them new opportunities to “shake down” their subjects. If there isn't a crisis, they create one. Whether it's the wars, the economy or the potential epidemics, any solution has to be absent one ingredient. That is THEM. They have to go. If they stay, eventually, those of us who remain will rue the day we allowed them to remain in power.


Bruce                                   New World Order News

 

Ebola In America: The Confirmed Case In Dallas, Texas Could Change Everything

Wednesday 01 October 2014

By david-icke

The day that many of us hoped would never arrive is here.  Ebola has come to America.  Air travel between the United States and the countries of Liberia, Guinea and Sierra Leone should have been totally shut down except for absolutely essential personnel but it wasn’t.  And now our nation may end up paying a great price as a result.  On Tuesday, the CDC announced that there is a confirmed case of Ebola in Dallas, Texas.

We know that this individual is a male and that he traveled by air from Liberia to Texas on September 19th.  At that time, he was not exhibiting any symptoms.  It is being reported that he started developing symptoms on September 24th and that he sought out treatment two days later.  Incredibly, he was turned away and sent home.  Then on September 28th he went to a hospital again and this time he was admitted for treatment.

That means that he could have potentially been spreading Ebola to others for at least four full days before finally getting treated at a hospital.  Now he is in intensive care at Texas Health Presbyterian Hospital in Dallas.  The CDC says that “there is no doubt that we will stop it here” and is promising that “it will not spread widely in this country”.  The CDC better be right on both counts.

 


POSTED SEPTEMBER 30, 2014

 

Russia could ditch US dollar in 2-3 years


 

These are the words of the head of Russia's #2 bank. Most of us know the dollar's days are numbered. Will it be 2 to 3 years? Who knows. It could be a little more. It could be less. Meanwhile, the BRICS nations are going as fast as they can to use other forms of payments rather than the dollar. Even Saudi Arabia is now accepting payments in other currencies.

Here's the problem. There are trillions of U.S. dollars floating around in other nations. Those in charge in those nations aren't stupid. They know if the dollar collapses, they will be holding huge piles of worthless paper. So they try to get rid of as much as possible without starting a panic.



Gerald Celente has said that when a country's economy fails, they take you to war. Has that happened here in the U.S.? Anyone hear of Iraq or Afghanistan or Libya or Syria? How about Ukraine? What about attacks on civilians in Africa or Pakistan? How about the tough talk towards Russia and China? No, it's all happening just as it should. That's not good for the rest of us.



Bruce                                                        New World Order News


 

Russia could ditch US dollar in 2-3 years – head of Russia's #2 bank

Published time: September 30, 2014 14:19

Andrey Kostin, President - Chairman of the Board, member of the Supervisory Council, VTB Bank. (RIA Novosti/Mihail Mokrushin)

Andrey Kostin, President - Chairman of the Board, member of the Supervisory Council, VTB Bank. (RIA Novosti/Mihail Mokrushin)

 

Two to three years would be enough time for Russia to switch to international settlements to the ruble, Andrey Kostin, head of Russia’s second-biggest bank VTB, said.

Two to three years is enough, not only to launch [settlements in rubles], but also to complete these mechanisms. But much will depend on how banks will cope with the task,” Kostin said in an interview with Izvestia newspaper.

Kostin first put forward the idea of switching to national currencies in international settlements about a decade ago, which means a move to the ruble shouldn’t be considered a counter-sanction measure.

"I did not find understanding in this matter with the previous leadership of the Central Bank [10 years ago ] They believed that since the [US] dollar works, we shouldn’t do anything, and settlements in rubles will just bring additional risks. Under the new leadership the position of the Central Bank changed. I think that soon we will achieve a major breakthrough,” Kostin said.

Creating a national payment system and establishing a domestic rating agency are among other priorities for the bank, the VTB head added.

SWIFT action

The media has reported on the possibility of the US and EU widening sanctions to exclude Russia from the SWIFT global money transfer system.

Kostin said the move would become “a point of no return” and that any further dialogue would be impossible if SWIFT was cut off.

If you look at Iran’s experience, shutting down SWIFT only happens when all relations; political, economic, cultural, even diplomatic, break down,” the VTB boss said.

I don’t know how [Western] banks could block SWIFT and then expect cooperation in the fight against terrorism and nuclear disarmament.”

However, replacing SWIFT within Russia won’t be difficult, Kostin said.

We have a [similar] system at the Central Bank of Russia and others. The Central Bank has tested this system, and we can switch to it at any moment.”

He said that domestic payments account for about 90 percent of VTB settlements and won’t be affected. Across the entire Russian banking system the share of domestic payments is even higher, Kostin explained.


 


 

 



POSTED SEPTEMBER 29, 2014


Obama: The Warmongering Nobel Peace Prize Laureate

 


 

US President Barack Obama talks about the vote on Capitol Hill about his request to arm and train Syrian rebels in the fight against the Islamic State while in the State Dining Room at the White House in Washington, September 18, 2014

US President Barack Obama talks about the vote on Capitol Hill about his request to arm and train Syrian rebels in the fight against the Islamic State while in the State Dining Room at the White House in Washington, September 18, 2014

© REUTERS/ Larry Downing

18:33 25/09/2014

Alexander Mercouris



LONDON, September 25 (RIA Novosti) - Barack Obama was elected President of the United States on the strength of one fact. As a US Senator in Illinois, he voted against George W. Bush’s war against Iraq. Had Obama not done that, he would never have attracted the attention necessary to become a serious candidate for the presidency.  

Disgust with Bush’s wars and the financial crisis propelled Obama to the White House.  A few months later the “anti-war candidate”, now President, was rewarded with the Nobel Peace Prize.

It would be difficult to imagine a Nobel Peace Prize laureate and “anti-war” candidate whose actions have been more warlike.

After proclaiming a “reset” in relations with Russia, Obama brought them to the worst point they have seen since the end of the Cold War.  In January 2009 Obama said he would close Guantanamo.  It remains open.  He retained Bush’s Defence Secretary Robert Gates.  He left many of the staff appointed by Bush’s Vice President Dick Cheney (including Victoria Nuland) in their posts. Not a single official from Bush’s team who justified or ordered torture has faced legal action. Whenever it has been suggested, Obama has blocked it. By contrast, his administration pursues whistleblowers like Snowden and Manning relentlessly.

Fleets of drones have been despatched around the world on a scale Bush had never dreamed. Assassinations of supposed opponents of the US have multiplied and become routine. Osama bin Laden was murdered when he could have been captured to stand trial. Obama has even given himself the right - unprecedented in US history – to order the execution of US citizens without trial. He has actually even exercised it against children.  Apparently he approves of the lists of those doomed to die himself.

Meanwhile the wars not only go on, they have actually increased in number. In addition to the prolongation of America’s wars in Iraq and Afghanistan (still ongoing), Obama has engaged the US in conflicts in Libya, Syria, Ukraine, Pakistan and Yemen.

In Libya, UN Security Council resolutions intended to protect civilians were used to justify a bombing campaign to overthrow its government. In Syria a brutal insurgency was armed and incited to overthrow the government. In Ukraine, a US-sponsored coup overthrew the government. The new US-supported government that took over with Obama’s encouragement soon launched a civil war against its own people.

Although Obama reluctantly withdrew US troops from Iraq after the Iraqi government insisted, the Islamic State’s supposed threat, not to Iraq but to the US, is now being used to justify resuming bombing there and to set the scene for US troops to return. The same supposed threat from the Islamic State is now also being used to justify the bombing of Syria; an earlier attempt to bomb Syria on the pretext of a chemical weapons attack was blocked by Russia. The fact that there is no evidence of any threat to the US from the Islamic State makes no difference.

Further east, increasingly aggressive steps are being taken to confront China in the South China Sea and to set its neighbors against it.

The extraordinary contrast between Obama the Nobel Peace Prize winner and his pursuit of war just about everywhere on a scale even Bush never imagined has provoked various explanations.  Apologists represent him as some sort of Hamlet-like figure: a weak and indecisive President supposedly at the mercy of events, who is unable to impose his peace-loving agenda on the US government. According to this premise, the US apparently goes to war independently of him like some sort of out- of-control machine.  In this spirit, an article in the London Review of Books calls Obama “the World’s Most Important Spectator”.

Obama is indeed a remote and secretive figure with few close political friends who keeps his intentions hidden and who hides behind subordinates.  For example, he launched the attack on Libya after having appeared to oppose it.  He leaves the defense of US policy on Syria and Ukraine to Secretary of State John Kerry.

The facts however speak for themselves. No President goes to war “reluctantly” so often, and the idea that the US goes to war despite a President who rejects the idea is an absurd one.

The record shows that Obama is every bit as committed to the aggressive use of force to expand US influence as any other US President.  His two key foreign policy advisers, UN Ambassador Samantha Power and National Security Adviser Susan Rice, are known to be strong supporters of the use of force to achieve US objectives. In a keynote speech Obama gave at West Point (written by Samantha Power), he again spoke of the US as an “exceptional country” which is entitled to use force unilaterally “when our core interests demand it”. It is of course left entirely to the US to decide what its “core interests” are and when those “core interests” “demand it”. International law, the opinions of other countries and UN Security Council mandates are not taken into account.

Obama’s opposition to the Iraq War was the exception, not the rule. Obama opposed the war not because he opposes war or US foreign policy generally but because he needed to win support for a career in the US Senate. His views on foreign policy in all other respects are identical to those of the US elite to which he belongs. He was never truly the “peace” candidate. Given the careful way the US political system vets candidates, he would not have become President if he was.

Perhaps someone should have explained all this to the Nobel Prize Committee before they awarded him the Peace Prize. Judging by their record (think of the similar awards to Kissinger and Menachem Begin), that might not have made much difference.

Alexander Mercouris is a London-based lawyer. The views expressed in this article are the author’s and may not necessarily represent those of RIA Novosti.


POSTED SEPTEMBER 26, 2014

 

UNVACCINATED CHILDREN APPEAR TO BE IMMUNE


 

The mystery virus attacking children in several States continues to spread. On September 8, I advanced the theory that this mystery illness is not an illness, but a reaction to vaccines. Now, grudgingly, the medical profession is acknowledging that unvaccinated children are not getting this illness.



 

O.K. Does one have to have a PHD to figure this out? Let's simplify so even a PHD can understand. Lets say 1000 people go to a restaurant. 500 order the fish, 500 do not. The 500 that ordered the fish get ill, the 500 who did not order the fish do not. What caused the illness? Not so fast. If you work for the CDC, you give a long, convoluted, confusing answer. Then you ask for more funds to study this without coming to any conclusion.

 



 

If you do not work for the CDC or have a PHD, you say, “IT'S THE FISH”.

 



Bruce                                    New World Order News


 

Unvaccinated Children Appear To Be Immune To The Mysterious Virus Currently Spreading In The Midwest

Friday 26 September 2014

By david-icke

Although there is no known vaccine for the virus, and the scope which it will reach is also unknown, those that have become infected are following a common theme. They have all been vaccinated with the MMR vaccines, influenza vaccines, and polio vaccines. Of course, many children in the United States have been vaccinated, and most are required to be vaccinated in order to enter school. However, it is interesting to note that the illness is not occurring, yet, in children that have not been vaccinated.

William Shaffner, head of Department of Preventive Medicine at Vanderbilt University, has not shared that EV-D68 has only infected vaccinated children, but does share his concern about the virus.’



POSTED SEPTEMBER 25, 2014

 

WHY DOESN'T ISIS ATTACK ISRAEL?

 

How about Al-Qaeda? Khorasan? Maybe they're afraid, but they're not too afraid to stage beheading videos using English and American citizens. Does anything smell yet?


The subject video shows the connection between Israel, the U.S. and these so-called terrorist groups that keep popping up like a game of international Whack-A-Mole. As long as there are villains, our government masters have a reason to go to war, produce weapons and demand you pay for it. Anything smell yet? Even a little?


Bruce                                 New World Order News

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JgHpENhYifM





POSTED SEPTEMBER 24, 2014

 

U.S. FOLLOWING THE COLLAPSE OF THE SOVIET UNION

 

About 15 years ago I spent time with a man who lived in the old Soviet Union at the time of the collapse. He detailed what life was like back then. In the subject article, the author outlines life in the U.S. today, which upon examination, closely parallels the Soviet Union 25 years ago.


The philosophy in the USSR was grounded in collectivism. The group will control everything. The individual is minimized. Groups write millions of pages of rules and guidelines and laws. The philosophy is based on the premise that any individual can be plugged into any task and as long as he or she follows the training, the result will be the same.


In the USA, collectivism is alive and well. Groups control everything. No one makes a decision without consulting the group and coming to a consensus. What is the result? Millions upon millions of rules, procedures, guidelines, policies, laws and statutes controlling everything. One could live a thousand lifetimes and never even read them all. No one understands them. No one is held responsible for anything. (Ever call a government agency or a corporate call center?) Little, if anything can get done. Running a business or government agency in the USA is like swimming in pudding. It's happened before and the results are always the same. Just ask those who lived in the Soviet Union back in 1990.


Bruce                         New World Order News

 

When Humans Lose Control of Government

A decades-long obsession with writing excessively detailed laws had made it impossible for real people to get anything done.

Philip K. Howard Sep 22 2014, 8:00 AM ET


inShare

 

Marcio Jose Sanchez/AP

The Veterans Affairs scandal of falsified waiting lists is the latest of a never-ending stream of government ineptitude. Every season brings a new headline of failures: the botched roll-out of Obamacare involved 55 uncoordinated IT vendors; a White House report in February found that barely 3 percent of the $800 billion stimulus plan went to rebuild transportation infrastructure; and a March Washington Post report describes how federal pensions are processed by hand in a deep cave in Pennsylvania.

The reflexive reaction is to demand detailed laws and rules to make sure things don’t go wrong again. But shackling public choices with ironclad rules, ironically, is a main cause of the problems. Dictating correctness in advance supplants the one factor that is indispensable to all successful endeavors—human responsibility. “Nothing that’s good works by itself,” as Thomas Edison put it. “You’ve got to make the damn thing work.”

Responsibility is nowhere in modern government. Who’s responsible for the budget deficits? Nobody: Program budgets are set in legal concrete. Who’s responsible for failing to fix America’s decrepit infrastructure? Nobody. Who’s responsible for not managing civil servants sensibly? You get the idea.

Modern government is organized on “clear law,” the false premise that by making laws detailed enough to take in all possible circumstances, we can avoid human error. And so over the last few decades, law has gotten ever more granular. But all that regulatory detail, like sediment in a harbor, makes it hard to get anywhere. The 1956 Interstate Highway Act was 29 pages and succeeded in getting 41,000 miles of roads built by 1970. The 2012 transportation bill was 584 pages, and years will pass before workers can start fixing many of those same roads. Health-care regulators have devised 140,000 reimbursement categories for Medicare—including 12 categories for bee stings and 21 categories for “spacecraft accidents.” This is the tip of a bureaucratic iceberg—administration consumes 30 percent of health-care costs.

Legal detail skews behavior in ways that are usually counterproductive. Why did VA officials regularly falsify waiting times? Bureaucratic metrics required them to meet waiting time deadlines—or else they would forfeit a portion of their pay. Why didn’t they just do a better job? Compliance was basically impossible: Congress had mandated more VA services but only modestly expanded resources. Undoubtedly, better efficiency could have been squeezed out of available resources, but that would require liberating VA officials from civil-service straitjackets so they could manage other civil servants. Rigid bureaucracy, not the inexcusable dishonesty of VA officials, was the underlying cause of the VA scandal.

Clear law” turns out to be a myth. Modern law is too dense to be knowable. “It will be of little avail to the people,” James Madison observed, “if the laws be so voluminous that they cannot be read, or so incoherent that they cannot be understood.” The quest for “clear law” is futile also because most regulatory language is inherently ambiguous. Dense rulebooks do not avoid disputes—they just divert the dispute to the parsing of legal words instead of arguing over what’s right. Indeed, legal detail often undermines the regulatory goal. “The more exact and detailed a rule, the more likely it is to open up loopholes, to permit by implication conduct that the rule was intended to avoid,” Judge Richard Posner observed.

What’s the alternative? Put humans back in charge. Law should generally be an open framework, mainly principles and goals, leaving room for responsible people to make decisions and be held accountable for results. Law based on principles leaves room for the decision-maker always to act on this question: What’s the right thing to do here?

"The more exact and detailed a rule, the more likely it is to open up loopholes, to permit by implication conduct that the rule was intended to avoid."

Until recent decades, law based on principles was the structure of most public law. The Constitution is 10 pages long and provides basic precepts—say, the Fourth Amendment prohibition on “unreasonable searches and seizures”—without trying to define every situation. The recent Volcker Rule regulating proprietary trading, by contrast, is 950 pages, and, in the words of one banker, is “incoherent any way you look at it.”

Legal principles have the supreme virtue of activating individual responsibility. Law is still supreme. The goals of law are centralized, but implementation is decentralized. Every successful regulatory program works this way. New airplanes, for example, must be certified as “airworthy” by the FAA. There are no detailed regulations that set forth how many rivets per square foot are required. It’s up to the judgment of FAA officials. This system works pretty well. Which would you trust more, a plane approved by experts at the FAA or a plane that was allowed to fly merely because it satisfied a bunch of rules, many outdated?

Simplifying regulation—replacing thick volumes of rules with guiding principles —has two more virtues as well. First, democracy is effective only when there’s someone to hold accountable. Second, principles are coherent. People generally know what’s expected of them. Doctrines such as “unreasonable risk” or a “nutritious meal” or “industry standards” have practical meaning and can be enforced by reference to social norms. “Standards that capture lay intuitions about right behavior,” Posner notes, “may produce greater legal certainty than a network of precise … non-intuitive rules.”

Potentially, simplifying regulation can appeal to both sides: to liberals because it offers regulators more leeway, and to conservatives because it simplifies government and avoids mindless compliance costs.

Here are three examples of how regulation could be simplified:

Oversight of social services: Today, nursing homes, day-care centers, and similar social-service providers are regulated with a maze of input-oriented regulations. “Food shall be stored not less than 15 cm above the floor”; “there shall be .09 recreational workers per resident”—about a thousand rules in most states for nursing homes.

Australia had a similar regulatory structure. But in the wake of scandalous revelations of poor nursing homes in the late 1980s, it abandoned the thick rule book and replaced it with 31 general principles, for example to provide “a homelike environment” and to honor residents’ “privacy and dignity.” The result was an almost immediate transformation for the better. Nursing-home employees started acting on their instincts of right and wrong, instead of trudging through dreary bureaucratic checklists. Regulators and family members engaged in regular dialogues with nursing homes on how to improve things. Nursing homes became nice.

They abandoned the thick rule book and replaced it with 31 general principles. Nursing home became nice.

Environmental review: Environmental review and other infrastructure approvals can last a decade or longer in America. Even projects with virtually no environmental impact can last years, as project sponsors jump through scores of bureaucratic hoops.  

The benefits of streamlining approvals would be enormous: several million new jobs, a greener environmental footprint, and enhanced global competitiveness. Replacing America’s antiquated power grid, for example, would save at least 7 percent of electricity—equivalent to the output of 200 coal-burning power plants.  

Today the process is interminable, because any naysayer can complain that some pebble was left unturned—and who knows what will happen in court? Far better to give an environmental official responsibility to decide when important facts have been set forth instead of letting the process spin its wheels for a decade and then end up in court. For other permits—for instance, for land-use regulations, navigable-waters approval, landmarks review, and the like—there should also be a “one-stop shop”—a lead agency with the job of coordinating all regulatory concerns. That’s how other greener countries such as Germany are able to approve new infrastructure projects in a fraction of the time it takes in the United States.  

Civil Service: More than 20 million people work for federal, state, and local government. Most of them perform needed services. But the accretion of antiquated and unjustifiable work rules has rendered them practically unmanageable.  

Hiring and promotion is largely based on written tests, not demonstrated competence. Promoting an exemplary employee is often impossible. Work rules can prevent supervisors from asking workers to pitch in. In New York City, how to use a new copying machine and who can use it is subject to collective bargaining. Firing an incompetent employee under civil-service bureaucracy is almost impossible.    

Any critique of this regulatory jungle is met with sanctimonious remonstrations about workers’ rights and the return of the spoils system. But the only relevant criterion for any regulatory structure should be whether it is in the public interest. By that standard, the current civil-service system is indefensible.   

The solution is straightforward. Scrap the system and replace it with principles designed to achieve the original goal of a merit system. Avoiding spoils is not hard: Funnel hiring through an independent agency. Work rules should be replaced by general principles, overseen by a neutral review board. Eliminate the presumption of lifetime service, as recommended by the Partnership for Public Service. Terminating a public employee should trigger a safety net, not years of litigation.

Principles, ironically, are less susceptible to abuse of state power and gamesmanship than precise rules. One of the many paradoxes of “clear law” is that no one can comply with thousands of rules. With principles, a citizen can stand his ground to an unreasonable demand and have a good chance of being supported up the chain of authority.

In the civil service, promoting an exemplary employee is often impossible.

There is still a place for precise rules. Rules are effective in situations where the protocol is more important than context and balance—say, with age limits or effluent discharges. Management expert Brenda Zimmerman makes the distinction between the legal framework for “complicated” activities—such as engineering or rocket launches, where a small error might have disastrous results—and “complex” activities, such as running a health-care system or regulating nursing homes. For “complicated” activities, rules and checklists can impose the discipline to avoid disastrous error. For “complex” activities, general principles are far superior, because they allow people to adapt to many moving parts. The more complex the area of oversight the simpler and more flexible the regulatory framework must be.

But what about human error and venality? Does law based on principles mean we must trust people? Of course not. That’s why accountability is still important. Moreover, for important decisions, a structure can require approval of several people. Nothing can get done sensibly or fairly, however, until we reconstruct government with a legal framework which liberates people to roll up their sleeves and make things happen.

 



POSTED SEPTEMBER 23, 2014

 

WHAT AMERICA WILL LOOK LIKE

 

Last night the insaniacs in control of the U.S. government continued their lust for war and death in the bombing of Syria. There are now a couple dozen nations that have been attacked by this government over the past 20 years. This has resulted in the death of over 1 million Iraqis, 300,000 Syrians and 10's of thousands of others throughout the middle east and Africa.


I want to take a look at America 10, 20, or 30 years down the road. This will be after most of the world unites against us and we either collapse on our own or are militarily defeated. Keep in mind that the millions of casualties due to the U.S. adventures creates 100's of millions that hate us. Is there a way we can find this kind of hate in history that gives us a look into out future?


During the 1930's and early 1940's the Nazi regime gathered up millions of Jews and others, putting them into camps. As a result of persecution, disease and outright murder, millions died at their hands. In 1948, with the backing of the U.S. and others, Jews were given land in, what is now known as Israel. Those in that nation were given all the money and all the military power they needed to begin a campaign of revenge against anyone they consider an enemy. This goes on to this day.


Now picture an impotent U.S., having lost almost everything. Maybe there's a Russia or China, supervising control over this once great land. 100's of millions all around the world demanding the U.S. be punished and kept under tight control. A similar scenario has actually happened. It's called Gaza.


Bruce                                New World Order News

 

Overnight anti-ISIS airstrikes devastate village in Syria


 

published by Tom Sullivan on Tue, 2014-09-23 19:47

Amateur videos posted online on Tuesday reportedly showed the aftermath of coalition airstrikes on the village of Kfar Derian in the northern Syrian province of Idlib. The narrator in the videos is heard saying that the footage shows the destruction caused by Western allied air raids. The US has not yet confirmed it carried out airstrikes in Kfar Derian. The videos appeared genuine and corresponded to AP reports of the events

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8rlP-KxgM-c


 

 

POSTED SEPTEMBER 22, 2014

 

OVER 150,000 DEMAND NEW VOTE


 

The subject articles covers the fraud which has been exposed in the Scottish referendum. Even before the vote, I suspected this would happen. On September 12, I wrote “Since this split would be harmful to England, they will do everything in their power to see to it that it doesn't happen.” Mission accomplished!



But not so fast ….... We are now in the age of super communication and the internet. Rigging elections in the past used to be easy, but today there always seems to be someone with a camera. That is why over 150,000 Scots have signed petitions demanding a new election. I would guess that in the days to come, that figure will swell. Here's a thought --- what if there are more signatures on the petitions than the “yes” vote count? How do they explain that one?



Let's hope that this constant exposure of lies, deception, theft and fraud on the part of governments leads all of us to demand that they all go. After all that has happened over the past several years, we have to wonder what purpose these overgrown governments serve?



Bruce                                                 New World Order News


 

Over 150,000 Demand Recount After Allegations of Scottish Vote Fraud

Officials admit viral videos have prompted wave of suspicion

by Paul Joseph Watson | September 22, 2014



Over 100,000 people have demanded a recount in the Scottish independence referendum after videos purporting to show evidence of vote fraud went viral in the aftermath of last week’s polling.

As we first reported on Friday, several video clips appear to show sporadic examples of potential vote fraud, feeding into existing suspicions that the British establishment was prepared to go to any lengths to prevent Scotland from gaining independence from Westminster.

One clip shows a woman appearing to place a number of ‘yes’ votes onto the no pile, while another example shows bundles of ‘yes’ votes lying on a table designated for ‘no’ votes.

Officials in Dundee denied that any irregularities had taken place, claiming there was, “No need to worry.”

Several Russian election observers working on behalf of the Kremlin also slammed the procedure as fraudulent, including Georgy Fyodorov, the head of the Association for the Protection of Electoral Rights, who asserted that “there were more yes votes during the vote count.” Fyodorov went on to complain that the ‘no’ campaign “resorted to every violation imaginable.”

Russian polling expert Igor Borisov also claimed that the voting procedure was “last century” and that it was “impossible to see what (was) going on at [polling tables]” and that ballot boxes were “lying around… without any protection.”

After the alleged vote fraud videos went viral, online petitions popped up, with tens of thousands rushing to advocate a recount.

A change.org petition started by a Scottish resident demands “a revote of the Scottish Referendum, counted by impartial international parties.” The petition has been signed by over 88,000 individuals.

A separate petition which demands an independent enquiry into vote fraud allegations has topped 62,000 signatures.

Former deputy leader of the Scottish National Party Jim Sillars also took to Twitter to demand an investigation into the allegations.

Officials at the office of the chief counting officer in Edinburgh admitted to the Guardian that the allegations had “grown arms and legs” over the weekend.

Scottish independence stolen: Petition demanding referendum be re-held reaches 70,000 signatures in one day

 
Gutted: Scots have been robbed by London once again
Despite more than two million people
voting to keep Scotland a part of the United Kingdom yesterday and acceptance from Alex Salmond that the outcome of the vote was the "the democratic verdict of the people of Scotland", a petition saying the outcome of the referendum vote was rigged has garnered more than 70,000 supporters.


Comment: That's because it blatantly WAS rigged:

Scottish referendum result undoubtedly rigged


It may have been the largest turnout in UK history with a majority vote of 'No', but thousands are demanding a revote because of "strange occurrences", that have already been dismissed as examples of vote rigging.

The petition states:
Countless evidences of fraud during the recent Scottish Referendum have come to light, including two counts of votes being moved in bulk into a No pile, Yes votes clearly being seen in no piles and strange occurrences with dual fire alarms and clear cut fraud in Glasgow. We demand a revote be taken of said referendum, where each vote shall be counted by two individuals, one of whom should be an international impartial party without a stake in the vote.


The allegations of votes being miscounted refers to this video that nationalists have said "proves" the referendum was rigged:

But the conspiracy theory has been promptly dismissed by Yes Dundee who said it was nothing to worry about...

Comment: Keep in mind that just because someone claiming to represent the Yes Campaign says something, doesn't mean they're telling the truth:

Scots MP: Scottish National Party and Yes Campaign riddled with MI5 and other agents of British security state


It comes after Scottish nationalists were told to "get a grip" yesterday after angry pro-indy supporters vented their frustrations on social media after the result was announced.


Comment: "Get a grip" say the psychopaths who stole Scots' landslide victory and unleashed their
mindless, fascist minions in Glasgow.


The angry reaction is somewhat unsurprising given the hostile nature of the debate from both the nationalist and unionist camps in the final days of the divisive campaign.


Comment: That is a completely inaccurate representation of how the campaign went. The nationalist campaign was festive and honorable. The Unionist campaign was pure fear-mongering. Scots' reaction is totally understandable: they have just been cheated by Perfidious Albion. Again.

 



POSTED SEPTEMBER 19, 2014

 

WAS SCOTTISH ELECTION STOLEN?

 

This morning I woke up to the sight of a rolled up throw rug on my kitchen floor. This is common in our house as one of our cats loves to play with it. This has happened at least 100 times over the past couple of years. Now I didn't see him do it this time, but I have in the past. I have never seen the other cat do it. I guess maybe he didn't do it, but past experience gives me confidence in saying he did.


What has this to do with the subject at hand? Past elections over the past 50 plus years have been flush with fraud. From the Kennedy/Nixon election in 1960 to the Bush/Gore election in 2000, vote fraud is as common as my rolled up throw rug. So, no I didn't see it, but I know they did it.


The English government claimed that Scotland was a financial drag on the economy. Too many Scots on welfare. Too few jobs outside of government. The North sea Oil fields do not have that much oil. If that's the case, why fight do desperately hard to keep them? Wouldn't it make perfect financial sense to let them go? Just like housing a bum brother-in-law, you can't wait for him to move out. No, they wanted Scotland to stay because they in England would be money ahead. It's just that simple. That's why they cheated.


Bruce                                               New World Order News

 

 




http://wakeupfromyourslumber.com/video/tom-sullivan/electoral-fraud-scottish-independence-referendum

 

Scotland independence referendum: with no exit poll isn’t there a democratic deficit?


 

published by Tom Sullivan on Fri, 2014-09-19 21:07

Anyone who’s sat up watching the TV on election night knows there’s a pattern to how things go: before the polls close, early in the evening, broadcasters assiduously say as little as possible to avoid breaking election broadcasting rules.

Then comes 10pm, and the polls close. Moments later, the anchor behind the desk (almost always a Dimbleby of some description) gives the results of the exit poll – often the only bit of red meat to talk about for the next several hours.

Except, as the polls close in the Scottish referendum, this won’t happen – as neither the BBC nor any other media outlet has bothered to pay to get one done.

Exit polls are the best form of voting-related data we can ever get our hands on. They’re collected by large numbers of researchers standing outside polling stations and asking tens of thousands of people how they voted – as well as collecting a little demographic information, such as age, gender, race or social class.

The most visible outlet for the results of this (quite expensive) work is in the first hours after polls close: it gives a snapshot of the result while the laborious work of actually counting the votes is done.

As we won’t start to see the referendum results start to trickle in until at least 2am, without an exit poll broadcasters will have to fill the first four hours of their coverage with … what, exactly? This “poll” of Grindr users might be as good as anything else we’ve got (about 53-47 against independence, if you were wondering).

Why no exit poll for such a momentous and consequential vote? The first possibility is that no one thought the vote would be close, and so deemed it as not interesting enough to be worthy of the spend.

 


Russian observers suspect 'special' voting technologies employed in Scotland


 

published by Tom Sullivan on Fri, 2014-09-19 21:13

Russian observers have suspicions over the "special" voting technologies used during the Scottish independence referendum and expect the announcement of results that will either confirm or disprove their suspicions.

"The absence of lines at voting offices could indicate the use of special voting technologies. About 20 percent vote in advance, via post. From our experience, we know that in 2012 Barack Obama beat Mitt Romney during presidential elections in early [stages of the] voting. That is, he won prior to the day of the election. Whether this technology was used during the referendum, we will know when the votes have been counted," Igor Borisov, the chairman of the Council of the Russian Public Institute of Election Law and the head of the Russian observation mission, told RIA Novosti.

"If the organizers of the referendum announce the results of the postal votes separately from the results received on the day of the election, then it will be possible to assess how great the influence of technologies on the vote was," he added.

Borisov noted that voter turnout is very high. According to members of the polling offices, by 10-11 a.m. BST (09:00-10:00 GMT) as many people came to vote as there were during the European Parliament elections in spring.

"At the same time, I cannot say that people wait to vote. I haven't noticed anything like that. Although, there are lines of two-three people to take to the ballot," Borisov said.

The Russian observation mission arrived in Edinburgh yesterday evening, comprising four specialists to monitor the Scottish independence referendum. Russian representatives will also monitor the vote count.

 



POSTED SEPTEMBER 18, 2014

 

NFL: TOOL OF THE NEW WORLD ORDER


If there's a cause, any cause, that our government masters want to push, count on the National Football League to be at their service. Whether it's fly overs from Air Force jets, tear jerking ceremonies for wounded veterans or half time shows glorifying the demonic at the Super Bowl, our nation's favorite past time has been co-opted by the politicians and war mongers.


The subject video covers the recent child abuse charge against NFL running back, Adrian Peterson. Right in line with the blatant hypocrisy that defines the NFL, league and team spokesmen tear at the hearts of the public by portraying Peterson as a child beater. Let's put this to rest. Any of us, who are responsible parents realize that on occasion time outs don't work. Sometimes corporal punishment is necessary. We also realize that out of the thousands of days when our children are with us, sometimes we cross the line. That does not make us abusers and it does not give the government the right to override parent's rights.


Here's the hypocrisy. The NFL is against spanking your child or making derogatory remarks about gays, but they are fine with glorifying undeclared wars, celebrating the killing of innocent civilians around the world, torturing and imprisoning detainees for years on end and promoting paganism in their entertainment. The NFL is being slowly destroyed just as our nation is being destroyed, like anything these politicians and corporate elites touch. I long for the days where these types of people would mind their own business and leave the rest of us alone.


Bruce                                 New World Order News

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cdwP8DRBNgY





POSTED SEPTEMBER 17, 2014

 

IF YOU LIKED THE NAZIS, YOU MUST LOVE ISRAEL

 

I know this statement is inviting a firestorm, but it must be said. This group who occupies the nation state called Israel is not now, nor have they ever been, descendents of the original 12 tribes of Israel. Their claim to this heritage is a complete fabrication.


As if this isn't bad enough, the conduct of the grandchildren of holocaust survivors more closely reflects that of Nazi persecutors, than it does to the Jewish victims. Killing, torture, racism, lies, false imprisonment, theft of property and illegal blockades, are just some of the sins of this government.


To my Christian brothers and sisters: I was just like most of you. I cheered everything the State of Israel did. Then I started to study with an objective mind. There is no way I, as a Christian, could close my eyes to this. Ask yourselves this. How in the world are we going to bring the gospel to Moslems throughout the world while we support these crimes against them?


Bruce                              New World Order News

 

Israel’s Ruthless Agenda

Israel-Palestine1

Israel’s Ruthless Agenda

2014/09/17 

Stephen Lendman
RINF Alternative News

State terrorism is official policy. So is institutionalized racism, persecution, apartheid worse than South Africa’s, and colonization.

Israel’s occupation is lawless. It’s the longest by far in modern times. Military orders control virtually all aspects of Palestinians’ lives.

They have no rights whatever. They’re not wanted. They’re considered subhuman.



Efforts are made to eliminate them. Israel seeks total Judaization.

Its wars are cold, calculated premeditated aggression. They’re high crimes against peace. They’re slow-motion genocide. Palestinian self-defense is called “terrorism.”

Operation Protective Edge was the latest example. It had nothing to do with Hamas rockets. It wasn’t about protecting Israeli security.

It had everything to do with preventing Palestinian self-determination, maintaining occupation harshness, continuing Gaza’s blockade, sabotaging Fatah/Hamas unity, stealing Palestinian resources, preventing diaspora Palestinians from returning, and maintaining Jerusalem as Israel’s exclusive capital.

Torture is official Israeli policy. It persists despite international law prohibiting it all times under all circumstances with no allowed exceptions.

On September 14, the Palestinian Center for Human Rights headlined “PCHR Follows up Detention Conditions of Palestinians Arrested by Israeli Forces in Latest Offensive on the Gaza Strip,” saying:

The lawyers of the Palestinian Center for Human Rights (PCHR) have visited 4 Palestinian detainees in Ashkelon Prison who were arrested in the latest 51-day Israeli offensive on the Gaza Strip.”

They “confirmed that the prisoners were subjected to various forms of torture during their detention period, including beating and shackling between two chairs for long hours (Shabeh).”

According to PCHR’s documentation, Israeli forces arrested dozens of Palestinian civilians during the offensive on the Gaza Strip; 31 of whom were transferred to Israeli prisons.”

All those arrested committed no crimes. It didn’t matter. Thousands of Palestinian political prisoners languish in Israel’s gulag. It’s one of the world’s worst.

Later, 4 of the aforementioned detainees were released while 27 remained in custody and were charged of being members of armed groups, except for one, Samir al-Najjar, who was charged of being an ‘illegitimate combatant.’ ”

“…(M)embers of armed resistance groups are considered prisoners of war against whom no bills of indictment can be presented according to the international law.”

PCHR continues its efforts to pursue Israeli war criminals through international courts based on the principle of universal jurisdiction (UJ) to bring them before justice since torture is an international crime.”

Under UJ, nations may investigate and prosecute foreign nationals when their country of residence or origin won’t, can’t, or hasn’t for any reason.”

Israel used it to convict and execute Adolph Eichmann.

Britain used a Spanish court provisional warrant to apprehend Augusto Pinochet. It held him under house arrest for 18 months.

It set a precedent. It potentially makes other heads of state vulnerable. So are top officials.

Pinochet’s alleged ill health claim got him released. He returned home. He remained damaged and disgraced.

From September 11, 1973 to March 11, 1981, tyranny was ruthless on his watch. He died in December 2006. He’s not missed.

Article 7 of Nuremberg’s Charter of the International Military Tribunal states:

The official position of defendants, whether as Head of State or responsible officials in Government departments, shall not be considered as freeing them from responsibility or mitigating punishment.”

No one deserves immunity for high crimes against peace. They demand accountability.

No nation or individual is above the law. They’re made to be enforced. They’re inviolable.

Holding Israel and America accountable for high crimes too grave to ignore is long overdue.

In its 2013 State of Israel report, Amnesty International (AI) said:

Israeli forces responsible for the killing and injuring of Palestinian civilians (as well as) torture and other ill-treatment of detainees continued to evade accountability.”

Periodic air strikes target Gaza. They’re conducted for any reason or none at all. For ones Israel invents.

IDF commanders order “live ammunition to enforce the land and sea ‘exclusion zones’ inside Gaza’s perimeter and territorial waters, killing at least six civilians and injuring others,” said AI.

The myriad restrictions imposed by the Israeli authorities on the movement of Palestinians amounted to collective punishment of the population of Gaza and the West Bank, in violation of international law.”

Gaza’s blockade remains ongoing. It’s lawless. It’s suffocating. It has nothing to do with Israeli security.

Palestinians are arrested for bogus reasons. Many are held without charges or trial.

Freedom of expression, movement and assembly are denied. So are peace, equity and justice.

Israel gets away with mass murder with impunity and then some. Rogue states operate this way.

Israel and America elevated lawlessness to a new level. Don’t expect Western media to explain. Or what the Electronic Intifada (EI) reported on September 15.

It headlined “Leaked email reveals ADL advice to universities urging anti-Palestine crackdown.”

It was sent to UC Davis Chancellor Linda Katehi’s office. It was meant for her and other senior university officials.

The Anti-Defamation League is notoriously bigoted. Hate-mongering is longstanding practice. So is disseminating pro-Israeli propaganda.

Smear campaigns target its critics. They’re conducted under the fraudulent pretext of fighting anti-Semitism.

ADL claims to support human rights. Its hate-filled agenda violates them egregiously.

Its leaked email warned about an “upcoming day of action for Palestinian rights,” said EI.

It called for “extra security and ‘discipline.’ ”

It targeted the American Muslims for Palestine (AMP). It’s an advocacy group. ADL lied making “thinly-veiled allegations of anti-Semitism,” said EI.

ADL’s email said in part:

We write to you today to provide information and recommendations about how to respond to conflicts that may arise on your campus due to the recent conflict in Gaza.”

In the wake of the recent crisis, anti-Israel organizations are placing increasing pressure on academic institutions to engage in ‘Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions’ (BDS) activities.”

Be aware of the discourse around the Israeli-Palestinian conflict that takes place on your campus and the potential for escalation.”

Review student codes of conduct to ensure that activity which is detrimental to the free exchange of ideas is not allowed on campus.”

AMP is called “the leading organization providing anti-Zionist training and education to students and Muslim community organizations around the country.”

It “advocates for a variety of BDS-related initiatives – all in an effort to isolate and demonize Israel and Jewish communal organizations.”

Fact: AMP and Palestinian-led BDS supporters don’t advocate targeting Jewish communal organizations, EI explained.

Fact: They want action against “institutions complicit with Israel’s violations of Palestinian rights…”

Fact: They include academia, corporations, think tanks, numerous organizations and other biased institutions.

According to AMP chairman Hatem Bazian:

The ADL has always been in the business of censoring Palestine’s narrative and promoting Israel and Zionism…”

It overstepped trying to “employ prior restraint on Palestinians’ free speech.”

Hate-mongering operates under its own rules. According to EI, expect “no let up (by Israeli lobbyists) to use all repressive means available to stigmatize…punish (and stifle) campus criticism of Israel’s crimes.”

On September 16, Mondoweiss headlined “US and Canada strengthen economic relationship with Israel following attack on Gaza,” saying:

They consummated “a mutual customs agreement.” It removes “screening barriers and tariffs.”

Washington and Canada support Israeli genocidal high crimes against peace. It’s longstanding policy in both countries.

Canada is more pro-Israeli than America. During right-wing Prime Minister Stephen Harper’s January visit to Israel, he praised its “great moral leadership.”

Canada’s special relationship is deep-rooted, he said. It’s “nourished by shared values.”

(It’s) reinforced at the highest levels of commerce and government as an outward expression of strongly held inner convictions.”

It’s the right thing to do, said Harper. He called enemies Israel invents “dark forces of the world.”

He ignored Palestinian rights. He was silent about generations of occupation harshness, ruthless persecution and numerous other high crimes.

Post-Operation Protective Edge, Israeli Finance Minister Yair Lapid and his Canadian counterpart Steven Blaney discussed their 2010 Authorized Economic Operator Program.

We share the same moral values (and) threat(s), Lapid claimed. He lied naming “Hamas in the south, Hezbollah in the north and now ISIS advancing from the east.”

It bears repeating. Israel’s only enemies are ones it invents. It does so to enforce occupation harshness. To steal all valued Judea and Samaria areas.

To deny Palestinians fundamental human and civil rights. To treat them like enemies of the state. To violate core international human rights laws in the process.

Lapid’s comments focused more on Gaza than economics, said Mondoweiss. It quoted him saying:

We must move to find a solution for Gaza based on a regional framework, through a regional summit which includes all the key partners including Canada.”

For progress to be made we must ensure that rehabilitation occurs alongside demilitarization.”

We are strengthened and encouraged by the support of our allies, and in particular with Canada which stands steadfast by our side.”

Their “special relationship” ignores each other’s high crimes. America and Israel operate the same way.

Rogue states replicate each other’s worst practices. It’s longstanding official Western policy.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book as editor and contributor is titled “Flashpoint in Ukraine: US Drive for Hegemony Risks WW III.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanIII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

It airs three times weekly: live on Sundays at 1PM Central time plus two prerecorded archived programs.

 



POSTED SEPTEMBER 16, 2014

RUSSIA TURNS TABLES ON OBAMA: WILL SUPPLY ARMS TO SYRIA

For more than a year Obama has been desperate in his lust to start a war with Syria. Last year, he supported the lie that Syrian President Assad gassed his own people. Subsequent investigations showed it was the Syrian rebels, supported by the U.S., that did it. Now, Obama thought he was being clever in using the U.S. trained and funded ISIS, as the reason we need to attack Syria. He went on to say, if Syria resists U.S. attacks on Syrian soil, the U.S. will bomb Syrian government targets.


So, Putin says, “What's good for the goose is good for the gander”. Today, the Russian government announced military aid will be sent to the Syrian government to “fight terrorism”. He couldn't do it before, but now that Obama has set up the “boogey man” ISIS, Russia has used Obama's own words to shore up the Syrian government.


Of course, the end result could be a direct confrontation between the U.S. and Russia. That can't be avoided since this is the goal of the insaniacs in control of the U.S. government.

 

 

Bruce                                       New World Order News

 

 

Russia to provide military, other assistance to Iraq, Syria in combating terrorism

Russia

September 15, 15:04 UTC+4
No double standards in the fight against terrorists are acceptable, Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov

 

© EPA/YVES HERMAN/POOL

 

UN Security Council resolutely condemns British national’s murder by ISIL

PARIS, September 15. /ITAR-TASS/. Russia will provide military and other assistance to Iraq and Syria in the fight against terrorism, Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov said on the sidelines of an international conference on Iraq in Paris on Monday.

We have spoken of our contribution to supporting the Iraqi government in their fight against terrorists, ensuring security of their state. In a similar way we provide military and other kind of assistance to Syria that is also facing a serious terrorist threat, maybe to a lesser degree. We also provide assistance to our partners in Egypt, Lebanon, Yemen, Jordan. So we have something to contribute to the common efforts,” Lavrov said.

No double standards in the fight against terrorists are acceptable, Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov said on the sidelines of an international conference on Iraq in the French capital on Monday.

We have long been raising the issue of terrorist activity that has dramatically intensified in the Middle East and in North Africa after the “Arab spring” events, after the goals of overthrowing the regimes were set above the general goals of preventing the terrorism threat spread,” he said.

 

Syria ready to coordinate anti-terrorist policy with world community

We did this not for the sake of blaming somebody for the past, but exclusively for taking into account the past lessons in the international community’s new actions and drawing the conclusion that no double standards are acceptable in the fight against terrorism, that there are no good and bad terrorists and that it is necessary to take consistent action, without putting that or other political projects above the general task of combating terrorism,” Lavrov said.

"This also refers to such a phenomenon as terrorist organizations that occupy oilfields and securely sell oil through channels established by them," he pointed out.

"An emphasis must be laid on the need to prevent a swelling of the ranks of a terrorist international which young people readily join because of bad socio-economic conditions," Lavrov emphasized.

"Extremists also make use of the Palestinian problem that remains unresolved for decades, pointing to an unfair attitude to the Arabs in the Middle East," Russia's Foreign Minister added.


 

Monday, September 15, 2014

Obama: If Assad Defends Against US Attack, US Will Attack

Anthony Freda Art

Brandon Turbeville
Activist Post

Only hours after delivering his ridiculous address to the American people regarding his strategy to combat an organization that is entirely the product of the United States and NATO and one that is still under complete control of these powers, Obama conducted a meeting with “foreign policy experts,” former government officials, and journalists.

The meeting, of course, is nothing more than round two in the volley of propaganda coming from the White House in its attempt to drum up more support from the American people for direct military intervention in Syria and an open use of U.S. military forces against the secular government of Bashar al-Assad. All of those within an ear’s reach of the reports regarding Obama’s meeting should be firmly aware that it is nothing more than an attempt to milk the original speech for more propaganda against Assad’s Syria and provide a sense of inevitability about the coming conflict there.

With that in mind, Obama stated to those in the “after party” meeting, that if the Syrian government were to shoot down American military planes – American military planes engaging in aggressive air strikes on Syrian soil – then the United States would be forced to “wipe out” Syria’s air defenses. Obama also added that an attack against the Syrian air defenses would be a much easier task than attacking his pet ISIS terrorists and other related groups. Obama pointed out that eliminating Syria’s air defense capabilities would lead to his ouster and the overthrow of the Syrian government.

Essentially, Obama stated that the United States would violate Syrian sovereignty by launching airstrikes inside Syria allegedly for the purpose of bombing the terrorist group that was created, funded, and directed by the United States to overthrow the Syrian government. If Assad dares to defend his country against both an American destabilization of terrorism and aggressive American airstrikes, then the United States would retaliate against Assad’s retaliation.


 

Assad has been defending Syria from an American attack since as far back as 2011 in earnest and even further back in terms of the roots and implementation of the strategy.

It is interesting to note that the U.S. and NATO should be so interested in Syria’s air defenses at the same time that the death squads have focused on the Taqba Airbase in Raqqa province. Particularly when viewed in context of the recent goal of engaging in targeted airstrikes inside Syria.

For those who may not see the pattern – while the United States and NATO deliberated engaging in targeted airstrikes in Syria, and the Syrian government subsequently states its opposition to those attacks and its intentions to shoot down the planes delivering those strikes if they do not coordinate with the Syrian government, death squads have effectively eliminated the air defense capability of the Syrian government in the east of the country.

After all, the Pentagon even stated that one of the biggest threats to an airstrike operation in Syria is the Syrian government’s air defenses. Thanks to ISIS, those air defenses no longer exist in the east of Syria.

This was the end game of the ISIS battle to take over Taqba from the start – eliminate air defenses so that the NATO powers can launch airstrikes against the Syrian military and thus freeing up a launching pad for the terrorists to conduct attacks even deeper into Syria.

It is important to point out that the Islamic State is not some shadowy force that emerged from the caves of Afghanistan to form an effective military force that is funded by Twitter donations and murky secretive finance deals. IS is entirely the creation of NATO and the West and it remains in control of the organization.

As Tony Cartalucci writes in his article “Implausible Deniability: West’s ISIS Terror Hordes In Iraq,”

Beginning in 2011 - and actually even as early as 2007 - the United States has been arming, funding, and supporting the Muslim Brotherhood and a myriad of armed terrorist organizations to overthrow the government of Syria, fight Hezbollah in Lebanon, and undermine the power and influence of Iran, which of course includes any other government or group in the MENA region friendly toward Tehran.
Billions in cash have been funneled into the hands of terrorist groups including Al Nusra, Al Qaeda in Iraq (AQI), and what is now being called "Islamic State in Iraq and Syria" or ISIS. One can see clearly by any map of ISIS held territory that it butts up directly against Turkey's borders with defined corridors ISIS uses to invade southward - this is because it is precisely from NATO territory this terrorist scourge originated.
ISIS was harbored on NATO territory, armed and funded by US CIA agents with cash and weapons brought in from the Saudis, Qataris, and NATO members themselves. The "non-lethal aid" the US and British sent including the vehicles we now see ISIS driving around in.
They didn't "take" this gear from "moderates." There were never any moderates to begin with. The deadly sectarian genocide we now see unfolding was long ago predicted by those in the Pentagon - current and former officials - interviewed in 2007 by Pulitzer Prize-winning veteran journalist Seymour Hersh.< Hersh's 9-page 2007 report, "The Redirection" states explicitly:
To undermine Iran, which is predominantly Shiite, the Bush Administration has decided, in effect, to reconfigure its priorities in the Middle East. In Lebanon, the Administration has cooperated with Saudi Arabia’s government, which is Sunni, in clandestine operations that are intended to weaken Hezbollah, the Shiite organization that is backed by Iran. The U.S. has also taken part in clandestine operations aimed at Iran and its ally Syria. A by-product of these activities has been the bolstering of Sunni extremist groups that espouse a militant vision of Islam and are hostile to America and sympathetic to Al Qaeda.
"Extremist groups that espouse a militant vision of Islam" and are "sympathetic to Al Qaeda" - is a verbatim definition of what ISIS is today. Clearly the words of Hersh were as prophetic as they were factually informed, grounded in the reality of a regional conflict already engineered and taking shape as early as 2007. Hersh's report would also forewarn the sectarian nature of the coming conflict, and in particular mention the region's Christians who were admittedly being protected by Hezbollah.

While Hersh’s report was written in 2007, knowledge of the plan to use death squads to target Middle Eastern countries, particularly Syria, had been reported on even as far back as 2005 by Michael Hirsh and John Barry for Newsweek in an article entitled “The Salvador Option.”

Regardless, Cartalucci states in a separate article, “NATO’s Terror Hordes In Iraq A Pretext For Syria Invasion,”

In actuality, ISIS is the product of a joint NATO-GCC [Gulf Cooperation Council] conspiracy stretching back as far as 2007 where US-Saudi policymakers sought to ignite a region-wide sectarian war to purge the Middle East of Iran's arch of influence stretching from its borders, across Syria and Iraq, and as far west as Lebanon and the coast of the Mediterranean. ISIS has been harbored, trained, armed, and extensively funded by a coalition of NATO and Persian Gulf states within Turkey's (NATO territory) borders and has launched invasions into northern Syria with, at times, both Turkish artillery and air cover. The most recent example of this was the cross-border invasion by Al Qaeda into Kasab village, Latikia province in northwest Syria.

Cartalucci is referring to a cross-border invasion that was coordinated with NATO, Turkey, Israel, and the death squads where Israel acted as air force cover while Turkey facilitated the death squad invasion from inside its own borders.

Keep in mind also that, prior to the rapid appearance and seizure of territory by ISIS in Syria and Iraq, European media outlets like Der Spiegel reported that hundreds of fighters were being trained in Jordan by Western intelligence and military personnel for the purpose of deployment in Syria to fight against Assad. The numbers were said to be expected to reach about 10,000 fighters when the reports were issued in March, 2013. Although Western and European media outlets would try to spin the operation as the training of “moderate rebels,” subsequent reports revealed that these fighters were actually ISIS fighters.

Western media outlets have also gone to great lengths to spin the fact that ISIS is operating in both Syria and Iraq with an alarming number of American weapons and equipment. As Business Insiderstated, “The report [study by the London-based small arms research organization Conflict Armament Research] said the jihadists disposed of ‘significant quantities’ of US-made small arms including M16 assault rifles and included photos showing the markings ‘Property of US Govt.’” The article also acknowledged that a large number of the weapons used by ISIS were provided by Saudi Arabia, a close American ally.

In the end, Barack Obama's statements of aggression and duplicity should come as no surprise to informed observers. The Western-backed terrorist organization known as ISIS is being used as an excuse to continue American Imperialism in the Middle East and to justify a military strike on Syria.


 

 








POSTED SEPTEMBER 15, 2014

 


LIES!

 

 

 




 

POSTED SEPTEMBER 12, 2014

 

WILL BRITAIN LET SCOTLAND GO?


My best guess is, no way. Next week Scottish voters will decide whether or not Scotland will become an independent nation. Since this split would be harmful to England, they will do everything in their power to see to it that it doesn't happen.


We only have to look at elections here in the U.S. to show that those in power have the ability to “tweek” the results. If polls show the election will be close, pushing 5% into the “No” column would be easy for them. If they decide not to go that way, they could find a pretext to invalidate the election and continue to rule by force.


I really hope I'm wrong, but these people are predictable, if nothing else. So, we'll see. As these globalists continue to cling to power, no matter what, it poses dire consequences for the rest of us.



Bruce                                                New World Order News

 

 

 

 

Scottish independence


 

Scottish referendum too close to call, says ICM poll

Guardian/ICM poll finds support for no campaign on 51% and yes on 49% with less than a week to go, but 17% of voters say they have yet to make up their mind



 


 

Scottish referendum campaigners Yes supporters disrupt a no campaign event. Eighty-seven percent of respondents describe themselves as ‘absolutely certain to vote’. Photograph: Jeff J Mitchell/Getty Images

The union between Scotland and England hangs by a political thread as a fresh Guardian/ICM poll published on Friday puts the yes vote just two percentage points behind those supporting no.

Despite a week of intense political campaigning by pro-union politicians and repeated warnings from business about the dangers of independence, the poll finds support for no on 51% and yes on 49% once don’t knows were excluded.


 



 

POSTED SEPTEMBER 11, 2014

 

911 AND GOVERNMENT LIARS: NOBODY BELIEVES YOU ANYMORE

 

It's been 13 years since the events of 911. Back then, almost all of us believed what we were being told by the government on what happened that day. Now, more than half of Americans have serious doubts about that story. If you still believe--- If it is still too painful to admit we've been had, please read my posting from 2 years ago, reprinted below.


Sadly, that story is impossible on a number of different levels. After the death of millions pursuing the war on terrorism, many of us have come to the conclusion that the worst terrorists are those who control of our government and it all started with those events on 911. Qui Bono? (Who benefits?)


Bruce                                              New World Order News

 

 

 

 

 

911 SPECIAL “ONCE UPON A TIME”

- 1+ 1 (+1 rating, 1 votes)

September 11, 2012

by

 

911 SPECIAL

ONCE UPON A TIME…………

Once upon a time there were 19 bad men. Some were from Saudi Arabia, some were from the United Arab Emirates, one was from Egypt and one was from Lebanon. One day as they were wandering around Afghanistan, they went into a cave where the mean Osama was living. They all decided it would be fun if they would go to the U.S., learn how to fly Boeing 757′s, go to airports, get on 4 different planes, take them over and fly them into buildings, setting the buildings on fire, thus causing them to collapse. The wise and evil Osama agreed.

But there were problems. One said “how can we get into the U.S. since most of us are on terrorist watch lists”? The wise and evil Osama said, we will pray that Allah will cause those in charge in the U.S. to intervene and allow you into the U.S.  Another said, “Since none of us know how to fly, how will we fly the 4, Boeing 757′s”? The wise and evil Osama said “you will go to the Pensacola Naval Air base and they will teach you how to fly a single engine plane”. “How will we take over the planes’? ” You will each carry a box cutter. Once you show the box cutter, then the several hundred passengers will cower in terror as you take over the planes”.

After they did as they were told and all of the pieces fell into place, they did, indeed take over 4, Boeing 757′s, only carrying box cutters. And after only becoming mildly proficient in flying small engine planes and not being able to perform any complex maneuvers, the pilots miraculously performed aerobatic maneuvers that not even the most experienced jet pilots are able to perform. After they had taken over these 4 planes, they were all allowed to fly these planes around Washington, D.C. and the entire east coast without any challenge from the U.S. military. The wise and evil Osama arranged for NORAD to run a drill at the exact same time, with the exact same scenario, calling for a complete stand down of the U.S. air defense.

Once they crashed their planes into buildings, more miracles happened. The jet fuel from 2 of the planes, normally burning at a maximum at 1800 degrees, magically heated up to almost 3000 degrees and melted not only the 47 steel columns in the core of the buildings, but all of the exterior steel as well. This was being done while people, braving the 3000 degree temperatures, still healthy and alive in the buildings, were begging for help at the blown out windows. Not even their clothes were burned. Then, as if by magic, first one, then the other skyscraper, fell down in 12 seconds.

Meanwhile, the wise and evil Osama had still more miracles planned. The third plane performed an impossible maneuver and crashed only a few feet above the ground into the Pentagon building. Even though the plane was 125 feet wide, it managed to slam into a wall of the building and leave only a 16 foot hole. Then the evil and wise Osama made that plane disappear without a trace of debris. He even managed to preserve a book and a wooden table without any burns right next to the exploding jet fuel. He then arranged for more than 40 cameras that recorded the crash to either malfunction or be taken by the authorities.

But the wise and evil Osama wasn’t through. The fourth plane was still flying around un opposed when brave passengers took over the plane. No, Osama didn’t explain why the brave passengers didn’t resist the evil man with the box cutter in the first place, but no matter. The wise and evil Osama then arranged for cell phone calls to be made from this jet liner flying at 500mph and cruising at 30,000 feet. This was indeed another miracle since this was never done before, nor since. Those brave passengers then decided not to try to fly the plane, they decided to crash it into a field. But the wise and evil Osama performed still another miracle. Even though the 4th plane crashed into a field, the plane’s debris was spread over 5 miles — almost as if the debris came from the sky above and not the ground below.

Oh, but the wise and evil Osama had one more trick up his sleeve. Back in the city, where 2 steel skyscrapers had collapsed in their own footprint due to fire, a third skyscraper in the area also had a moderate fire going in a couple of its’ floors. This time the evil and wise Osama would announce his next evil miracle. He caused both  the BBC and CNN to announced that this 3rd building had collapsed due to fire, even though it would not collapse for another 23 minutes. Then it did collapse, but to show the evil Osama was not totally evil, he arranged for this building with fires almost totally out, to collapse in its’ own footprint, so not to damage the surrounding area.

There is a happy ending. All of the King’s soldiers and all of the King’s police and all of the King’s airport security officers and all of the King’s swat teams and all of the King’s stooges and all of the King’s dupes, lived happily ever after.




POSTED SEPTEMBER 10, 2014

 

WHO WILL BE THE NEXT TO DIE?

 

Any volunteers? Certainly, not our President or any of our government masters. No, that's your job. It's your job to give your life and limbs for endless wars all over the world. It's your job to send your sons and daughters into the never ending meat grinder, so a precious few can get even richer making the weapons of war.


Tonight, Obama goes on T.V. To try to trump up public support for war in Syria. Didn't we go down that road last year? Never mind that, we have a new reason to kill and be killed. It's ISIS! Now we get to use American weapons and training against American weapons and training. The only way this madness will stop is if we, Americans on mass, demand it to stop.


The American dream is coming to an end. In all areas, the U.S. in a substantial decline. We're running our of money and we're running out of time. When future historians write the obituary of America, they may well conclude that the main cause was apathy. In spite of more danger existing here than ever before in our history, millions of Americans are more concerned with Football, movies and Justin Bieber than the end of our nation. It's frustrating to watch this as we, in the minority, seem powerless to stop this.


Bruce                                                  New World Order News

 

Obama Plans to ‘Fight ISIS’ by Arming ISIS

So-called "moderate" Syrian rebels are openly aligned with Islamic State militants

Obama Plans to 'Fight ISIS' by Arming ISIS

by Paul Joseph Watson | September 10, 2014


President Barack Obama is set to announce his plan to combat ISIS terrorists in Iraq and Syria by arming so-called “moderate” Syrian rebels despite the fact that such militants have openly aligned themselves with Islamic State fighters.

Obama has told congressional lawmakers that he has the authority to proceed with much of his plan without their formal approval,” reports the Associated Press. “However, he is seeking authorization from Congress for the train-and-equip operation for Syrian rebels, a request he first made earlier this summer.”

Obama is expected to unveil the plan to send weapons to FSA fighters during a prime time speech later tonight.

The lunacy of such a policy is illustrated by the fact that Bassel Idriss, commander of an FSA-run rebel brigade, recently admitted that Washington-backed “moderate” rebels are still collaborating with ISIS.

We are collaborating with the Islamic State and the Nusra Front by attacking the Syrian Army’s gatherings in … Qalamoun,” Idriss told Lebanon’s Daily Star. “Let’s face it: The Nusra Front is the biggest power present right now in Qalamoun and we as FSA would collaborate on any mission they launch as long as it coincides with our values.”

A July report in Stars and Stripes also documented how the 1,000 strong Dawud Brigade, which had previously fought alongside the FSA against the Assad regime, defected in its entirety to join ISIS.

Also in July it emerged that “several factions within the FSA, including Ahl Al Athar, Ibin al-Qa’im” had “handed over its weapons to the Islamic State in large numbers” and pledged allegiance to ISIS.

Islamic State fighter Abu Atheer also told Al-Jazeera, “We are buying weapons from the FSA. we bought 200 anti-aircraft missiles and Koncourse anti tank weapons. We have good relations with our brothers in the FSA. For us, the infidels are those who cooperate with the West to fight Islam.”

Three leading Syrian rebel commanders also announced back in December that they had relinquished ties with the Free Syrian Army’s Supreme Military Council, the military wing of the western-backed Syrian National Coalition, in order to join ISIS.

In addition, a recent study by Conflict Armament Research revealed that Islamic State militants obtained U.S. supplied weapons, including M16 assault rifles, which were originally smuggled out of Jordan and provided to so-called “moderate” FSA rebels.

ISIS terrorists also acquired M79 rockets which were initially given to FSA rebels by Saudi Arabia. The rockets, “were part of the arms shipments from Croatia that were meant for the Free Syrian Army. The weapons were either captured, or acquired by former FSA fighters as they joined ISIS,” reports LJR Review.

As further evidence of FSA rebels collaborating with ISIS, it recently emerged that murdered American journalist Steven Sotloff was sold to ISIS by FSA militants.

FSA rebels and ISIS militants also fought together to seize control of the Menagh airbase in August last year.

Obama spoke today with Saudi King Abdullah as part of his efforts to build an international coalition against ISIS. What was probably absent from the conversation was any discussion about the fact that the Saudis, along with U.S. allies Qatar, Turkey and Jordan, armed and funded ISIS from the beginning.

The Obama administration is clearly using the threat posed by ISIS as an excuse to get done what it has thus far failed to accomplish – the overthrow of the Assad government – by embarking on a huge transfer of weapons to FSA rebels, despite the fact that FSA fighters are openly collaborating with, defecting to, and fighting alongside ISIS militants.

Obama Set to Ignore Congress, Announce Syria Strikes Tonight

Assad government to consider any military action an act of war

Obama Set to Ignore Congress, Announce Syria Strikes Tonight

by Paul Joseph Watson | September 10, 2014


President Barack Obama is set to ignore Congress once again by launching military strikes inside Syria without consulting lawmakers, a move that threatens to enflame the entire region given that the Assad government has repeatedly insisted it will consider any military activity inside Syrian territory as an act of war.

President Obama is prepared to use U.S. military airstrikes in Syria as part of an expanded campaign to defeat the Islamic State and does not believe he needs formal congressional approval to take that action, according to people who have spoken with the president in recent days,”reports the Washington Post.

Obama is set to deliver a prime time speech tonight during which he will make the case for U.S. air strikes inside Syria in the name of targeting ISIS militants.

In citing ISIS, which was armed and funded by the United States’ biggest allies in the region, as a justification for a military campaign inside Syria, Obama is set to accomplish what the administration failed to achieve last year after the chemical weapons attack in Ghouta was blamed on the Assad government, despite a subsequent MIT report which concluded the incident was more likely the work of US-backed rebels.

Despite many calling for Washington to renew its support for so-called “moderate” rebels in Syria in the name of combating ISIS, it recently emerged that murdered journalist Steven Sotloff was sold to ISIS by FSA militants. In addition, arms given to FSA rebels that originated from the U.S. and Saudi Arabia were later seized by ISIS fighters.

Bassel Idriss, commander of an FSA-run rebel brigade, also recently admitted that US-backed “moderate” rebels are still collaborating with ISIS.

During a recent appearance on Fox News, General Thomas McInerney also revealed how the United States inadvertently bolstered ISIS as a result of the terrorist group obtaining weapons from the U.S. consulate in Benghazi. A more direct method of support involved the U.S. training militants at a secret base in Jordan who later went on to become ISIS fighters in Syria.

Obama’s decision to launch air strikes inside Syrian territory without congressional approval echoes his 2011 assault on Libya, which again was a move to support radical jihadists that ended up with the African country turning into a failed state.

At the time, Obama brazenly undermined the power of Congress by insisting his authority came from the United Nations Security Council prior to the attack on Libya and that Congressional approval was not necessary. “I don’t even have to get to the Constitutional question,” scoffed the President.

According to Congressman Walter Jones, this was an act that constituted “an impeachable high crime and misdemeanor under article II, section 4 of the Constitution.”

Obama’s move to strike inside Syria in the name of fighting ISIS militants which his administration helped boost as a result of its disastrous policy to arm so-called “moderate” rebels threatens to spark a regional war given that the Assad government has repeatedly insisted that any military action within Syrian territory will be considered an act of war.

The global resistance to a U.S. attack on Syria, which successfully derailed last year’s seemingly inevitable assault, has largely evaporated in light of the western media’s ceaseless promotion of ISIS as a catastrophic threat.

As an MSNBC poll showed last night, anti-war fervor amongst liberals has all but disintegrated, with just 12% calling on Obama to get permission from Congress before launching an attack on ISIS inside Syria.

 

Tuesday, September 9, 2014


10 Signs That ISIS is a Scripted Psyop

 
Scripted Oddities Portray ISIS As "James Bond" of Terrorism

Bernie Suarez
Activist Post

Has the ISIS psyop calmed down a bit? Before it dies out let's examine some incredible ironies and oddities surrounding CIA's ISIS. After all, the ISIS psyop deserves a thorough analysis from every angle, so I thought it appropriate to outline for the sake of humanity. Hopefully, humanity can use the ISIS psyop as a tool for the final or further awakening. It may be wishful thinking, but it is worth exposing every crack and corner of this psyop and let government know that we are not going for it this time.

I declare humanity too intuitive to buy into this psychological operation and hopefully I'm right. So while the core TV-watching, mainstream media-believing community drinks the government Kool Aid, let us get started by pointing out several glaring observations regarding the ISIS psyop.

Glancing ahead, the ISIS kids have knowledge of things that require you to have education, modern technical skills, a little bit of decency, structure, conformity to societal norms and somewhat transparent connection to the outside world. What are these things and what are some of the surreal oddities surrounding ISIS? Let's examine:

1. Professional Camera, Editing Software and Skills

Incredibly, despite being savages that only want to kill for apparently no specific burning reason other than that fact that you are not ISIS, ISIS has at least some kind of production department that can skillfully provide what could be considered Hollywood-style editing (of supposed beheading videos) with multiple camera angles, consistent daylight on their subjects and proper daylight mode video exposure. They clearly have the skills for setting up multiple cameras and using those precise angles for their production department. In order to put out these supposed beheading videos, they also had to make sure that the sounds were just right and that there was no shaking of the camera.


Someone then had to take the various video angles and properly edit the footage so as to make it look professional. The editor, apparently a man of class and decency, then is careful not to show any actual action and blood. Savage killers who are ALSO respectful and classy about being too disturbing with their videos. Instead they courteously (but sloppily) cut from the early hand action of their British-sounding supposed lead man, to the post beheading amazingly clean shot of a head sitting on a corpse with the classic Photoshop drop shadows. In Hollywood style, reminiscent of Alfred Hitchcock films, the editor essentially leaves the action to the viewer's imagination. Even though this beheading movie created by ISIS is not being submitted for any film festivals, they carefully comply with techniques that would make this film fully acceptable into almost any gore film festival.

To those who want to point out to viewers the amazing lack of blood during those first critical throat slices of James Foley's neck, sorry, exposing this lack of blood is in itself apparently too grotesque by YouTube standards and should you post such a video it will be conveniently removed.

2. Professional Image Editing Software and Skills.

Like the editing software, the ISIS production team shows off their skills in Photoshop image editing software, which often requires an extended learning period, resources, and practice. Despite a few imperfections, the ISIS production department seems to know how to cut and splice out sections of images to produce the desired effect of disconnecting a head from the body. Even if obtaining and using the software is believable, let's remember we're talking about savage "terrorists" that are supposedly inhumane. In other words, these are clinically, factually documented psychopaths and not your average person according to government legend. Let's keep this in mind (psychopaths) when speaking about ISIS.

3. Internet Connection, Video Uploading Capabilities, and Social Media Accounts.

According to U.S. "intelligence sources" mouthpieces, ISIS has all the above including social media capabilities. Amazingly, these covered-face killers have unraveled the secret of how to outsmart every world power including the U.S. Empire with regard to every form of communication. They have stomped out the U.S. military, NSA, CIA, NATO, U.N. and the intelligence of Israel, U.K. and every other nation that surrounds them. You may think it's not every day that a small group of young face-covered kids can outsmart the world, but this could be attributed to pure luck if you believe in the ISIS psyop. Just to be able to say that you've outsmarted the U.S. Empire 13 years after they accelerated their plans to rule the world outlined in The Project for the New American Century document titled
"Rebuilding America's Defenses." According to the ISIS psyop, that accomplishment alone is worthy of historic recognition.

Here's a group of young kids with covered faces who maintain Internet accounts without any past due balances, they have wide open social media accounts (Facebook? YouTube? Twitter?) that are also apparently well maintained. They must understand and be properly following the rules of these social media accounts. But wait, if they have social media accounts doesn't that mean that the social media providers are terrorists too? Unless these geniuses called ISIS are also fooling them as well. I suppose this would be realistic according to the  government narrative since ISIS has apparently outsmarted everyone else.

Okay, forget social media, how is ISIS able to log on to the Internet? Do they have their own ISIS hackers?? Who do they pay their Internet bill with? Without Internet aren't they lost? No social media and no way of knowing what is going on right? I doubt they have analog TV in their convoys? Doesn't this present a communication problem? ISIS again quietly has overcome this problem in a flawless and mysterious manner.

4. ISIS Intelligence Operation Apparently Far Superior to CIA/Mossad

Amazingly this group of geniuses who have outsmarted the entire global intelligence community seem to have all the capabilities to put the U.S. Empire's CIA and their globalist partner Israel's Mossad to shame. ISIS has put on a clinic and has officially handed the U.S. and Israel their butts in the intelligence department. They not only formed right below their noses, they did it quickly, they figured out unanimously what their mission would be and all agreed on it. Football teams and all sports team for that matter throughout the world could learn from ISIS. ISIS apparently is teaching the world how a team works together. Imagine, the CIA's mainstream media would have us believe that ISIS is powerful and high in numbers. Really? How would you get that many people to agree on anything? Every NCAA coach would learn a lot from ISIS. Here's a group of young face-covered men who actually agree on everything. They even all agree not to attack Israel for no reason at all.

How quickly ISIS rose to power and fame and how they operate in such unity should strike everyone as very odd, yet the ISIS psyop narrative continues without missing a beat in regards to these technicalities and finer points. Any way we slice it, the ISIS psyop narratives has a group of kids with hidden faces who have revolutionized the concept of the "intelligence" operation. They solved the CIA Mossad and NSA problems and now are laughing at the global intelligence community. They did this at a time, by the way, even as uncharged innocent prisoners sit in George W Bush's Guantanamo illegal prison for life. Can you imagine what is going on in the minds of the men in Guantanamo hearing about ISIS?

5. Super Secret Database Holding the Secret Names and Identities of Their Members

Have you noticed that no one knows who ISIS is? What are their names? Why not snag up one or two of them and let the identities come out? No, not ONE member of ISIS is capturable or identified to the world. It's like they never existed. Not one wife, sister, brother, father, cousin, nephew, aunt, or uncle is speaking out. Apparently they never lived anywhere and never told their friends that they were going to join ISIS. Not one of the has a girlfriend or a spouse that would have spoken by now. No one has come out testifying that ISIS tried recruiting them. Oddly, we haven't even heard of an angry former girlfriend speaking out about the initial call, the recruiting effort or anything whatsoever. But without a powerful recruiting effort how did they recruit? Somehow they got around this one too. No one knows how. They simply came into being. Let that sink in. 

6. Anti Surveillance Technology- Able to Avoid All Existing Surveillance

In the age of super advanced government biometric surveillance, tracking and spying, ISIS has one less problem than anyone in America. Unlike Americans who are constantly under the threat of being surveilled and spied on by the U.S. empire, ISIS lives free of the threat of technological surveillance of any kind. For some reason, their images, faces, voices and actions are not surveilled, tracked or recorded by those who can do it.

"Intelligence sources" are powerless in the face of ISIS. All of the U.S.'s NASA, NSA and USAF technology and equipment makes no difference when it's ISIS. Despite all this, amazingly we hear nothing about the U.S. military or NSA trying to steal or decode the ISIS counter surveillance technology. Oddly, the topic of ISIS's amazing counter-surveillance technological abilities is not talked about by anyone in the media or in Washington. 

7. Endless Secret Water, Food, Farming and Meals Supply

Anyone who has served in the military knows that being a soldier makes you hungry. ISIS fighters definitely require lots of food and drinks that keep their energy up. You can't go around killing people just for not being part of ISIS without having plenty of energy and lots of water and drinks. Even in the military, working in the mess hall for some was a career. Why? Because someone has to do it.

When I was in the military I remember the supply specialists; their full time job was tagging along on our field trips, making sure the unit had enough food and water. When necessary, the supply guys had to go to work to make sure everything went smooth. So where is ISIS getting their supplies? Who's feeding them with food and water? Do they also own the farms? Do they grow their own food? Amazingly, according to the ISIS psyop they do. Or perhaps their food and water suppliers are all part of a secret operation being hidden by the world's new leader of counter intelligence, ISIS. And speaking of supplies, who's supplying their actual bullets? Ammunition? Guns without ammo are useless, so the question is where are they getting their bullets from?

8. All American Timing! - Common Enemies, Lucky Gift

ISIS is a unique group from which almost all their goals fit in perfectly with the Bush Neocon plans to militarily control the world. I covered this topic in a recent
article. Amazingly, ISIS now happens to hate Russia, too, just like the United States. What are the odds? Bush Neocons controlling Obama and the globalists benefit greatly from more, not less, terrorism. An end to the War on Terror would leave the U.S. without the planned conquering of Syria and Iran and re-conquering Iraq. Without a bogeymonster like ISIS to provide the pretext for invading these countries (in some cases, again) the plan has no legs. That ISIS fits in perfectly with the Bush Neocon plans is merely a coincidence according to the ISIS psyop narrative. Like Lucky Larry Silverstein taking the day off only on 9/11/01 to go to an appointment after never missing work for years if ever at all. Luck, the narrators of the ISIS psyop would have you believe, is something that just happens and should be accepted without question.

But wait, ISIS is so close to Israel, they may attack Israel any given day. Given how fast they move, how well they operate together, their skillful blend of technology and brute force surely they could cause a historic massacre in Israel overnight and leave their trail of blood through large sections of Israel. Isn't that the stated goal of ISIS? IDF and Mossad have already failed to detect or stop ISIS in any way shape or form so I wouldn't expect them to provide much of a challenge for the ISIS powerhouse terror group. Given how brave they are, I would imagine they wouldn't have any problems getting the young men to volunteer for the big Israel attack.

The big Israel attack would gain them all the PR and Marketing they need. Isn't that the goal when someone opens up a social media account? Hasn't ISIS demonstrated in the supposed beheading videos that they are serious, they want everyone to know who they are and they want certain things? An attack on Israel would get them everything they want; yet, for another lucky reason (luck of the U.S. and Israel) ISIS doesn't seem motivated about pulling off the big damage/low-cost attack on Israel.

The irony gets even crazier here. According to U.S. politicians pushing the ISIS psyop narrative, ISIS is not only unwilling to attack Israel, which they could do in a day or two, they instead prefer to make plans to travel all the way to the other side of the world to attack the world's most powerful Empire of all time. Yes, they would rather risk getting caught, imprisoned or killed traveling halfway around the world than to go for an easy quick strike at Israel. And, for good measure, as if to flaunt their super counter-intelligence capabilities, they are willing to announce ahead of time their travel plans to fly halfway across the world to attack American cities.

So this previously incredible intelligence organization that outsmarted all of the world's intelligence agencies at once, is now giving away their plans before they even happen. Doesn't that sound like a monumental change in intelligence strategy from such a stellar counter-intelligence skilled violent organization? Apparently in the "new" ISIS philosophy they now give away their plans ahead of time knowing that NOT giving away their plans worked pretty well during their secret and rapid rise to power under everyone's noses. Keep in mind ISIS uses U.S. military gear which they accidentally "found" in Iraq. The military gear - including tanks, artillery weapons and high-powered guns - all just happened to work perfectly, and for good measure they apparently have all the ammunition to go with these weapons.

But wait, you might say, how can ISIS transport huge military equipment to the U.S. for an attack? Not one U.S. "intelligence source" seems to know the answer to this. Apparently ISIS is not just lucky like lucky Larry, they also have a lot of money (that no one seems to know the origin of) and they are very versatile. The ISIS engineers are apparently working on brand new smaller, easier to hide weapons that are not detectable by airport scanners or surveillance cameras. Is ISIS starting to sound like James Bond yet?

9. Complete Ongoing Immunity and Hidden Identities

Amazingly, ISIS is unknown to anyone (as mentioned in number 6). Even if their database is never discovered, ISIS is skilled at knowing when to wear their masks. I mean, you wouldn't want to be caught without your mask right? And if you are caught without your mask and someone videotapes you, does that mean they kill you? No big deal? How does that work? One thing we know is that ISIS thus far (and they have been around allegedly a few years) has been perfect at hiding their faces. Not ONE video or photo exists where one member of ISIS showed his face. Amazing? Yes, for a group that has regular social media and Internet access. Where are the images of these men that belong to ISIS and why hide your face anyway? This amazing stroke of luck of not having even one member show his face or having his identity known to the world is an amazing accomplishment given all the technology and media available as mentioned before.

With this ongoing face-hiding playing out to perfection, once again ISIS is schooling the world on how to be a criminal in the face of the global police state and get away with it. Do you realize someone you know or someone they know could be part of ISIS without anyone knowing? Is ISIS really Blackwater? Academi? You know, the U.S.'s private mercenary organization that likes to change its name all the time. Is this the reason why "ISIS" covers their face? Even James Bond could not successfully hide his identity for very long and he's just one person. Remember, we're talking about supposedly thousands if not tens of thousands of young men working as one without one of these men making a mistake. Try to imagine how ridiculous this really sounds. Ultimately, as long as secrecy of the faces of ISIS is maintained, we really don't know for sure just who ISIS really is. We know what the federal government would have us think, but humanity as a whole is now moving past this type of solution for procurement of legitimate information.

10. Untraceable Money and Endless Spending

Yes, according to government mouthpiece "experts" like Colonel Anthony Shaffer and others, we (the U.S. "intelligence sources") know a lot about ISIS. They have money, they are organized, etc. But think about it, how come they "know" so much about ISIS's financial abilities but don't "know" who funded them or what bank accounts they currently have?? U.S. and its allies' intelligence only "know" enough to scare you with ISIS but not enough to act to actually stop their banking activity. That would actually stop ISIS dead in its tracks wouldn't it? But nope, we don't want ISIS to go away too quickly. The script needs to play out doesn't it?

This script is indeed playing out, and America and the world is the audience watching the show. Those that are awakened stand in dismay at the level of propaganda we are seeing and are wondering what ridiculous narrative will the globalists spin next to get into Syria and continue into Iran? Others who wanted to believe mainstream media news but perhaps are intuitive enough to not be fooled yet again are scratching their head. We call that The WTF Moment.

While sadly others have seen this script before and for some reason they kind of liked it before. Perhaps they love the post-9/11 feeling of believing government and looking to it for protection from terrorism. Perhaps they love the police state and maybe they are comfortable being surveilled 24/7. Perhaps they know that the only way to maintain their sanity and their lifelong and hard-fought-for paradigm is to simply believe whatever mainstream media news says. This third group will welcome the CIA script.

It is this group (those that welcome the mainstream media script) that makes this next (information war) chess game between humanity's awakened segment and humanity's governing segment very interesting. This third (asleep) segment of humanity is playing out the last bit of fantasy left in their personal paradigms. Some of them would probably rather die than face reality. Some of them think they are "saving" themselves from reality. Reality, with some of these people, thus takes on the role of sin in that they want to save themselves from this consciousness. For others the same reality takes on a role of "insanity". The goal thus becomes to "preserve" their consciousness from this "insanity" or tin foil, crazy, lunatic, "conspiracy theories"- you get the picture.

That is how the ISIS psyop divides itself upon humanity. Recognizing the three primary forms of consciousness will help us arrive at a consensus on how to move forward to fix this problem. Let's hope that we (humanity) can figure it out quickly this time and with the fewest amount of lost lives. Let us pray for humanity and for the survival of the human race. Let's remember that all those logos, flags, ideologies, and concepts of governments are all just artificial agreements. Let's all try to see the biggest picture, which is that we are all part of a species (humanity) which is actually trying to kill itself off. Let's not let tiny individual samples of our own species ruin it for all of us. They've tried everything they have, so they have to start repeating their tactics. They are making the script easier for us all. Let's take advantage of this weakness they are showing. The weakness of lack of creativity. This lack of creativity is glaringly obvious to all of us now. The globalists are not very creative and they like to repeat their tactics. This is why history is a great tool to expose the globalists and their new world order.

Its been said and I declare again that those who ignore the lessons of history are bound to repeat it; never has this been more true than today. Here's a word of caution to those who still believe government's ongoing War on Terror. Look at the past, look at attacks of 9/11/01, don't you agree it didn't work out very well for us? And on top of that they took all our liberties away. This is a failed government. Are you going to trust them at a game where you are always the loser? Ask yourself, how did their phony war on terror improve your life last time? Why would this next round of ISIS be expected to be any different? Don't you want to thrive while you are alive? Then let go of government-engineered lies and narratives and see the greater agenda now for yourself. Then share this message with someone.

Bernie Suarez is an activist, critical thinker, radio host, musician, M.D, Veteran, lover of freedom and the Constitution, and creator of the
Truth and Art TV project. He also has a background in psychology and highly recommends that everyone watch a documentary titled The Century of the Self. Bernie has concluded that the way to defeat the New World Order is to truly be the change that you want to see. Manifesting the solution and putting truth into action is the very thing that will defeat the globalists.



POSTED SEPTEMBER 9, 2014

 

YOU CAN'T HAVE A WAR WITHOUT IT

 

Tomorrow night the U.S. President will, once again, go on the air trying to have another war. After a couple of months of non stop propaganda about ISIS, followed by poll taking, he is confident that the American people are ready to finally support another war. Please don't be suckered by this.


In my headline I referred to a vital ingredient in war. That ingredient is a demon. After the U.S. Civil War, America was embarking on what was referred to as Manifest Destiny. This was a time tested philosophy of convincing a nation that they were better than other nations. The necessary demons were the Indians (various Indian wars) Spanish ( Spanish American War), the Germans ( World War 1), Germans and Japanese, (World War 2) and the Communists, (Korean and Vietnam wars). Along with that, our government masters have demonized Noriega, Castro, Qaddafi, Saddam Hussein, Assad, Arafat, Chavez, Aliende and Adminajab, and Arabs in general. (You can look up who these are if you are curious).


The bottom line is you have been had. This is a propaganda tactic that has been used since the beginning of time. Governments know that people will not generally put themselves into the mouth of death unless they are motivated by fear and hate. So, they offer up a villain. Tomorrow night, Obama will offer up ISIS. ISIS has been created, trained, funded and armed by the U.S. government. Before you fall for this one more time and before you willingly sacrifice your money and blood for another phony war, consider who the real enemy is. If you don't, there will be more enemies to fight, until one day the U.S. finally collapses from one too many wars.


Bruce                            New World Order News

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HMDO4AGBTok

 

 

 

POSTED SEPTEMBER 8, 2014

 

ARE VACCINES CAUSING THE LUNG VIRUS EPIDEMIC?

 

I have to confess that I don't know, but I have my suspicions. This mysterious lung disease is spreading throughout the midwest infecting children. Here are a couple of facts that should narrow the cause down. 1) This disease came out of nowhere to infect thousands simultaneously in several States. 2) Most, if not all, of the reported cases are children.


Although, some have speculated that the cause relates to the influx of illegal aliens, if that were the case, the disease would have spread to adults in the same proportions. I also have to take issue with this being a disease. If it were a disease, there would have been a cause and the spread would start from a specific location and spread from there. This “disease” has apparently started in several States at the same time.


My speculation is that the only thing common to children in several States at the same time is the requirement to receive vaccines to enter school. If the authorities would investigate the vaccine history of the children infected with this condition, I am confident they would discover many children received the same vaccine. Of course, after that, they could then spread the infection through normal means.


Anyway, I am certain the CDC will never tell us the truth. All we can do is guess. We'll see. Meanwhile, I pray none of these children will receive any permanent damage.



Bruce                                               New World Order News

 


 

 

POSTED SEPTEMBER 5, 2014

 

PEACE IN UKRAINE (LET'S HOPE)

 

The subject video covers the cease fire in Ukraine agreed to by the junta and the rebels. Back in May, I wrote this in my daily post “History teaches much. The Vietnam war and many others give some powerful lessons for those who go down a similar path. If 80% of the people oppose you, there is no way you can rule them in the long run.”


I didn't think it would happen this fast, but here we are. Less than 4 months later this junta ruling Ukraine is throwing in the towel. Let there be no mistake. The junta is not agreeing to the cease fire because they want peace, or they want to end the killing, or they want to begin to rebuild the land that they have destroyed. No, they agreed to this because they are losing. They are losing on the battlefield and they are losing the support of their own people.


Maybe this cease fire won't hold, for the government's sake, they better hope it does. No matter what, those who orchestrated this coup will be lucky to live through this. Thousands and thousands of Ukrainians have lost money and property and loved ones. They know whose fault it is and they may not be forgiving.



Bruce                                                  New World Order News

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CvCaNBDXisw#t=72





POSTED SEPTEMBER 4, 2014

 

Gerald Celente - Trends In The News - "Revolving Doors? No, Revolving Whores" - (9/2/14)

 

 

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l96R8ccPsK0&list=UUCs_FjJR8A7rompHCnW0-3g

 




POSTED SEPTEMBER 3, 2014

 

GIVE US MORE POWER AND MONEY

 

Give us more power and money or Al-Qaeda will get you. Give us more power and money or ISIS will get you. Give us more power and money or global warming will get you. Give us more power and money or domestic terrorists will get you. Give us more power and money or Ebola will get you. Give us more power and money or Cancer will get you.


Give us more power and money or your kids won't get a good education. Give us more power and money or poor people will starve. Give us more power and money or the banks will fail and the economy will collapse. Give us more power and money or storms will sneak up on you and everyone will die.


The solution to all the problems in the world is to give our government masters more power and money.


Bruce                             New World Order News

 


POSTED SEPTEMBER 2, 2014

 

TIME RUNNING OUT: WORLD WAR 3

 

The subject article is a plea from William Binney, the former senior NSA crypto-mathematician, to our government masters to stop the madness. This madness is the march towards a nuclear war with both Russia and China. This is being accompanied with a barrage of ridiculous propaganda. Just today, another fake video of a supposed ISIS beheading has been released to the media. ALL of the mainstream media reports this beheading as if it is genuine.


Along with all of this has been a stream of reports of a Russian invasion into Ukraine. The proof offered is a grainy, black and white picture of some supposed artillery pieces. Former CIA analyst, Ray McGovern, described this picture as embarrassing.


We may be only weeks away from the beginning of a hot war. NATO is forming an army set up on the border of Ukraine ready to invade at a moments notice. As usual, it comes down to you, the American public. As long as you are willing to believe any lies they tell, they will continue to tell them. As long as you are willing to send your sons and daughters to fight in any war they start, they will continue to start them. It's time to put down the TV remote and pay attention to this. We don't have much time., Finally, stop reading and viewing any news coming from the mainstream media whores. It's more than a waste of time.


Bruce                                                   New World Order News

 

Ex-NSA Director, US Intelligence Veterans Write Open Letter To Merkel To Avoid All-Out Ukraine War

Tyler Durden's picture

Submitted by Tyler Durden on 09/02/2014 09:02 -0400


Alarmed at the anti-Russian hysteria sweeping Washington, and the specter of a new Cold War, U.S. intelligence veterans one of whom is none other than William Binney, the former senior NSA crypto-mathematician who back in March 2012 blew the whistle on the NSA's spying programs more than a year before Edward Snowden, took the unusual step of sending the following memo dated August 30 to German Chancellor Merkel challenging the reliability of Ukrainian and U.S. media claims about a Russian "invasion."

Via AntiWar and ConsortiumNews, highlights ours

MEMORANDUM FOR: Angela Merkel, Chancellor of Germany
FROM: Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity (VIPS)
SUBJECT: Ukraine and NATO

We the undersigned are longtime veterans of U.S. intelligence. We take the unusual step of writing this open letter to you to ensure that you have an opportunity to be briefed on our views prior to the NATO summit on September 4-5.

You need to know, for example, that accusations of a major Russian "invasion" of Ukraine appear not to be supported by reliable intelligence. Rather, the "intelligence" seems to be of the same dubious, politically "fixed" kind used 12 years ago to "justify" the U.S.-led attack on Iraq. We saw no credible evidence of weapons of mass destruction in Iraq then; we see no credible evidence of a Russian invasion now. Twelve years ago, former Chancellor Gerhard Schroeder, mindful of the flimsiness of the evidence on Iraqi WMD, refused to join in the attack on Iraq. In our view, you should be appropriately suspicions of charges made by the US State Department and NATO officials alleging a Russian invasion of Ukraine.

President Barack Obama tried yesterday to cool the rhetoric of his own senior diplomats and the corporate media, when he publicly described recent activity in the Ukraine, as "a continuation of what’s been taking place for months now … it’s not really a shift."

Obama, however, has only tenuous control over the policymakers in his administration – who, sadly, lack much sense of history, know little of war, and substitute anti-Russian invective for a policy. One year ago, hawkish State Department officials and their friends in the media very nearly got Mr. Obama to launch a major attack on Syria based, once again, on "intelligence" that was dubious, at best.

Largely because of the growing prominence of, and apparent reliance on, intelligence we believe to be spurious, we think the possibility of hostilities escalating beyond the borders of Ukraine has increased significantly over the past several days. More important, we believe that this likelihood can be avoided, depending on the degree of judicious skepticism you and other European leaders bring to the NATO summit next week.

Experience With Untruth

Hopefully, your advisers have reminded you of NATO Secretary General Anders Fogh Rasmussen’s checkered record for credibility. It appears to us that Rasmussen’s speeches continue to be drafted by Washington. This was abundantly clear on the day before the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq when, as Danish Prime Minister, he told his Parliament: "Iraq has weapons of mass destruction. This is not something we just believe. We know."

Photos can be worth a thousand words; they can also deceive. We have considerable experience collecting, analyzing, and reporting on all kinds of satellite and other imagery, as well as other kinds of intelligence. Suffice it to say that the images released by NATO on August 28 provide a very flimsy basis on which to charge Russia with invading Ukraine. Sadly, they bear a strong resemblance to the images shown by Colin Powell at the UN on February 5, 2003 that, likewise, proved nothing.

That same day, we warned President Bush that our former colleague analysts were "increasingly distressed at the politicization of intelligence" and told him flatly, "Powell’s presentation does not come close" to justifying war. We urged Mr. Bush to "widen the discussion … beyond the circle of those advisers clearly bent on a war for which we see no compelling reason and from which we believe the unintended consequences are likely to be catastrophic."

Consider Iraq today. Worse than catastrophic. Although President Vladimir Putin has until now showed considerable reserve on the conflict in the Ukraine, it behooves us to remember that Russia, too, can "shock and awe." In our view, if there is the slightest chance of that kind of thing eventually happening to Europe because of Ukraine, sober-minded leaders need to think this through very carefully.

If the photos that NATO and the US have released represent the best available "proof" of an invasion from Russia, our suspicions increase that a major effort is under way to fortify arguments for the NATO summit to approve actions that Russia is sure to regard as provocative. Caveat emptor is an expression with which you are no doubt familiar. Suffice it to add that one should be very cautious regarding what Mr. Rasmussen, or even Secretary of State John Kerry, are peddling.

We trust that your advisers have kept you informed regarding the crisis in Ukraine from the beginning of 2014, and how the possibility that Ukraine would become a member of NATO is anathema to the Kremlin. According to a February 1, 2008 cable (published by WikiLeaks) from the US embassy in Moscow to Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice, US Ambassador William Burns was called in by Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov, who explained Russia’s strong opposition to NATO membership for Ukraine.

Lavrov warned pointedly of "fears that the issue could potentially split the country in two, leading to violence or even, some claim, civil war, which would force Russia to decide whether to intervene." Burns gave his cable the unusual title, "NYET MEANS NYET: RUSSIA’S NATO ENLARGEMENT REDLINES," and sent it off to Washington with IMMEDIATE precedence. Two months later, at their summit in Bucharest NATO leaders issued a formal declaration that "Georgia and Ukraine will be in NATO."

Just yesterday, Ukrainian Prime Minister Arseny Yatsenyuk used his Facebook page to claim that, with the approval of Parliament that he has requested, the path to NATO membership is open. Yatsenyuk, of course, was Washington’s favorite pick to become prime minister after the February 22 coup d’etat in Kiev. "Yats is the guy," said Assistant Secretary of State Victoria Nuland a few weeks before the coup, in an intercepted telephone conversation with US Ambassador to Ukraine Geoffrey Pyatt. You may recall that this is the same conversation in which Nuland said, "Fuck the EU."

Timing of the Russian "Invasion"

The conventional wisdom promoted by Kiev just a few weeks ago was that Ukrainian forces had the upper hand in fighting the anti-coup federalists in southeastern Ukraine, in what was largely portrayed as a mop-up operation. But that picture of the offensive originated almost solely from official government sources in Kiev. There were very few reports coming from the ground in southeastern Ukraine. There was one, however, quoting Ukrainian President Petro Poroshenko, that raised doubt about the reliability of the government’s portrayal.

According to the "press service of the President of Ukraine" on August 18, Poroshenko called for a "regrouping of Ukrainian military units involved in the operation of power in the East of the country. … Today we need to do the rearrangement of forces that will defend our territory and continued army offensives," said Poroshenko, adding, "we need to consider a new military operation in the new circumstances."

If the "new circumstances" meant successful advances by Ukrainian government forces, why would it be necessary to "regroup," to "rearrange" the forces? At about this time, sources on the ground began to report a string of successful attacks by the anti-coup federalists against government forces. According to these sources, it was the government army that was starting to take heavy casualties and lose ground, largely because of ineptitude and poor leadership.

Ten days later, as they became encircled and/or retreated, a ready-made excuse for this was to be found in the "Russian invasion." That is precisely when the fuzzy photos were released by NATO and reporters like the New York Times’ Michael Gordon were set loose to spread the word that "the Russians are coming." (Michael Gordon was one of the most egregious propagandists promoting the war on Iraq.)

No Invasion – But Plenty Other Russian Support

The anti-coup federalists in southeastern Ukraine enjoy considerable local support, partly as a result of government artillery strikes on major population centers. And we believe that Russian support probably has been pouring across the border and includes, significantly, excellent battlefield intelligence. But it is far from clear that this support includes tanks and artillery at this point – mostly because the federalists have been better led and surprisingly successful in pinning down government forces.

At the same time, we have little doubt that, if and when the federalists need them, the Russian tanks will come.

This is precisely why the situation demands a concerted effort for a ceasefire, which you know Kiev has so far been delaying. What is to be done at this point? In our view, Poroshenko and Yatsenyuk need to be told flat-out that membership in NATO is not in the cards – and that NATO has no intention of waging a proxy war with Russia – and especially not in support of the ragtag army of Ukraine. Other members of NATO need to be told the same thing.

For the Steering Group, Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity

  •     William Binney, former Technical Director, World Geopolitical & Military Analysis, NSA; co-founder, SIGINT Automation Research Center (ret.)

  •     David MacMichael, National Intelligence Council (ret.)

  •     Ray McGovern, former US Army infantry/intelligence officer & CIA analyst (ret.)

  •     Elizabeth Murray, Deputy National Intelligence Officer for Middle East (ret.)

  •     Todd E. Pierce, MAJ, US Army Judge Advocate (Ret.)

  •     Coleen Rowley, Division Counsel & Special Agent, FBI (ret.)

  •     Ann Wright, Col., US Army (ret.); Foreign Service Officer (resigned)

 

 

 



POSTED AUGUST 28, 2014

 

DESPERATION GROWS FOR UKRAINE JUNTA

 

The subject video paints a completely different picture on the revolution in Ukraine. While the mainstream media whores continue to parrot claims of a Russian invasion or the surrender of the rebels in a few days, the reality of this situation is much different.


It appears that thousands of Ukraine soldiers have been killed in this war. On top of that, many thousands more have defected or deserted. A Ukraine government that is completely out of money has been borrowing from western banks in order to pursue this war. Millions of dollars in destroyed equipment have been lost. Pay for the troops has been spotty, if at all. Supplies have run short and winter is right around the corner.


So what is a junta leader to do? He will do what he has done from the beginning. He will lie about a Russian invasion or a Russian shootdown of a plane. If he cannot get western nations to join his war, he is finished. That does not bode well for his personal safety. So, ready or not, here we go again. “Russia has invaded”. What? Again? To all who believe this is true, let me say this. If Russia invades Ukraine, they'll know it. It would only take days for Russia to take over that country, if they wanted, but they don't. Who needs another money pit? That's for the U.S.


Bruce                               New World Order News

 

 'You abandoned us!' Ukrainian soldiers & families despair over Kiev failures

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wmB6tNyfX-Y

 

 


POSTED AUGUST 27, 2014

 

STOP VACCINATING

 

Most believe they have to have their children vaccinated in order to enter school. That claim from our government masters is a lie. The subject video covers this. Many also believe vaccines are the reason for the decline in many infectious diseases. That is also a lie. All of these diseases were already in decline due to better nutrition and sanitation.


The real truth is, there is no evidence that any vaccine works in the long run. On the other side there is ample evidence that vaccines can be dangerous. The frustrating thing is, even knowing these facts, most parents will go along and do as they're told ---- no matter what the risk is to their children.


Anyway, if there are some out their wanting to opt out, this video should help.


Bruce                             New World Order News

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W7rPRtXl7Jg

 

POSTED AUGUST 26, 2014


THE BEST WAY TO UNDUE CIVIL RIGHTS PROGRESS

 

Those who have been reading these posts know I have been very hard on the rising tide of police brutality. I have been especially critical of the actions of the police in Furgeson over the past few weeks. It appears there has been a coordinated effort on the part of the authorities there, to paint the victim in the shooting as a no good thug who may have assaulted the officer and then ran and then charged the officer making it necessary for the officer to shoot him at least 7 times.


Now, we have this reaction covered in the subject article. Apparently, a group of black thugs attacked a white patron outside a waffle house and put him into a coma. How stupid can some people be? After all the demonstrations from Martin Luther King and others and after all the sacrifices of past generations, they have to do that. Now, the racists have their ammunition and they gave it to them.


There will never be peace between the races until stupid, ignorant thugs on both sides stop this. There is no place in a civilized society for those who judge people by the color of their skin, or their religion or the language they speak. To those who perpetrate these kind of assaults: you are morons! History shows those who give violence, get it.


Bruce                                                New World Order News

 

Man, 32, is left with brain damage after 'being attacked by gang of 20 black men' in parking lot after being told Waffle House 'wasn't safe for white people after Ferguson'

  • Ralph Weems IV, who was injured early Saturday, was placed in a medically induced coma at North Mississippi Medical Center 

  • Police Chief Tim Brinkley said 22-year-old Courtez McMillian of Okolona was arrested on Monday evening and that more arrests are pending

  • McMillan is being held in the Clay County Detention Center and will be charged with aggravated assault

  • Weems' pal David Knighten said a man waved him over and told him politely that people were upset by the killing Michael Brown, 18

  • When he went in to the restaurant he said Weems was arguing with other men

  • They say the men followed them to a nearby Huddle House and beat them, he said 

By MailOnline Reporter

Published: 10:53 EST, 26 August 2014 | Updated: 13:54 EST, 26 August 2014

A West Point man was taken to hospital with life-threatening injuries after he and a friend were attacked by a group of around 20 people in a Huddle House parking lot, police said, potentially as retaliation for Michael Brown's killing.

Ralph Weems IV, who is white, was injured early Saturday but is now in fair condition at North Mississippi Medical Center, hospital spokeswoman Genie Causey said.

A relative, Bradley Barnes of Madison, told The Associated Press by telephone on Sunday that his brother-in-law was in a medically induced coma following brain surgery.

'They're going to try and wake him up tomorrow and see what damage was done,' Barnes said, describing Weems as a 32-year-old former Marine who had served in Iraq.



Injured: Ralph Weems IV, pictured left and right, was injured early Saturday by a group of around 20 people

Scene: The incident took place in the car park of this Huddle House in West Point



Scene: The allegedly beat down took place in the car park of this Huddle House in West Point

Police Chief Tim Brinkley told the Clarion-Ledger that 22-year-old Courtez McMillian of Okolona was arrested on Monday evening.

He is being held in the Clay County Detention Center and will be charged with aggravated assault.

Brinkley said other arrests are also pending, and that most, if not all of the assailants appear to come from Monroe County. Detectives are reviewing video footage of the incident.



David Knighten of West Point told AP earlier by phone that he and Weems had gone to a Waffle House early Saturday.

He said a black man waved him over outside the restaurant and told him politely that people were upset by the killing of 18-year-old Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri, and it wasn't a safe place for whites.

Arrested: Courtez McMillian, 22, pictured, of Okolona was arrested on Monday evening





Arrested: Courtez McMillian, 22, pictured, of Okolona was arrested on Monday evening

When he went in, he said, Weems was inside and was arguing with around seven black men.

They left after an argument that brought police, Knighten said.

Brinkley said a Waffle House employee told officers who answered a 1am disturbance call that a patron was creating a disturbance and upsetting other patrons. 

After he was asked to leave, employees also asked the other patrons to leave, Brinkley said.

Knighten said he showed those officers his .45-caliber handgun and his concealed carry permit. 

On the way to Weems' house, Knighten said, they went into a Huddle House restaurant with a nearly vacant parking lot.

However, he said, they apparently had been followed by a group of more than 20 black men.

Knighten, who said he had served with the Air Force in Afghanistan, said he came out of the restroom to find Weems surrounded.

'I was trying to defuse the situation,' he said.

After some shoving, he said, the security guard told everyone to leave.

Knighten said some people blocked him from leaving with Weems.

When he got out, he said, Weems was down and people were kicking him.

Knighten said others attacked him, adding 'I do remember racial slurs being yelled from the crowd.'

Fight: The fight was instigated at this Waffle House in West Point, but the m en were beaten in a parking lot of Huddle House nearby



Fight: The fight was instigated at this Waffle House in West Point, but the m en were beaten in a parking lot of Huddle House nearby

Vet: Weems, pictured, is an Iraq War veteran



+4

Vet: Weems, pictured, is an Iraq War veteran

Knighten says he has broken bones in his face, a cut over his left eye and a blood clot in his right eye.

On Saturday he wrote on Facebook, 'All my injuries were minor fractures and lacerations. I just wish I could have reached him sooner. Please keep your thoughts and prayers on Ralph.'

Police did not arrive on the scene until after the crowd had left, he said.

Police said they were called to the Huddle House about 2am.

'This does not appear to be a hate crime,' Brinkley said in a police press release Sunday.

'We are investigating this as an aggravated assault. It's very early in this investigation but thus far the evidence and statements suggest that a verbal altercation turned physical and somebody got hurt.'

Brinkley later encouraged those involved in the crime to come forward voluntarily before arrest warrants are issued.

He said it was down to the District Attorney's office and the Mississippi Bureau of Investigation to determine if the incident was a hate crime.

'It's up to the Grand Jury to make this determination. All we do is process the evidence and turn the case over to the District Attorney who in turn presents it to the Grand Jury. It's within their discretion to add the hate crime enhancement,' Brinkley said.



POSTED AUGUST 25, 2014

 

Experts: James Foley Beheading Video Likely Fake


 

I'm not going to spend a lot of time on this as it's just more of the same. First, there's an incident. Then, there's an avalanche of coordinated coverage by the mainstream media whores. Next, there's outrage. Finally, another excuse to get us into still, another war. The subject article covers the rest.

I think one of the reasons we have these things from time to time, is for our government masters to get the rest of us spending a lot of time and resources chasing “our tails”. So, enough of this for now.



Bruce                                                      New World Order News


 

Experts: James Foley Beheading Video Likely Fake

Forensic analysis confirms Infowars investigation that footage was staged as war propaganda

Experts: James Foley Beheading Video Likely Fake

by Paul Joseph Watson | August 25, 2014

 


Confirming Infowars’ analysis on Thursday, British forensic experts have concluded that the ISIS beheading video involving James Foley was in all likelihood staged using “camera trickery and slick post-production techniques.”

An international forensic science company which does work for police forces across Britain found that, “James Foley’s execution may have been staged, with the actual murder taking place off-camera,” reports the Telegraph.

The experts noted that despite Foley’s executioner appearing to draw a knife across the neck area at least six times, no blood is seen. The video itself does not show the actual beheading, merely a still image which purports to show Foley’s decapitated head resting on his body.

Aymenn al-Tamimi, a fellow at the Middle East Forum think-tank, remarked that ISIS has greatly improved their video production over the last few years,” reports the Inquisitr. “Techniques to fake a beheading would not be difficult for them to manage, and the video doesn’t exactly leave their failures on the hidden: Despite six slashing motion to James’ neck, no blood can be seen in the video; Foley’s reaction seems to be very disconnected with what is actually occurring, the analysts said.”

This point was also covered in our analysis which emphasized how calm and collected Foley appeared to be as he read out his statement, a demeanor completely contradictory to the notion that he was about to be brutally executed.

The experts also concluded that a blip in the footage suggests Foley misread one of his lines from the script and had to re-film the sequence.

The obvious question that arises out of this is why ISIS militants, who have quickly developed a global reputation for their barbarity and carelessness for human life, would not simply have beheaded Foley on camera without the need to stage the event.

The only logical conclusion, whether Foley was later killed or not, is that the video was not produced or released by actual ISIS militants but by western intelligence agencies to be used as a casus belli to expand military expansion in the middle east.

For years we have exhaustively documented how so-called Al-Qaeda, Bin Laden and other terrorist propaganda videos were in fact produced by companies working on behalf of the Pentagon and the Central Intelligence Agency.

It has also emerged that the identity of the individual seen staging the murder, one Abdel-Majed Abdel Bary, is a former rapper from a wealthy family who left London to fight in Syria. Bary fits the profile of an informant for British security services.

The beheading video has been used as a poster child to push for a renewed U.S. military strike on Syria, a prospect that was derailed last year after it emerged that a supposed chemical weapons attack which was blamed on the Assad government had in all likelihood been carried out by western-backed rebels.

U.S. officials have cited the “new context” for confronting ISIS that was spurred by the release of the Foley beheading video, with Washington signaling its intention on Saturday to prepare a new military assault on Syria.

In our analysis, we pointed out several other factors that clearly suggested the James Foley video was not what it purported to be, including the absence of other militants who normally appear in beheading videos, the lack of references to the Koran and no chants of “Allahu Akbar” as the execution is taking place.

Watch our original analysis of the Foley beheading video below. Note the video does not contain any footage of the staged beheading, which wasn’t actually shown in the original footage anyway. Despite this, YouTube partially censored the video by labeling it “offensive” and blocking access to non-You Tube account holders.



Faked James Foley beheading to demonize Islam

Posted on August 24, 2014 | 6 Comments

Knowing the past history of western governments, media and Hollywood propaganda ploys to demonize Muslims and Islam, I had doubts about the recent beheading of American journalist James Foley 40 was also a photo-studio trick to fool the public. My suspicion became more and more solid as I read the FBI, CNN, BBC, FoxNews, International Business Times, Global Post, New Yorker, National Israel Times, and the rest of Jewish propaganda empire tried to prove that the video showing the beheading of James Foley was genuine.

Political aware people have come to the conclusion that the so-called ‘Islamic State of Iraq and Syria’ is a US-Israel creation to demonize Islam are least surprised to see that the person beheaded in the video was not even lookalike of James Foley who covered war in Libya and Syria. Read more here and here

.

James Foley went missing in 2012 while covering US-Israel funded insurgency in Syria for the pro-Israel news website Global Post. The Jewish media blamed Syrian military for his abduction without any proof. Damascus rejected the allegation.

In 2010 two FBI agents admitted that the videos in which Osama Bin Laden accepted of being responsible for the 9/11 or threatening United States or Israel were work of a forgery.

In May 2013, Lee Rigby, a British soldier was hacked to death in broad daylight by possibly Mossad agents, but the brutal murder was projected as Muslim terrorism by UK’s Zionist establishment.

Eric Margolis, Canada’s veteran war correspondent and author of several book on wars and western imperialism, agrees with me on this cooked-up story of James Foley’s beheading. Eric Margolis wrote:

 

We westerners have a charming and quaint belief that killing people from the air by using bombs, rockets, shells, napalm and cluster munitions – or even nuclear weapons – is somehow not really as bad as ramming a bayonet into an enemy, blowing him to pieces with heavy artillery, or slashing his throat the way sheep are killed

 

Air warfare is clean. Air warfare is the American way of war.

 

Furthermore, on the same day Foley was allegedly being decapitated, 19 people in Saudi Arabia, a close US ally, were publicly beheaded for various crimes. One of the men was executed for witchcraft. There was no outcry at all over this medieval horror. Saudi Arabia is suspected of charging political opponents of the monarchy with drug offenses, which carry the penalty of beheading by a sword-wielding executioner. Not a peep about this in the US media trumpeting the Foley story.

 

Was Foley’s head really cut off? Hard to tell. We have been fed so much fake government war propaganda in recent decades – from Kuwaiti babies thrown from incubators to Saddam’s hidden nukes – that we must be very cautious.

 

Look at the horrifying pictures of victims from Gaza: babies with heads blow open and bodies torn into pieces by heavy 155mm shells. What’s the difference between this and a decapitation? Only distance between killer and victim.

 Is the orchestrated outrage over Foley the media prelude to direct US intervention in Syria where the jihadists backed by Washington are losing. It’s all very confusing. In Iraq, ISIS are demon terrorists. But across the border in Syria, they are on our side, fighting against the “terrorist” regime of Basher Assad.

 We are tripping over our terrorists. Osama must be smiling.


 

 




POSTED AUGUST 22, 2014

 

MORE ON POSSIBLE FAKE BEHEADING VIDEO

 

Be forewarned that the subject article has a rather gruesome picture of head separated from a body. What is very possible is that this picture is not a real man but a Hollywood type substitute. Judge for yourself.


So, if it is fake, who did it and why? We'll never know the exact identities of those who participate in these “events”. Those who do participate are really stupid. Once those in power have accomplished their goal, all that remains is to clear up loose ends. If you are called on to support your government by becoming involved in something like this, you will become one of those “loose ends” ---- Lee Harvey Oswald anyone?


What we do know is these insaniacs who desire complete control over the world want war. They want as much war involving as many nations as possible. They said as much in The Project for A New American Century. So, whether it's Iraq, Iran, Afghanistan, Syria, Ukraine, Yemen or China or Russia, they will not stop until the whole world is consumed in a holocaust.



Bruce                      New World Order News

 

BUSTED: Foley Beheading done with CPR DOLL

August 20, 2014

And another good point - the skin color on the dummy does not match the Hollywood head. Hollywood: Do you need a body, or do you just want the head? Mossad: NO, people will be too stupid to see the mis matched skin color, just send the head, we want this cheap.

Isis beheading a psy op - I waited to say anything about this because the Nick Berg video was fake. And this beheading is fake too, COUNT ON IT. The man doing the beheading is speaking with a British accent. That means no journalist lost his head and it is all a show. The related article is linked above, and this would explain why Britian says viewing the video is a terrorist act, because it is FREAKING FAKE. No kidding, British police say watching the video is an act of terrorism and you want to know why? Because it is FAKE AS FRUIT LOOPS.

1. Foley is smiling in parts of the video. 2. The beheader has a British accent. 3. No blood comes out when the beheading starts. 4. It then cuts, and you do not actually get to see the beheading. 5. When the video returns, you see a headless body.

Bottom line, THERE IS NO BEHEADING VIDEO and that is exactly why, in Britain, trying to watch the video is a "terrorist act". The video is such a terrible fake those who fronted it are terrified of having people watch it. They just want you to believe, while never having seen it.

You can watch this HERE, and you can ignore the gore warning, there really is no blood when the beheading starts and it just cuts to an obvious fake, with a perfectly clean cut head sitting on the body with a little fake blood and no spatters on the sand anywhere.

UPDATE: - A couple more points -

Don wrote:

Jim,

I don't know if you noticed, but look at that Foley mannequin, the forearms, as in NO HAIR. If not a dummy, then either he or his "captors" shaved the hair off his forearms, LOL. Looking at the exposed "skin" of his right leg, looking at how shiny it looks, it definitely looks plastic to me. Does the video show more of the exposed "skin" of his body that gives a clue? I'd look there. Thanks.

admin 10:55AM

What I noticed most is the fact that the face color does not match the dummy. IF he was in the sun enough to get his face tanned, at least his hands should match. SO, what happened here is a silicone head was made or selected to match his face, (a simple task for Hollywood) and they got the skin tone right. But they used a generic CPR dummy for the body and that was a huge screw up. The only reason why I am saying CPR dummy rather than store dummy is because the CPR dummies are made to be like a real body and designed to flop around and have the weight and characteristics of a real unconscious body. This would make it possible to handcuff the hands in a natural position, but the hairless and color mis matched silicone is OBVIOUS, and the head mount is OBVIOUS, and the lack of any blood spatters away from where it was poured from a container is OBVIOUS, No wonder why the British police declared it an "act of terror" to watch the beheading video. With fakery that obvious the scammers who pulled this one had a LOT TO FEAR.

SPREAD THE WORD AND STOP THE NEXT 911

 

From Mike Rivero at whatreallyhappened.com - "Right now the corporate media is shoveling ISIS at us as hard as they can, in an obvious propaganda campaign reminiscent of the similar campaign about "Al Qaeda" and "Osama Bin Laden" that preceded 9-11. Given how desperate the US Government is to revive the war agenda, we should be concerned that a new false-flag attack, bigger and bloodier than the World Trade Towers, is being considered.

My comment:

THAT is precisely why this fake beheading was done, to get people to hate Muslims so they won't care if millions get blown away. THE BEHEADING WAS FAKE, THE PICTURE BELOW PROVES IT, SPREAD THE WORD AND STOP THE NEXT 911. If we can bust them with this it will be game over, and I MEAN BUST THEM IN THE DELUDED "MAINSTREAM," the alternative press is all in the choir already.



POSTED AUGUST 21, 2014

 

BEFORE YOU SUPPORT ANOTHER WAR …...

 

If you are one who still believes propaganda coming from our government masters and the media whores in the mainstream media, I'm begging you to stop. Stop believing anything they say or write. They are pathological liars. They lie about everything.


The latest video of the beheading of James Foley, has already been exposed as a fake by independent analysts. Does this mean that ISIS is good? Of course not, but it's still fake. Remember Obama's birth certificate? Fake. Remember the videos of Osama Bin Laden? Fake. Remember the weapons of mass destruction, Assad's gassing of his own people, the Russian shootdown of the civilian jet liner over Ukraine, the supposed government snipers in Kiev, the report of Iraqi troops throwing babies out of incubators? Need I go on? STOP BELIEVING THEM!! They are liars. That's all they do. It doesn't make the others good, it just makes them bad.


As far as ISIS goes, please keep in mind, the U.S. started, trained and funded this group. They use U.S. weapons. Here's the solution. Those in this government are a bunch of illegitimate criminals. We should not go to war for them. We should replace them. They have to go --- all of them. Once we have a government of the people, we can then have an honest assessment of anyone else who threatens our security. Until then, let them fight their own wars.


Bruce                                                   New World Order News

 

Before we start a new war with ISIS, let’s remember how we stumbled into the last two

August 21st, 2014



by Editor of the Fabius Maximus website

 

Summary: As we gear up for new wars in Syria and Africa, and rejoining old wars in Iraq, let’s a pause to think. Success will depend on learning from our failures since 9-11. Our greatest failures have been our initial failures: seeing the situation incorrectly and beginning before we have accurate information about our foe. The combination creates almost insurmountable barriers to success, barriers that we construct. We can do better.

 

Contents

  1. Familiar bad news about our new wars

  2. Reminders from the past

  3. We’re winning! Like always.

  4. Let’s remember the great advice we need the most

  5. For More Information

 

(1)  Familiar bad news about our new wars

It’s become the one of the two standard themes for the starts of our wars: US intelligence tells us that we know little about our enemies. As Eli Lake explains in “

ISIS Baffling U.S. Intelligence Agencies“, The Daily Beast, 14 August 2014 — “It’s been two months since ISIS took over Iraq’s second-largest city. But U.S. analysts are still trying to figure out how big the group is and the real identities of its leaders.” Excerpt:

 

The U.S. intelligence community is still trying to answer basic questions about the jihadists who tried to wipe out Iraq’s remaining Yazidis and who now threaten to overrun the capital of the country’s Kurdish provinces.

 

In a briefing for reporters Thursday, U.S. intelligence officials said the government is re-evaluating an estimate from early this year that said the Islamic State of Iraq and al-Sham (ISIS) had only 10,000 members. These officials also said intelligence analysts were still trying to determine the real names of many of the group’s leaders …

While many U.S. officials 

have warned publicly in the last year about the dangers posed by ISIS, the fact that the U.S. intelligence community lacks a consensus estimate on its size and the true identities of the group’s leadership may explain why President Obama over the weekend said the U.S. was caught off-guard by the ISIS advance into Kurdish territory.

 

{the usual fear-mongering follows, presented as analysis}

The second theme which marks the start of our wars: errors and outright lies about the wars. The sinking of the USS Maine and the Spanish-American War, the Tonkin Gulf Incident, Saddam’s WMDs and alliance with al Qaeda, and 

Afghanistan’s key role in 9-11. Let’s hope that what we are told about our enemies in this new phase of the Long War is more accurate than what we’ve been told so far.

 

.

Lessons learned

 

(2)  Reminders from the past

Afghanistan: SecDef Rumsfeld interviewed by Wolf Blitzer

, CNN’s “Live Today”, 8 March 2002 — Looking back 12 years we can see that five months after the invasion Rumsfeld was either grossly misinformed, lying, or both, as this looks like a combination of lies, exaggerations, and errors. Excerpt:

 

Q: Give our viewers a sense of the scope of this battle. How many al Qaeda and related fighters are there?

 

Rumsfeld: Well, it’s not clear to me. … These are very well trained fighters. These are hard dead-enders. These are hardline types. …

 

Q: Now when you say dead-enders, tell our viewers what you mean by that.

 

Rumsfeld: Well, I mean we’d be happy to have them surrender. But we haven’t seen anyone coming in and surrendering. …

 

Q: How realistic is that prospect that they could get hold of those kinds of weapons of mass destruction?

 

Rumsfeld: Well, we know they’re intelligent; we know they’re well financed; we know there are thousands of them. We know that they’ve got activities in 40, 50 or 60 countries. … Now it does not take a leap of imagination to understand that, with the desire they’ve demonstrated — and we have all kinds of intelligence evidence to that effect, that the al Qaeda terrorists want weapons of mass destruction, and the people they’ve dealt with over the years having those kinds of weapons. It doesn’t take a genius to recognize that that is a very serious threat.

 

Q: Is there a link between these al Qaeda terrorists who still may be at large and the government of President Saddam Hussein in Baghdad?

 

Rumsfeld: I’m not going to get into intelligence information about where those links are. We know the countries that are on the terrorist list, and that’s one of them.

Iraq: 

SecDef Rumsfeld Press conference, 18 June 2003 — Three months after the invasion, much of what Rumsfeld knew was wrong. Excerpt:

 

And there’s no question but that in those regions where pockets of dead-enders are trying to reconstitute, General Franks and his team are rooting them out.

 

In short, the coalition is making good progress. It was made possible by the excellent military plan of General Franks and by the terrific leadership of the stabilization effort by Mr. Jay Garner and his team.

Iraq:  

SecDef Rumsfeld press conference, 22 October 2004 — Seven months after the invasion Rumsfeld was totally deluded about our foes:

 

So I would submit that the thrust of your question was not only imprecise but inaccurate, the idea that anyone is suggesting this is easy or that there are just a few problems or people.  We’ve said repeatedly that it is tough and complicated and that there are a variety of different elements opposing the Iraqi government and the coalition.

 

And as you know well, they include a variety of categories, including foreign terrorists — relatively small number compared to the total, but probably among the most lethal criminals, people who do things for money — a relatively larger number of foreign regime elements and, quote, “dead enders,” people who have it in their mind that they have a chance to take back that country for a vicious dictatorship.

 

(3)  We’re winning! Like always.



Terrorism expert Max Abrahms is an 

assistant professor of public policy at Northeastern U.

 

The US public find losing 4GW wars difficult to accept because we’re told that we’re winning until near the end, after years of losing. Most of our geopolitical experts (sensible people mindful of their careers) act as cheerleaders for our wars, and so assure us of success until we lose.

Learn from mistakes, don't deny them

 

(4)  Let’s remember the advice we need the most

 

Insanity is repeating the same mistakes and expecting different results.

The source of this brutal insight is not an ancient Chinese proverb, Benjamin Franklin, or Albert Einstein.  Attributing it to these sources conceals the nature of our problem, revealed by the actual source: it’s an adage of Alcoholics Anonymous. They know everything about dysfunctionality (

details here).

 

(5)  For More Information

 

See all posts about

  1. Intelligence agencies – how they work, how they don’t

  2. Information & disinformation

 

Some posts about disinformation operations run against us:

  1. News from the Front: America’s military has mastered 4GW!, 2 September 2009

  2. Successful info ops, but who are the targets?, 1 May 2008

  3. Psywar, a core skill of the US Military (used most often on us), 26 November 2008

  4. Concrete evidence of government info ops against us, but it’s OK because we are sheep, 2 December 2008

  5. How the Soviet Menace was over-hyped – and what we can learn from this, 13 October 2009

  6. Another example of war advocates working their rice bowls, 24 December 2009

 

 



POSTED AUGUST 20, 2014

 

FURGESON COP TO REPORTER: I'M GOING TO F-ING KILL YOU!

 

Not only did he say this, but he had his weapon pointed at the reporter. Let's ask a question: If you or I, had a legal weapon and pointed it at someone or a cop, and said I was going to kill them, what would happen? We all know, a cop would shoot and kill this individual and he or she would be justified. At the very least, the person threatening with a weapon would be arrested and charged with a crime.


Now let me say, if you view this video, prepare to hear a stream of obscenities from the officer. Back to the issue at hand--- We are living in a country with 2 sets of standards, one for police etc. and one for everybody else. Every day we are witnessing runaway police abuse without any repercussions. It's time to say we've had enough, but don't say it to well armed, highly agitated police.


Bruce                                   New World Order News

 


 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3AFia3Uo0TQ&feature=player_detailpage


 

VIDEO: ID this Cop said "I will fcking kill you!" #Ferguson - POINTED GUN #OfficerGoF*ckYourself - Rebelutionary_Z #ChiCam

Shocking footage out of Ferguson, Missouri shows a police officer pointing his gun directly at protesters and press while remarking, “I’m going to f***ing kill you!” The scene was witnessed by Infowars reporter Joe Biggs who was also filming the incident. The clip shows a Ferguson officer with his gun raised.



Shocking footage out of Ferguson, Missouri shows a police officer pointing his gun directly at protesters and press while remarking, “I’m going to f***ing kill you!”

The scene was witnessed by Infowars reporter Joe Biggs who was also filming the incident. The clip shows a Ferguson officer with his gun raised pointing it directly at a citizen journalist who was live streaming at the time.

“Oh my God, gun raised, gun raised,” states the journalist, before Biggs remarks, “gun pointed.”

“My hands are up bro, my hands are up,” states the journalist before the cop responds, “I’m going to f***ing kill you, get back, get back!”

“You’re going to kill him?” asks another individual before the journalist asks, “did he just threaten to kill me?”

When the cop is asked for his name he responds, “go f*ck yourself.”

Another clip shows the officer pointing his gun as protesters demand he lower the weapon. A second cop intervenes to make the officer lower his weapon as more irate demonstrators demand to know the officer’s name.

The officer’s response to people asking for his name almost immediately prompted the launch of the Twitter hashtag #officergof*ckyourself.

Biggs live tweeted the incident, while Infowars reporter Mikael Thalen also had guns pointed at him during a separate incident.



POSTED AUGUST 19, 2014

 

Gerald Celente – This Global Collapse Is Just Getting Started

 

 

The subject article covers an interview with Gerald Celente along with a link to hear this interview. Wars and rumors of wars, dollar devaluation, 49 million Americans on food stamps, jobs paying less and less, while the cost of living goes up and up --- those are just some of the issues leading to an inevitable collapse. Celente goes on to say it will be global.


Meanwhile, police in Saint Louis killed a man who was holding a knife. I suppose the tasers, tear gas, rubber bullets and self defense lessons wouldn't work in disabling this man. I know, there are some out there who will shrug and say, “he had it coming”. O.K. On to the next police killing, which will be in another day or two.


Bruce                                                   New World Order News

 

 

 

 

 

http://marketsanity.com/gerald-celente-global-collapse-just-getting-started/

 

Gerald Celente – This Global Collapse Is Just Getting Started

Eric King, King World News, Released on 8/16/14

Now Walmart sales are soft. And you hear it from virtually every one of the major companies. They are looking at either flat or declining store sales. Why? Because people have lousy jobs or no jobs at all. And look at what’s going on in London, property demand and sales are falling sharply. It’s one country after another.”

So it’s one place after another and it doesn’t look like there is any way out. And what we are saying is that what we are going to see is a new round of stimulus. And they are going to call it something else. What will they call it? They will probably come up with a new name and another fraud, but you can bank on it happening.”

Founder of The Trends Research Institute, Gerald Celente is a pioneer trend strategist. He is the author of the national bestseller Trends 2000: How to Prepare for and Profit from the Changes of the 21st Century and publisher of the internationally circulated Trends Journal newsletter. Gerald Celente is a political atheist. Unencumbered by political dogma, rigid ideology or conventional wisdom, Celente, whose motto is “think for yourself,” observes and analyzes the current events forming future trends for what they are – not for the way he wants them to be. Gerald Celente has earned his

reputation as “The most trusted name in trends” by accurately forecasting hundreds of social, business, consumer, environmental, economic, political, entertainment, and technology trends.


 

ST. LOUIS POLICE FATALLY SHOOT KNIFE-WIELDING SUSPECT

August 19th, 2014


ST. LOUIS, MO (KTVI) – St. Louis Police Chief Sam Dotson says officers warned a suspect multiple times to put down his weapon before they shot and killed him.

The shooting happened around 1 p.m. Tuesday at McLaran and Riverview. Police say the suspect tried to rob the Six Star Market convenience store with a knife. Chief Sam Dotson said the store owner let the man leave the store. A St. Louis City Alderwomam witnessed the man walking erratically around and called police.

When officers arrived, the suspect refused to put down weapon despite multiple verbal command by police. Chief Sam Dotson says the man yelled at officers “shoot me now” several times. Witnesses also confirmed what the man said.

Dotson says the man continued to refuse the officer’s commands, approached within three to four feet of them with the knife in an attack posture.

Both officers opened fire on the suspect killing him. No officers were injured.



POSTED AUGUST 18, 2014

 

ANOTHER POLICE MURDER

 

In the past I have been reluctant to post information about most of the hundreds of innocent people killed by police.

Yes, I know, they have a tough job. And yes, I know, there are thousands of police and we shouldn't judge all of them by the actions of a few. Those have been the talking points and Americans, as a whole, have been very supportive of police, when maybe they shouldn't have been.


Well, the situation in Furgeson has changed all of that. It was totally predictable. In fact, I wrote some of those predictions over the past few years. Once the people lose confidence in their police, once they stop calling and start taking things into their own hands, you have the making of anarchy.


Now it's on in Furgeson. Radical elements, on both sides, are now into it. The police have the firepower, but the people have the numbers. In other nations, when these types of situations arise, the police always lose. If this isn't to descend into chaos, our government must restore accountability to the public. Let's not delude ourselves into accepting the fact that firepower always wins.


In the subject article, a woman was killed by police because they thought the drill she was holding was a gun.


Bruce                                               New World Order News

 

 

 

San Jose police fatally shoot woman holding power drill

Source: Toronto Sun

When they arrived at the family's home, they saw the woman outside, holding what they thought was a weapon, Randol said.

Officers asked her to drop it, but she did not, pointing it at them instead, Randol said. One of the officers, Wakana Okuma, shot the woman, who was taken to a local hospital and pronounced dead.

Randol said Okuma, who has been placed on administrative leave, "feared for her safety and the safety of the public" when she shot the woman.

Officers later realized the woman had been holding a cordless drill that was painted black, Randol said.

The Santa Clara County coroner's office declined to release the woman's name or provide any details about her death or condition.

The shooting is being investigated by San Jose homicide detectives, Randol said.

 

 


POSTED AUGUST 15, 2014

 

AND SO THE WAR BEGINS

 

In the subject article, former Assistant Secretary of the Treasury, Paul Craig Roberts, laments the final stages of the new American police state. Yesterday, in my post, I chastised those “police thugs” who use their badges and uniforms to commit criminal acts of violence on largely, unarmed civilians. I also had harsh words for the larger group of police, who watch these illegal and immoral acts and do nothing.


So, enough about my remarks: read Secretary Roberts remarks. Those of us who have been around a while, are saddened as we are forced to watch this decline of America, while a largely apathetic citizenry is consumed with meaningless, self indulgent activities. As history shows, there will be consequences. Those who think they can “sit this one out” are in for a shock when they come for you.


Bruce                                                 New World Order News

 

 

cops-gone-wild-image

Cops Gone Wild


 

Paul Craig Roberts 

RINF Alternative News

 

Ferguson, Mo. is a small overwhelmingly black town whose government and police are white. The Ferguson police murdered an 18 year old black kid who has his hands over his head. Moreover, it is unclear that the kid had committed any offense. If you take a look at the photo of the three goon thugs pointing military rifles in his face at point blank range, any one of the over-sized goons unarmed could have restrained the small kid.



 

So what did the police goons do? They shot him to death.

 

This is murder. There is no question whatsoever that it is murder. But it will be covered up by the white government and the white police force if protests are limited to the black small town population of Ferguson. Who cares about them? Justice? That’s only for the mega-rich.

 

There is another astonishing aspect to the murder. Unarmed protesters in Ferguson are confronting a small town police force that is as well or better armed than America’s combat troops on battlefields in countries invaded by Washington. The only reason there is any trouble in Ferguson is that the cops murdered in cold blood a kid without cause or justification, and the black community knows that the white murderer will be given a pass by the white government. The part-time black US Attorney General, Eric Holder, has not sent in the Feds to investigate.

 

It is not only in Ferguson that goon thug cops murder people and they don’t murder only blacks. Whites get it also. There are a huge number of murders by police in “the home of liberty and democracy.” During the course of Washington’s war in Iraq, American police murdered more innocent American civilians than America lost troops in the war!

 

The American police murder so many civilians that it would take several thick volumes to record the police atrocities. The ones mentioned in this article are merely among the most recent that are reported.

The Atlanta-Journal Constitution reports that a white 37-year old woman having a reaction to prescribed medication tried to call 911 for help but got instead a police goon thug who shot her dead up against the wall in her own bedroom. The police have put out the 

fake story that the woman in medical distress threatened the goon thug with a weapon.

 

The newspaper reports that the woman’s husband also called 911, but fails to report that the husband said that he was headed home and would see that the emergency was dealt with only medically and not to send any police. But the goon thugs couldn’t miss the opportunity to murder another innocent American civilian.

 

Police victims have no rights, and in the vast majority of cases neither do the families of the murdered police victims. Compensation to the families of murdered police victims is rare as is accountability for the police murderers. In America a police badge is a license to murder.

 

During the past decade, perhaps longer, the federal government has systematically militarized local and state police forces in all 50 states. The police have been trained by federally contracted trainers to regard the American public as the enemy. The police are trained that they must not take the risk of encountering members of the public on a trusting basis, but must regard the public as armed and determined to murder the police.

I have observed on a number of occasions fully militarily equipped police training by 30 of them lining up and emptying high capacity magazines at the same target. Like most small towns in America, Doraville, Georgia, population 8,500, has a 

SWAT team armed with the weapons of the US military.

 

Congress should hold hearings to determine which federal budget was used to train state and local police to murder Americans. America has been at war for 13 years at vast costs against Muslims deemed to be a threat to our safety; yet American police have murdered more Americans than we lost in the Iraq war.

 

We need to discover who trained our police to murder us, and we must hold both the criminals responsible for the “training” and the criminals in the government who financed the “training.”

 

The most fatal mistake that any American can make is to call the police.

 

With permission I republish my contribution to the summer issue of Gerald Celente’s Trends Journal:

 

Police Violence Against The Public Soars

 

In the 1960s, there was an effort in New York City to establish a civilian police review board. Complaints about police violence and harassment of black New Yorkers had grown to the point that the reality of the problem was obvious. New York Mayor John Lindsay was amenable, but conservatives led by William F. Buckley and the police rose up in arms.  The conservative media called the police review board “the property of bleeding hearts and cop-haters.”  Fear-mongering was used to rally white voters, who were told that the review board would coddle criminals, demoralize the police, and lead to an upsurge in crime.

 

Mayor Lindsay established a review board by executive order, but rising opposition forced the supporters of the review board to put it to a vote. Fear had done its job, and the review board was abolished by a vote of 63 percent against and 36 percent in favor.  This from “liberal New York.”

 

In the half-century that has passed, gratuitous police violence has spread to the public in general.  Today it is not only blacks and Hispanics who experience police brutality. Everyone suffers from it. Being white is no longer a protection. In a recent column, “Call the Cops at Your Peril,” I reported a few of the recent atrocities police have committed against the public. Ninety-three-year-old Pearlie Golden was shot down in her front yard in Hearne, Texas. In Miami, 23 police officers fired 377 bullets, literally blowing away two men trapped inside a wrecked car. The police were under no threat whatsoever from the 93-year-old woman or from the two men trapped inside a wrecked car. In Cornelia, Georgia, a SWAT team made a no-knock entry at 3 a.m. and threw a concussion grenade into a baby’s crib.  The grenade blew up in the baby’s face, leaving him disfigured, unable to breathe without a ventilator, and with a 50 percent chance of survival.  According to the Atlanta Constitution-Journal, the raid produced no drugs, no weapons, no bundles of cash, and no suspected drug dealer.  It was just another of the thousands of mistakes routinely made by SWAT goons who put American citizens at risk every time they break unannounced into a home, usually a wrong address.

 

New tactic: Kill the dog

 

A police favorite is to murder the family’s pets. When the Middletons, ranchers in Rains County, Texas, called the sheriff’s department to report a burglary of their home and the theft of firearms, the first thing the deputy did when he arrived was to shoot the Middleton’s three-year-old, 40-pound Australian cattle dog, Candy, in the head. In Prince George’s County, Maryland, cops on a mistaken drug raid broke into the mayor’s home and murdered his two non-aggressive black Labradors while holding the mayor and his mother-in-law at gun point.

Another police favorite is to humiliate their arrested victim, especially women, by stripping them naked. The abuse of women has become routine. In a recent case, a 31-year-old white mother of four in New Albany, Indiana, was arrested for disorderly conduct and resisting arrest after a fight with her estranged husband.  In police parlance, disorderly conduct and resisting arrest mean that the woman protested the false arrest and raised her voice.  As most Americans have no idea about the police, they are shocked and disbelieving when they experience a police encounter. Until they have an encounter with the police, they are big supporters of the police. Unable to believe what was happening to her, she was stripped of her clothing by two male and two female cops, paraded around the jail naked in front of the police, and thrown naked into a cell.  She became hysterical as a result of this treatment.  Enjoying their torment of their victim, the cops pepper sprayed her.  The county sheriff said that he does not believe jail policies or procedures were violated. In other words, the sheriff admitted that abuse, humiliation and excessive use of force are routine.  http://www.infowars.com/cops-strip-parade-pepper-spray-woman-and-lock-her-in-cell-for-7-hours/    Also: 

http://www.policestateusa.com/2014/tabitha-gentry/

 

As I write, I googled “videos of US police brutality” and 7,660,000 results appeared in 0.31 seconds. There are more cases of gratuitous police violence, almost always against the innocent, than a person can absorb in a lifetime. Police body slam elderly infirm people, taser cripples in wheel chairs, pepper spray, taser, and mace kids, young women, and mothers with babes in their arms.  Just the other day police shot and killed a 13-year-old kid who was walking down the street with a toy rifle doing no harm to anyone. Only the goon cops regarded the 13-year-old as a threat. The goon cops simply couldn’t let the opportunity pass to experience the thrill of killing a person.

 

We see the same thing in the US military video released by Bradley Manning of the US helicopter gunship murdering journalists and citizens walking peacefully along a street and then murdering a father with two babies who stopped to help the wounded. Nothing happened to the murderers, but Bradley Manning was imprisoned for telling on them.

We are at the point that the police try to murder teenagers making out in a parked car.

http://www.lewrockwell.com/2014/06/no_author/cop-shoots-teenage-couple/

 

We have become a killer society, and the US government is the world’s leading killer.

 

Who’s the real danger

 

The cases of gratuitous police violence against the public are so numerous that it is impossible to report on them.  All that can be done is to categorize them into types. The conclusion is that the police are a far greater danger to the public than are criminals.

 

Moreover, the police are unaccountable. They can murder with impunity, but if you even accidentally or reflexively touch one of them, it is off to prison with you if you survive the beating. Cecily McMillan, about whom I recently wrote, was an Occupy protester. Her breasts were seized from behind by a cop. Reflexively, her elbow came up as she swung around and her elbow hit the cop. Recently a cowardly or corrupt jury, egged on by a corrupt judge and prosecutor, found her guilty of assaulting an officer and she was sentenced to prison.  Nothing happened to the cop who sexually assaulted and falsely arrested her.

Prosecutors are interested in convictions, not justice. Prosecutors routinely indict the innocent on the basis of the false charges brought by police, and judges often are complicit in the false convictions. No honest prosecutor would have brought the case against Cecily McMillan.  Her trial was a political trial, and her conviction was a foregone conclusion. The purpose was to send the message that regardless of constitutional rights, protests against the Establishment are not permitted. The judge guaranteed her conviction by ruling that no evidence of the injury to her breast could be presented in her defense and that the jurors could not be informed of the arresting officer’s record of excessive use of force and abuse of citizens. The jury was unwilling to stand up for an innocent person. Instead of serving justice, the jury served the corrupt purpose of the police state.  See http://www.opednews.com/articles/The-Betrayal-of-Cecily-McM-by-Marc-Ash-Cecily-Mcmillan_Jury_Justice_Political-140603-414.html  and 

http://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2014/05/21/justice-dead-amerika/

 

Whatever the police do, seldom do they suffer any consequences. As a result they have become more bold and more violent. Any encounter with the American police is a dangerous one.
The “war on terror” has removed any remaining constraints on police. The federal government has militarized state and local police and equipped them as if they were a military force. The police are trained to regard the public as a danger and to take no risk with their lives when confronting citizens. The police are taught that politely asking questions in order to arrive at an assessment of a situation could expose them to danger and that they should avoid all risk to themselves by dominating the situation with force just as an army or marine unit would do when confronting an enemy.

 

I have witnessed training exercises at which 30 police officers line up and empty high capacity magazines at the same target. We are talking about 450 shots in a few seconds at one head-sized target.  It was this type of training that resulted in 23 cops pouring 377 bullets into two men in Miami, one of whom was totally innocent of any charges.

 

Armed for daily battle

SWAT teams have become ubiquitous and they are armed with tanks, with MRAPs (Mine-Resistant Ambush Protected Armored Fighting Vehicles), and BearCat Ballistic Engineered Armored Response Counter Attack Trucks.  These military vehicles are in routine use, and the SWAT team breaking down your door has replaced the policeman knocking to present a summons. 

http://rt.com/usa/164816-american-police-militarization-war/

 

It once was the case that joining the police force implied low-level risk. An officer could, and occasionally did, die in performing his duty. Today no level of risk is acceptable for police. Therefore, all risk has been shifted to the public anytime members of the public have encounters, mistaken or not, with the police. Consequently, police kill far more innocent members of the public than criminals kill police. The police have become like Wall Street and the federal government. The police serve no public interest.

 

When I was growing up in the forties and fifties, we understood that the police force attracted bullies because of the power of the badge, but unlike today the police did not have carte blanche. In the forties and fifties the American people had not been reduced to powerlessness or to the sheeple that they are today.  Newspapers were still independently owned and served as a constraint on police power.  Blacks did not always get this protection, but in large southern cities, such as Atlanta, where Ralph McGill was editor and publisher of the Atlanta Constitution, blacks, too, had the protection of the press. I remember the first civil rights march in Atlanta. There were no police and no dogs set on the marchers. I know because I was there.

 

Bullies were one thing, but there was not the hostility toward the public that is ingrained in police training today.  Standing up for one’s constitutional rights in a police encounter today is a perfect way to enrage a bully whose authority is questioned. The likely result is a beating and arrest. Subservience is the easiest way to survive a police encounter. You might be a brain surgeon or a former high government official and the cop might be someone who barely made it out of high school. But if you want to get out of it without damage to your body and charges on your record, act like a peasant confronted by a baron, earl or duke centuries ago. This is America today.

 

Anything else and you might be history.

 

So, are police review boards the answer? Apparently not. In 1993, 27 years after New York Mayor Lindsay’s failed attempt to impose some accountability on police, Mayor David Dinkins established the largely powerless Civilian Complaint Review Board. The police rose up in opposition and were egged on by Rudy Giuliani, who when he became mayor gave the police carte blanche. White New Yorkers applauded Giuliani.  Finally, they were safe again — as long as they did not have a run-in with the police or the SWAT team didn’t go to the wrong address, perhaps a more likely occurrence than a criminal showing up at the door.

 

A number of cities today have review boards. Some have powers. Most don’t. Even those with powers have been made hesitant to use them. When terror is such a threat that the country remains on Orange Alert, one step below Red Alert, for years, only a terrorist-loving liberal-pinko-commie would want to restrain the police.

 

As long as the US remains in the hands of the Establishment, police review boards will be ineffective. Wikipedia reports that in 2006, eight years ago, the NY Civilian Complaint Review Board received 7,699 complaints, approximately 6% resulted in a “substantiated disposition.” In other words, 94% of the cases went nowhere.

 

The police have been set loose on us by “law and order” conservatives and by the “war on terror.” The police are doing us far more damage than are the criminals and the terrorists.
It remains to be seen whether Americans survive their police.

 

In the meantime the sheeple will continue to pay the salaries of those who pose the greatest threat to them.

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. Roberts’ latest books are The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the West and 

How America Was Lost.



POSTED AUGUST 14, 2014

 

THIS IS HOW TYRANNY LOOKS

 

Protests continue in Furgeson, Missouri, as militarized police try out their new toys on unarmed citizens. You can view some of this in the subject video. Back in 1967, I lived in Milwaukee, Wisconsin and was in an area under marshal law for a week. National Guard troops, as well as local police, were deputized to keep everyone off the streets after 8PM. There were no gas sales. There were no liquor sales. This was an era that saw many riots. My cousin was a State Policeman in Michigan and was assigned to follow a tank in Detroit during the riots there. There was the killing of innocent students at Kent State and Jackson State. Earlier in the decade there were police turning on fire hoses and using dogs to attack marchers in Selma, Alabama. We witnessed, what was termed, a “police riot” during the 1968 Democrat convention in Chicago.


I thought I have seen it all, but this is worse. Across the United States, this illegal and illegitimate government has been passing unconstitutional laws, and arming and militarizing police for an upcoming war with the citizens of this country. This is a war that THEY want and they intend to start. To the police participating in this: I say “shame on you”. You who are doing this, and you who are watching and too cowardly to object, are wiping your rear ends with the Constitution that our parents and grandparents bled and died to defend. You are worse than the Nazis and Japanese torturers they opposed. Fortunately, most of them are not alive to see what you've become.


As far as the incident in question in Furgeson: It has not been definitely determined why this unarmed man needed to be shot at least 7 times. What is clear is, innocent people don't act like this. Innocent people don't cover up. Innocent people don't attack unarmed demonstrators with space age weapons. Innocent people don't spend millions of dollars extorted from the citizens to turn this nation into a Police State. Many police in the U.S. now have the attitude that the American people are the enemy. Assuming that is true, it also means, those police are the enemy of the American people. It has been said, be careful for what you wish, as it may come true.


Bruce                                              New World Order News

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZyViGx1Lpws





POSTED AUGUST 13, 2014

 

U.S. PRESIDENT STOPS ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION

 

No, not this President. It was President Eisenhower, who dealt with a severe problem of immigrants, primarily from Mexico, illegally entering the U.S.. The Eisenhower administration had tens of thousands of illegals rounded up and sent back. He further shored up a porous southern border to prevent future problems.


So why can't we do it today? Without indicting a whole generation, it is apparent that those in charge of our nation today, are only shadows of the leaders of the past. Highways built from coast to coast in the 1950's cannot be maintained in the 2000's. Cities which were shining jewels in the past, now resemble 3rd world cesspits. An educational system which was the envy of the world 50 years ago, has become an international joke. Health care, physical fitness, manufacturing, scientific advances, space exploration are all in free fall.


No, there isn't one problem in existence today, that cannot be solved. The problem is, there are very few alive today, in the U.S., that are capable of doing it.



Bruce                                  New World Order News

 

How Eisenhower solved illegal border crossings from Mexico

By John Dillin July 6, 2006

WASHINGTON — George W. Bush isn't the first Republican president to face a full-blown immigration crisis on the US-Mexican border.

Fifty-three years ago, when newly elected Dwight Eisenhower moved into the White House, America's southern frontier was as porous as a spaghetti sieve. As many as 3 million illegal migrants had walked and waded northward over a period of several years for jobs in California, Arizona, Texas, and points beyond.

President Eisenhower cut off this illegal traffic. He did it quickly and decisively with only 1,075 United States Border Patrol agents – less than one-tenth of today's force. The operation is still highly praised among veterans of the Border Patrol.

Recommended: Could you pass a US citizenship test?

Although there is little to no record of this operation in Ike's official papers, one piece of historic evidence indicates how he felt. In 1951, Ike wrote a letter to Sen. William Fulbright (D) of Arkansas. The senator had just proposed that a special commission be created by Congress to examine unethical conduct by government officials who accepted gifts and favors in exchange for special treatment of private individuals.



Test your knowledge Could you pass a US citizenship test?

Play

Photos of the Day Photos of the day 02/08

General Eisenhower, who was gearing up for his run for the presidency, said "Amen" to Senator Fulbright's proposal. He then quoted a report in The New York Times, highlighting one paragraph that said: "The rise in illegal border-crossing by Mexican 'wetbacks' to a current rate of more than 1,000,000 cases a year has been accompanied by a curious relaxation in ethical standards extending all the way from the farmer-exploiters of this contraband labor to the highest levels of the Federal Government."

Years later, the late Herbert Brownell Jr., Eisenhower's first attorney general, said in an interview with this writer that the president had a sense of urgency about illegal immigration when he took office.

America "was faced with a breakdown in law enforcement on a very large scale," Mr. Brownell said. "When I say large scale, I mean hundreds of thousands were coming in from Mexico [every year] without restraint."

Although an on-and-off guest-worker program for Mexicans was operating at the time, farmers and ranchers in the Southwest had become dependent on an additional low-cost, docile, illegal labor force of up to 3 million, mostly Mexican, laborers.

According to the Handbook of Texas Online, published by the University of Texas at Austin and the Texas State Historical Association, this illegal workforce had a severe impact on the wages of ordinary working Americans. The Handbook Online reports that a study by the President's Commission on Migratory Labor in Texas in 1950 found that cotton growers in the Rio Grande Valley, where most illegal aliens in Texas worked, paid wages that were "approximately half" the farm wages paid elsewhere in the state.

Profits from illegal labor led to the kind of corruption that apparently worried Eisenhower. Joseph White, a retired 21-year veteran of the Border Patrol, says that in the early 1950s, some senior US officials overseeing immigration enforcement "had friends among the ranchers," and agents "did not dare" arrest their illegal workers.

Walt Edwards, who joined the Border Patrol in 1951, tells a similar story. He says: "When we caught illegal aliens on farms and ranches, the farmer or rancher would often call and complain [to officials in El Paso]. And depending on how politically connected they were, there would be political intervention. That is how we got into this mess we are in now."

Bill Chambers, who worked for a combined 33 years for the Border Patrol and the then-called US Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS), says politically powerful people are still fueling the flow of illegals.

During the 1950s, however, this "Good Old Boy" system changed under Eisenhower – if only for about 10 years.

In 1954, Ike appointed retired Gen. Joseph "Jumpin' Joe" Swing, a former West Point classmate and veteran of the 101st Airborne, as the new INS commissioner.

Influential politicians, including Sen. Lyndon B. Johnson (D) of Texas and Sen. Pat McCarran (D) of Nevada, favored open borders, and were dead set against strong border enforcement, Brownell said. But General Swing's close connections to the president shielded him – and the Border Patrol – from meddling by powerful political and corporate interests.

One of Swing's first decisive acts was to transfer certain entrenched immigration officials out of the border area to other regions of the country where their political connections with people such as Senator Johnson would have no effect.

Then on June 17, 1954, what was called "Operation Wetback" began. Because political resistance was lower in California and Arizona, the roundup of aliens began there. Some 750 agents swept northward through agricultural areas with a goal of 1,000 apprehensions a day. By the end of July, over 50,000 aliens were caught in the two states. Another 488,000, fearing arrest, had fled the country.

By mid-July, the crackdown extended northward into Utah, Nevada, and Idaho, and eastward to Texas.

By September, 80,000 had been taken into custody in Texas, and an estimated 500,000 to 700,000 illegals had left the Lone Star State voluntarily.

Unlike today, Mexicans caught in the roundup were not simply released at the border, where they could easily reenter the US. To discourage their return, Swing arranged for buses and trains to take many aliens deep within Mexico before being set free.

Tens of thousands more were put aboard two hired ships, the Emancipation and the Mercurio. The ships ferried the aliens from Port Isabel, Texas, to Vera Cruz, Mexico, more than 500 miles south.

The sea voyage was "a rough trip, and they did not like it," says Don Coppock, who worked his way up from Border Patrolman in 1941 to eventually head the Border Patrol from 1960 to 1973.

Mr. Coppock says he "cannot understand why [President] Bush let [today's] problem get away from him as it has. I guess it was his compassionate conservatism, and trying to please [Mexican President] Vincente Fox."

There are now said to be 12 million to 20 million illegal aliens in the US. Of the Mexicans who live here, an estimated 85 percent are here illegally.

Border Patrol vets offer tips on curbing illegal immigration

One day in 1954, Border Patrol agent Walt Edwards picked up a newspaper in Big Spring, Texas, and saw some startling news. The government was launching an all-out drive to oust illegal aliens from the United States.

The orders came straight from the top, where the new president, Dwight Eisenhower, had put a former West Point classmate, Gen. Joseph Swing, in charge of immigration enforcement.

General Swing's fast-moving campaign soon secured America's borders – an accomplishment no other president has since equaled. Illegal migration had dropped 95 percent by the late 1950s.

Several retired Border Patrol agents who took part in the 1950s effort, including Mr. Edwards, say much of what Swing did could be repeated today.

"Some say we cannot send 12 million illegals now in the United States back where they came from. Of course we can!" Edwards says.

Donald Coppock, who headed the Patrol from 1960 to 1973, says that if Swing and Ike were still running immigration enforcement, "they'd be on top of this in a minute."

William Chambers, another '50s veteran, agrees. "They could do a pretty good job" sealing the border.

Edwards says: "When we start enforcing the law, these various businesses are, on their own, going to replace their [illegal] workforce with a legal workforce."

While Congress debates building a fence on the border, these veterans say other actions should have higher priority.

1. End the current practice of taking captured Mexican aliens to the border and releasing them. Instead, deport them deep into Mexico, where return to the US would be more costly.

2. Crack down hard on employers who hire illegals. Without jobs, the aliens won't come.

3. End "catch and release" for non-Mexican aliens. It is common for illegal migrants not from Mexico to be set free after their arrest if they promise to appear later before a judge. Few show up.

The Patrol veterans say enforcement could also be aided by a legalized guest- worker program that permits Mexicans to register in their country for temporary jobs in the US. Eisenhower's team ran such a program. It permitted up to 400,000 Mexicans a year to enter the US for various agriculture jobs that lasted for 12 to 52 weeks.



POSTED AUGUST 12, 2014


IT'S NOT A RACIAL THING

 

Over the weekend a young, unarmed black youth was shot at least 7 times by police from Furgeson, Missouri. In response, hundreds in the community took to the streets in protest. Some of those resorted to looting and destruction of private property. The latter is sad, as it cheapens the tragedy of the needless killing of way too many Americans by law enforcement.


The problem in Furgeson is only a sample of problems that span our nation. Killings of unarmed citizens, beatings, tasings, illegal checkpoints, shooting dogs and so on, are a daily occurrence. In the past, these things were commonplace for people of color. It was easy for those of us who are white, to ignore abuse of power. Now, in 2014, it involves everyone.


To those who are black: whites are not your enemy. To those who are white: blacks are not your enemy. The store owner is not your enemy. Your enemies and my enemies, are those who kill innocents. It doesn't matter if they wear a badge and carry a gun. Also, your enemy is anyone who covers up crime, just because it is committed by someone in authority. Protest them. Go to their workplaces and homes, if necessary, but do it peacefully. Don't be like them. Don't give them any justification for their thuggish behavior.


Bruce                          New World Order News

 

Police fire tear gas at protesters in Ferguson, Missouri

August 12th, 2014


Violence broke out in the St. Louis suburb of Ferguson Monday, after community anger over the shooting of an African-American teenager boiled over. At least 10 shots were reportedly fired, and police – some of whom wore anti-riot armour – also used tear gas and rubber bullets.

Eighteen-year-old Michael Brown was shot and killed by a police officer Saturday in Ferguson. Brown was allegedly unarmed at the time of the daylight shooting. While the identity of the officer remains unknown, witnesses say he was white.

The incident has ignited racial tensions in Ferguson. Three of the Ferguson Police Department’s 53 members are black, while according to U.S. Census statistics nearly 70 percent of Ferguson’s 21,000 population are black.



 




POSTED AUGUST 11, 2014


HAS YOU CHURCH SOLD OUT?

 

According to the subject article, it probably has. Those of us who study issues such as those covered on this site, are acutely aware that when we go to church, we almost never hear any of these issues covered. If you push your Pastor or Priest, you will probably get a response about not covering “politics”. Too bad this term is never used in the Bible.


Here is some of what is covered in the Bible. Numerous prophets were killed by the government in power for going against the King or ruler. Jesus, himself, attacked the Sanhedrin, the local government, referring to them as “snakes”. Jesus told his disciples, to sell their cloak and buy a sword. All of the Apostles, except John, were killed by governments they opposed. All of them were persecuted.

 

 

1 Samuel 8:18 , “AND YOU SHALL CRY OUT IN THAT DAY BECAUSE OF THE KING THAT YOU HAVE CHOSEN FOR YOURSELVES, AND THE LORD WILL NOT HEAR YOU IN THAT DAY.” Actually, those in charge of our churches are reflections of our society in general. America is infected with wide spread cowardice. It's not politics. It's fear. Hopefully, the solution recommended by Chuck Baldwin will catch on.

 

 Bruce                  New World Order News


State-Run Churches Caught Red-Handed

Many 501(c)(3) pastors promote government viewpoints rather than liberty
 
State-Run Churches Caught Red-Handed

Image Credits: Michael D Beckwith / Flickr

by Chuck Baldwin | Infowars.com | August 11, 2014


George Barna is the foremost researcher of modern Christianity in the country.

He recently spoke about a two-year research project studying why modern-day pastors and churches are so silent regarding political issues. The result of his research only confirms what I have been trying to tell people for years. But there was one thing his research uncovered that did somewhat surprise me. OneNewsNow.com covered the story:

“On Thursday, George Barna–research expert and founder of The Barna Group–shared with American Family Radio’s ‘Today’s Issues’ about new information he’s compiling at American Culture and Faith Institute over the last two years, gauging where theologically conservative pastors are at politically.

“‘What we’re finding is that when we ask them about all the key issues of the day, [90 percent of them are] telling us, Yes, the Bible speaks to every one of these issues. Then we ask them: Well, are you teaching your people what the Bible says about those issues?–and the numbers drop…to less than 10 percent of pastors who say they will speak to it.’

“When researchers ask those pastors what else they are willing to do to get their people active in the political process, Barna said ‘it’s almost nothing.’

“‘So the thing that struck me has been that when we talk about the separation of church and state, it’s that churches have separated themselves from the activities of the state–and that’s to the detriment of the state and its people,’ stated the researcher.”

That 90% of America’s pastors are not addressing any of the salient issues affecting Christian people’s political or societal lives should surprise no one–especially the readers of this column. It has been decades since even a sizeable minority of pastors have bothered to educate and inform their congregations as to the Biblical principles relating to America’s political, cultural, and societal lives. But the part of the research that did somewhat surprise me was this statement by Barna: “What we’re finding is that when we ask them about all the key issues of the day, [90 percent of them are] telling us, Yes, the Bible speaks to every one of these issues. Then we ask them: Well, are you teaching your people what the Bible says about those issues?–and the numbers drop…to less than 10 percent of pastors who say they will speak to it.”

Did you get that? Ninety-percent of America’s pastors say they KNOW that the Bible speaks to all of these issues, but they are deliberately determined to NOT teach these Biblical principles. That is an amazing admission!

It would have been one thing if the pastors had said that these political issues were not relevant to scripture, and, therefore, they didn’t feel called to address them. But the pastors are admitting that, yes, they KNOW that the scriptures DO relate to our current political issues, but they are deliberately choosing to NOT teach those scriptural principles. Holy heads-in-the-sand, Batman!

I confess: this statistic caught me off-guard. So, we can forever dismiss ignorance as justification for pastors remaining silent.

Now, all of the church members out there who have been forgiving of their ministers for not speaking out on the issues by saying things like, “He really doesn’t understand what’s going on,” need to reevaluate their leniency–if they are intellectually honest, that is–and if they truly care about the future of their country.

Church member, admit it: that pastor of yours who refuses to speak out on the issues KNOWS the Bible speaks to these issues, and he is DELIBERATELY refusing to teach those Biblical principles to you and your family.

So, we are not dealing with IGNORANT pastors; we are dealing with DELIBERATELY DISOBEDIENT pastors. They are PURPOSELY CHOOSING to remain silent. Will that make any difference to the Christians in the pews who say they want their pastor to take a stand but are willing to overlook his “ignorance?” Probably not. But, at least, we now know what the real issue is, don’t we?

The report goes on: “Why the disconnect? According to Barna, the answer is simple. He suggests asking pastors how someone would know if their church is ‘successful’–which he did.”

“‘There are five factors that the vast majority of pastors turn to [when asked that question],’ he explained. ‘Attendance, giving, number of programs, number of staff, and square footage.’”

There you have it: pastors are more concerned about being “successful” than they are being truthful. They believe if they tell their congregations the truth, their churches will not be “successful.” And it is so refreshing to see Barna directly ask pastors what “success” means to them. So, now we know (as if we didn’t know before; but, at least now there is definitive research to back it up). The vast majority of pastors believe church success lies in:

*Attendance

*Giving (money)

*Number of programs

*Number of staff

*Square footage (of facilities)

Shazam! Where did pastors come up with this definition of “success?” You know where: from men such as Joel Osteen, Rick Warren, Bill Hybels, et al.

The megachurch phenomenon of the last several decades transformed how pastors think and behave. Pastors read the “successful church” books and publications; they attend the “successful church” conferences; they watch the “successful church” videos, etc. They, then, try to mimic the tactics and strategies they have been taught. And if there is one constant theme promulgated by the likes of Osteen, Warren, and Hybels, it is pastors must avoid controversy like the plague. Again, one must realize that the goal is NOT being faithful to Biblical principles; the goal is building a “successful” church as noted above.

It is time for Christians to acknowledge that these ministers are not pastors; they are CEOs. They are not Bible teachers; they are performers. They are not shepherds; they are hirelings. It is also time for Christians to be honest with themselves: do they want a pastor who desires to be faithful to the scriptures, or do they want a pastor who is simply trying to be “successful?” BE HONEST WITH YOURSELF, CHRISTIAN FRIEND.

Barna’s research blows the “ignorance” excuse out of the water. Again, it is not ignorance; it is deliberate disobedience.

Barna goes on to say, “Now all of those things [the five points of success listed above] are good measures, except for one tiny fact: Jesus didn’t die for any of them.” Wow! You nailed it, George!

See the report here:

Barna: Many Pastors Wary Of Raising ‘Controversy’

Where do you find anything in the New Testament that measures a pastor’s success by the number of people attending his church? Or by how large his offerings are? Or by how many programs his church has? Or by how many staff members he has? Or by how large his facilities are? In fact, the early New Testament church didn’t even own property or buildings.

When the Apostle Paul listed his ministerial pedigree, here is what it looked like (II Cor. 11):

*Stripes above measure

*In prisons frequently

*In deaths often

*Beaten with rods

*Stoned

*Perils

*Weariness

*Painfulness

*Hunger and thirst

*Cold and nakedness

I don’t see attendance, offerings, programs, staff, or square footage in that list at all, do you?

When Paul wrote his own epitaph, it read, “I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith.” (II Timothy 4:7). He didn’t say, “I had a large congregation, we had big offerings, we had a lot of programs, I had a large staff, and we had large facilities.”

In the world of Osteen, Warren, and Hybels (and 90% of America’s pastors), the Apostle Paul’s ministry must have been a dismal failure. And how many church pulpit committees would even consider the pastoral résumé such as the Apostle Paul wrote above?

Please understand this: America’s malaise is directly due to the deliberate disobedience of America’s pastors–and the willingness of the Christians in the pews to tolerate the disobedience of their pastor. Nothing more! Nothing less!

Oh, and get this: according to the survey conducted by Barna, guess what the number one reason is why pastors choose to be “successful” and not “controversial?” You guessed it: fear of the IRS 501c3 tax-exempt status. Who would have thought it? (Yes, that question is deliberately facetious.)

The release of this research by George Barna could not have come at a more opportune time. I announced just last week that we have officially launched the Liberty Church Project, whereby we will be helping people around the country to establish non-501c3 churches. I invite folks (pastors or laymen) who are serious about starting new non-501c3 churches–or helping to resurrect patriot pulpits within existing churches–to fill out our online application. We already have several groups that we intend to help and are looking for others. If you are someone who is serious about such an endeavor, and seeks our assistance, please fill out the online application here:

Liberty Church Project

And, in case you missed it, here is my column announcing the launch of the Liberty Church Project:

We Are Launching!

I want to commend George Barna for his research. I suspect that the vast majority of pastors and churches will ignore it, but, at least now we know the painful truth of the matter: by in large, pastors are deliberately choosing to not teach Biblical truth to their congregations for the selfish goal of being “successful.” But as we come to grips with this reality, we must also acknowledge that pastors are simply (and shamelessly) putting their fingers to the wind and finding that the people in the pews are more interested in their churches being “successful” than faithful to the teaching of Holy Scripture. As Barna noted, it is the churches, themselves, that have chosen to separate from the political affairs of their country.

In the end, it always comes down to We the People, doesn’t it? If you want a church where the pastor is willing to teach the Biblical principles that relate to our everyday lives–including our political lives–you might have to vote with your feet and go find one. That is, if that kind of thing is truly important to you.

This article originally appeared at Chuck Baldwin Live.

 



 

Operation Northwoods

US PLANNED FAKE TERROR ATTACKS ON CITIZENS
TO CREATE SUPPORT FOR CUBAN WAR

From BODY OF SECRETS, James Bamford, Doubleday, 2001, p.82 and following.
Scanned and edited by
NY Transfer News

.

...In [Joint Chief's chair] Lemnitzer's view, the country would be far better off if the generals could take over. [JFK assassination legend has it some general presided over the fudgy JFK autopsy. --Mk]

For those military officers who were sitting on the fence, the Kennedy administration's botched Bay of Pigs invasion was the last straw. "The Bay of Pigs fiasco broke the dike," said one report at the time. "President Kennedy was pilloried by the super patriots as a 'no-win' chief . . . The Far Right became a fount of proposals born of frustration and put forward in the name of anti-Communism. . . Active-duty commanders played host to anti-Communist seminars on their bases and attended or addressed Right-wing meetings elsewhere."

Although no one in Congress could have known it at the time, Lemnitzer and the Joint Chiefs had quietly slipped over the edge.

According to secret and long-hidden documents obtained for Body of Secrets, the Joint Chiefs of Staff drew up and approved plans for what may be the most corrupt plan ever created by the U.S. government. In the name of antiCommunism, they proposed launching a secret and bloody war of terrorism against their own country in order to trick the American public into supporting an ill-conceived war they intended to launch against Cuba.

Operation Northwoods
Click images for full sized scans

Code named Operation Northwoods, the plan, which had the written approval of the Chairman and every member of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, called for innocent people to be shot on American streets; for boats carrying refugees fleeing Cuba to be sunk on the high seas; for a wave of violent terrorism to be launched in Washington, D.C., Miami, and elsewhere. People would be framed for bombings they did not commit; planes would be hijacked. Using phony evidence, all of it would be blamed on Castro, thus giving Lemnitzer and his cabal the excuse, as well as the public and international backing, they needed to launch their war.

The idea may actually have originated with President Eisenhower in the last days of his administration. With the Cold War hotter than ever and the recent U-2 scandal fresh in the public's memory, the old general wanted to go out with a win. He wanted desperately to invade Cuba in the weeks leading up to Kennedy's inauguration; indeed, on January 3 he told Lemnitzer and other aides in his Cabinet Room that he would move against Castro before the inauguration if only the Cubans gave him a really good excuse. Then, with time growing short, Eisenhower floated an idea. If Castro failed to provide that excuse, perhaps, he said, the United States "could think of manufacturing something that would be generally acceptable." What he was suggesting was a pretext a bombing, an attack, an act of sabotage carried out secretly against the United States by the United States. Its purpose would be to justify the launching of a war. It was a dangerous suggestion by a desperate president.

Although no such war took place, the idea was not lost on General Lemnitzer But he and his colleagues were frustrated by Kennedy's failure to authorize their plan, and angry that Castro had not provided an excuse to invade.

The final straw may have come during a White House meeting on February 26, 1962. Concerned that General Lansdale's various covert action plans under Operation Mongoose were simply becoming more outrageous and going nowhere, Robert Kennedy told him to drop all anti-Castro efforts. Instead, Lansdale was ordered to concentrate for the next three months strictly on gathering intelligence about Cuba. It was a humiliating defeat for Lansdale, a man more accustomed to praise than to scorn.

As the Kennedy brothers appeared to suddenly "go soft" on Castro, Lemnitzer could see his opportunity to invade Cuba quickly slipping away. The attempts to provoke the Cuban public to revolt seemed dead and Castro, unfortunately, appeared to have no inclination to launch any attacks against Americans or their property Lemnitzer and the other Chiefs knew there was only one option left that would ensure their war. They would have to trick the American public and world opinion into hating Cuba so much that they would not only go along, but would insist that he and his generals launch their war against Castro. "World opinion, and the United Nations forum," said a secret JCS document, "should be favorably affected by developing the international image of the Cuban government as rash and irresponsible, and as an alarming and unpredictable threat to the peace of the Western Hemisphere."

Operation Northwoods called for a war in which many patriotic Americans and innocent Cubans would die senseless deaths, all to satisfy the egos of twisted generals back in Washington, safe in their taxpayer financed homes and limousines.

One idea seriously considered involved the launch of John Glenn, the first American to orbit the earth. On February 20,1962, Glenn was to lift off from Cape Canaveral, Florida, on his historic journey. The flight was to carry the banner of America's virtues of truth, freedom, and democracy into orbit high over the planet. But Lemnitzer and his Chiefs had a different idea. They proposed to Lansdale that, should the rocket explode and kill Glenn, "the objective is to provide irrevocable proof that . . . the fault lies with the Communists et al Cuba [sic.]"

This would be accomplished, Lemnitzer continued, "by manufacturing various pieces of evidence which would prove electronic interference on the part of the Cubans." Thus, as NASA prepared to send the first American into space, the Joint Chiefs of Staff were preparing to use John Glenn's possible death as a pretext to launch a war.

Glenn lifted into history without mishap, leaving Lemnitzer and the Chiefs to begin devising new plots which they suggested be carried out "within the time frame of the next few months."

Among the actions recommended was "a series of well coordinated incidents to take place in and around" the U.S. Navy base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. This included dressing "friendly" Cubans in Cuban military uniforms and then have them "start riots near the main gate of the base. Others would pretend to be saboteurs inside the base. Ammunition would be blown up, fires started, aircraft sabotaged, mortars fired at the base with damage to installations."

The suggested operations grew progressively more outrageous. Another called for an action similar to the infamous incident in February 1898 when an explosion aboard the battleship Maine in Havana harbor killed 266 U.S. sailors. Although the exact cause of the explosion remained undetermined, it sparked the Spanish-American War with Cuba. Incited by the deadly blast, more than one million men volunteered for duty. Lemnitzer and his generals came up with a similar plan. "We could blow up a U.S. ship in Guantanamo Bay and blame Cuba," they proposed; "casualty lists in U.S. newspapers would cause a helpful wave of national indignation."

There seemed no limit to their fanaticism: "We could develop a Communist Cuban terror campaign in the Miami area, in other Florida cities and even in Washington," they wrote. "The terror campaign could be pointed at Cuban refugees seeking haven in the United States.

We could sink a boatload of Cubans en route to Florida (real or simulated). . . . We could foster attempts on lives of Cuban refugees in the United States even to the extent of wounding in instances to be widely publicized."

Bombings were proposed, false arrests, hijackings:

*"Exploding a few plastic bombs in carefully chosen spots, the arrest of Cuban agents and the release of prepared documents substantiating Cuban involvement also would be helpful in projecting the idea of an irresponsible government."

*"Advantage can be taken of the sensitivity of the Dominican [Republic] Air Force to intrusions within their national air space. 'Cuban' B-26 or C-46 type aircraft could make cane burning raids at night. Soviet Bloc incendiaries could be found. This could be coupled with 'Cuban' messages to the Communist underground in the Dominican Republic and 'Cuban' shipments of arms which would be found, or intercepted, on the beach. Use of MiG type aircraft by U.S. pilots could provide additional provocation."

*"Hijacking attempts against civil air and surface craft could appear to continue as harassing measures condoned by the Government of Cuba."

Among the most elaborate schemes was to "create an incident which will demonstrate convincingly that a Cuban aircraft has attacked and shot down a chartered civil airliner en route from the United States to Jamaica, Guatemala, Panama or Venezuela. The destination would be chosen only to cause the flight plan route to cross Cuba. The passengers could be a group of college students off on a holiday or any grouping of persons with a common interest to support chartering a non-scheduled flight."

Lemnitzer and the Joint Chiefs worked out a complex deception:

An aircraft at Elgin AFB would be painted and numbered as an exact duplicate for a civil registered aircraft belonging to a CJA proprietary organization in the Miami area. At a designated time the duplicate would be substituted for the actual civil aircraft and would be loaded with the selected passengers, all boarded under carefully prepared aliases. The actual registered aircraft would be converted to a drone [a remotely controlled unmanned aircraft]. Take off times of the drone aircraft and the actual aircraft will be scheduled to allow a rendezvous south of Florida.

From the rendezvous point the passenger-carrying aircraft will descend to minimum altitude and go directly into an auxiliary field at Elgin AFB where arrangements will have been made to evacuate the passengers and return the aircraft to its original status. The drone aircraft meanwhile will continue to fly the filed flight plan. When over Cuba the drone will be transmitting on the international distress frequency a "May Day" message stating he is under attack by Cuban MiG aircraft. The transmission will be interrupted by destruction of the aircraft, which will be triggered by radio signal. This will allow ICAO [International Civil Aviation Organization radio stations in the Western Hemisphere to tell the U.S. what has happened to the aircraft instead of the U.S. trying to "sell" the incident.

Finally, there was a plan to "make it appear that Communist Cuban MiGs have destroyed a USAF aircraft over international waters in an unprovoked attack." It was a particularly believable operation given the decade of shoot downs that had just taken place.

In the final sentence of his letter to Secretary McNamara recommending the operations, Lemnitzer made a grab for even more power asking that the Joint Chiefs be placed in charge of carrying out Operation Northwoods and the invasion. "It is recommended," he wrote, "that this responsibility for both oven and covert military operations be assigned to the Joint Chiefs of Staff."

At 2:30 on the afternoon of Tuesday, March 13, 1962, Lemnitzer went over last-minute details of Operation Northwoods with his covert action chief, Brigadier General William H. Craig, and signed the document. He then went to a "special meeting" in McNamara's office. An hour later he met with Kennedy's military representative, General Maxwell Taylor. What happened during those meetings is unknown. But three days later, President Kennedy told Lemnitzer that there was virtually no possibility that the U.S. would ever use overt military force in Cuba.

Undeterred, Lemnitzer and the Chiefs persisted, virtually to the point of demanding that they be given authority to invade and take over Cuba. About a month after submitting Operation Northwoods, they met the "tank," as the JCS conference room was called, and agreed on the wording of a tough memorandum to McNamara. "The Joint Chiefs of Staff believe that the Cuban problem must be solved in the near future," they wrote. "Further, they see no prospect of early success in overthrowing the present communist regime either as a result of internal uprising or external political, economic or psychological pressures. Accordingly they believe that military intervention by the United States will be required to overthrow the present communist regime."

Lemnitzer was virtually rabid in his hatred of Communism in general and Castro in particular "The Joint Chiefs of Staff believe that the United States can undertake military intervention in Cuba without risk of general war" he continued. "They also believe that the intervention can be accomplished rapidly enough to minimize communist opportunities for solicitation of UN action." However; what Lemnitzer was suggesting was not freeing the Cuban people, who were largely in support of Castro, but imprisoning them in a U.S. military-controlled police state. "Forces would assure rapid essential military control of Cuba," he wrote. "Continued police action would be required."

Concluding, Lemnitzer did not mince words: "[T]he Joint Chiefs of Staff recommend that a national policy of early military intervention in Cuba be adopted by the United States. They also recommend that such intervention be undertaken as soon as possible and preferably before the release of National Guard and Reserve forces presently on active duty."

By then McNamara had virtually no confidence in his military chief and was rejecting nearly every proposal the general sent to him. The rejections became so routine, said one of Lemnitzer's former staff officers, that the staffer told the general that the situation was putting the military in an "embarrassing rut." But Lemnitzer replied, "I am the senior military office--it's my job to state what I believe and it's his [McNamara's] job to approve or disapprove." "McNamara's arrogance was astonishing," said Lemnitzer's aide, who knew nothing of Operation Northwoods. "He gave General Lemnitzer very short shrift and treated him like a schoolboy. The general almost stood at attention when he came into the room. Everything was 'Yes, sir' and 'No, sir.'

Within months, Lemnitzer was denied a second term as JCS chairman and transferred to Europe as chief of NATO. Years later President Gerald Ford appointed Lemnitzer, a darling of the Republican right, to the President's Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board. Lemnitzer's Cuba chief, Brigadier General Craig, was also transferred. Promoted to major general, he spent three years as chief of the Army Security Agency, NSA's military arm.

Because of the secrecy and illegality of Operation Northwoods, all details remained hidden for forty years. Lemnitzer may have thought that all copies of the relevant documents had been destroyed; he was not one to leave compromising material lying around. Following the Bay of Pigs debacle, for example, he ordered Brigadier General David W Gray, Craig's predecessor as chief of the Cuba project within the JCS, to destroy all his notes concerning Joint Chiefs actions and discussions during that period. Gray's meticulous notes were the only detailed official records of what happened within the JCS during that time. According to Gray, Lemnitzer feared a congressional investigation and therefore wanted any incriminating evidence destroyed.

With the evidence destroyed, Lemnitzer felt free to lie to Congress. When asked, during secret hearings before a Senate committee, if he knew of any Pentagon plans for a direct invasion of Cuba he said he did not. Yet detailed JCS invasion plans had been drawn up even before Kennedy was inaugurated. And additional plans had been developed since. The consummate planner and man of details also became evasive, suddenly encountering great difficulty in recalling key aspects of the operation, as if he had been out of the country during the period. It was a sorry spectacle. Senator Gore called for Lemnitzer to be fired. "We need a shake up of the Joint Chiefs of Staff" he said. "We direly need a new chairman, as well as new members." No one had any idea of Operation Northwoods.

Because so many documents were destroyed, it is difficult to determine how many senior officials were aware of Operation Northwoods. As has been described, the document was signed and fully approved by Lemnitzer and the rest of the Joint Chiefs and addressed to the Secretary of Defense for his signature. Whether it went beyond McNamara to the president and the attorney general is not known.

Even after Lemnitzer lost his job, the Joint Chiefs kept planning "pretext" operations at least into 1963. Among their proposals was a deliberately create a war between Cuba and any of a number of .n American neighbors. This would give the United States military an excuse to come in on the side of Cuba's adversary and get rid of "A contrived 'Cuban' attack on an OAS [Organization of Americas] member could be set up," said one proposal, "and the attacked state could be urged to 'take measures of self-defense and request ice from the U.S. and OAS; the U.S. could almost certainly obtain necessary two-thirds support among OAS members for collective action against Cuba."

Among the nations they suggested that the United States secretly were Jamaica and Trinidad-Tobago. Both were members of the Commonwealth; thus, by secretly attacking them and then blaming Cuba, the United States could lure England into the war Castro. The report noted, "Any of the contrived situations de above are inherently, extremely risky in our democratic system in which security can be maintained, after the fact, with very great difficulty. If the decision should be made to set up a contrived situation it be one in which participation by U.S. personnel is limited only to the most highly trusted covert personnel. This suggests the infeasibility of the use of military units for any aspect of the contrived situation."

The report even suggested secretly paying someone in the Castro government to attack the United States: "The only area remaining for ration then would be to bribe one of Castro's subordinate commanders to initiate an attack on [the U.S. naval base at] Guantanamo." The act suggested--bribing a foreign nation to launch a violent attack American military installation--was treason.

In May 1963, Assistant Secretary of Defense Paul H. Nitze sent a the White House proposing "a possible scenario whereby an attack on a United States reconnaissance aircraft could be exploited toward the end of effecting the removal of the Castro regime." In the event Cuba attacked a U-2, the plan proposed sending in additional American pilots, this time on dangerous, unnecessary low-level reconnaissance missions with the expectation that they would also be shot down, thus provoking a war "[T]he U.S. could undertake various measures designed to stimulate the Cubans to provoke a new incident," said the plan. Nitze, however, did not volunteer to be one of the pilots.

One idea involved sending fighters across the island on "harassing reconnaissance" and "show-off" missions "flaunting our freedom of action, hoping to stir the Cuban military to action." "Thus," said the plan, "depending above all on whether the Cubans were or could be made to be trigger-happy, the development of the initial downing of a reconnaissance plane could lead at best to the elimination of Castro, perhaps to the removal of Soviet troops and the installation of ground inspection in Cuba, or at the least to our demonstration of firmness on reconnaissance." About a month later, a low-level flight was made across Cuba, but unfortunately for the Pentagon, instead of bullets it produced only a protest.

Lemnitzer was a dangerous-perhaps even unbalanced-right-wing extremist in an extraordinarily sensitive position during a critical period. But Operation Northwoods also had the support of every single member of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and even senior Pentagon official Paul Nitze argued in favor of provoking a phony war with Cuba. The fact that the most senior members of all the services and the Pentagon could be so out of touch with reality and the meaning of democracy would be hidden for four decades.

In retrospect, the documents offer new insight into the thinking of the military's star-studded leadership. Although they never succeeded in launching America into a phony war with Cuba, they may have done so with Vietnam. More than 50,000 Americans and more than 2 million Vietnamese were eventually killed in that war.

It has long been suspected that the 1964 Gulf of Tonkin incident-the spark that led to America's long war in Vietnam-was largely staged or provoked by U.S. officials in order to build up congressional and public support for American involvement. Over the years, serious questions have been raised about the alleged attack by North Vietnamese patrol boats on two American destroyers in the Gulf But defenders of the Pentagon have always denied such charges, arguing that senior officials would never engage in such deceit.

Now, however, in light of the Operation Northwoods documents, it at deceiving the public and trumping up wars for Americans to fight and die in was standard, approved policy at the highest levels of the Pentagon. In fact, the Gulf of Tonkin seems right out of the Operation Northwoods playbook: "We could blow up a U.S. ship in Guantanamo Bay and blame Cuba . . . casualty lists in U.S. newspapers cause a helpful wave of indignation." One need only replace "Guantanamo Bay" with "Tonkin Gulf," and "Cuba" with "North Vietnam" and the Gulf of Tonkin incident may or may not have been stage-managed, but the senior Pentagon leadership at the time was clearly capable of such deceit.

Book epigram:

"The public has a duty to watch its Government closely and keep it on the right track." --Lieutenant Gen. Kenneth A. Minihan, USAF, Director, NSA, _NSA Newsletter_, June 199


 


POSTED JULY 17, 2014

 

WHO SHOT DOWN MALAYSIAN AIRLINER?

 

I would suggest that one should read about the sinking of the Maine, which led to the Spanish American war and the sinking of the Lusitania, which led to America's involvement into World War One. The best way to get a reluctant citizenry into supporting an unpopular and unnecessary war is to blame your opponent for the slaughter of innocent civilians.


Now on to this tragedy. It has been determined this civilian aircraft was shot down by a surface to air missile. There is only one nation in the area of the shoot down that has missiles capable of shooting a plane at 30,000 feet. That nation is Ukraine. There may be some among the separatists who would like to have these weapons, but there is no evidence whatsoever that they have them. Furthermore, ALL of the nations that have received these weapon systems from Russia have also had Russian experts sent with them to teach the technicians on how to operate them. In the case of Syria, for instance, making these missiles operational takes several months.


So, if the separatists wanted to shoot down a plane, it sure wouldn't be a civilian plane flying at 30,000 feet. All of the hostile actions against the rebels have been low altitude-- no where close to 30,000 feet. No, it's Ukraine. Maybe not on orders from anyone up high, but it's them. They are the only ones with anything to gain. Certainly, Russia would be insane to kill innocent civilians. If they wanted to start a war, they would just attack the Ukraine military.


Bruce                                                  New World Order News

 

Malaysian Flight Shot Down Over Ukraine - Kiev Gov't Implicated

Brandon Turbeville
Activist Post

In what is now the
second curious incident involving a Malaysian airlines flight, a Malaysian airlines Boeing 777 has crashed over Ukraine. The flight was traveling from Amsterdam to Kuala Lumpur with 295 people on board. The flight crashed in East Ukraine close to the Russian border.

The flight was allegedly downed by a missile.

According to USA Today “Anton Gerashenko, the adviser, says on his Facebook page the plane was flying at an altitude of 33,000 feet when it was hit Thursday by a missile fired from a BUK launcher, the Associated Press reports.”

AP Journalists are claiming to have seen a similar style missile in the eastern Ukrainian town of Snizhne on Thursday.

USA TODAY describes the BUK missile system, also known as the SA-17 GRIZZLY as “a mobile anti-aircraft system mounted usually on a tracked vehicle or truck that can simultaneously track and strike six targets flying from different directions and at different altitudes.”

Yet while the Western press is
wasting no time to suggest that the plane was shot down either by Ukrainian separatists backed by Russia or even Russia itself, both the separatist leaders and the Russian government have denied any involvement in the downing of the plane.

Ukrainian President Petro Poroshenko has also denied shooting down the plane.



It is not yet decidedly clear which forces would have actually had control over such types of missile launchers as the BUK system since the territory from where the missiles were allegedly launched is  an active battlefield between Kiev fascists supported
by NATO and Ukrainian separatists who are receiving support from Russia.

The Donetsk regional separatist government stated that the plane crashed near the village of Grabovo, a separatist-controlled area. However, the fact that the plane crashed near Grabovo does not indicate blame as to who fired missiles or if any missiles were indeed fired.

Separatists deny that their forces even have the capability to shoot down the Malaysian flight at the altitudes specified. Separatists are labeling the incident a “provocation by the Ukrainian military,” according to USA Today and the Russian Interfax news agency.

Alexander Boroday, Chairman of the Council of Ministers in the Republic of Donetsk stated that “Self-defense forces have no air-defense which could target transport aircraft at that height."

Russia’s military also claims that none of its military planes have flown close to the Russian-Ukrainian border on Thursday according to a report citing an unidentified military official by RIA Novosti.

Indeed, there is little evidence to suggest that the Ukrainian separatists have such missile launching capabilities. There has been no indication that separatists have seized this type of sophisticated military weaponry or that Russian has provided it to them.

However, there is evidence pointing toward the location of such missile launching systems in Ukraine.

According to ITAR-TASS, a Russian news agency, Ukraine’s armed forces actually moved the BUK anti-aircraft missile delivery system battalion to the area around the city of Donetsk on Wednesday. The source quoted by ITAR-TASS suggests that another battalion of the BUK missile launching system is being moved to the area of Kharkov, a city in East Ukraine but northwest of Donetsk.

The source also stated that a plane could only be shot down at 10,000 meters by a system that is at least as sophisticated as the BUK or S-300 missile systems.

The report states,

Ukraine’s armed forces dispatched the Buk anti-aircraft missile system battalion to the area of the city of Donetsk on Wednesday, a well-informed source said referring to the data recording system.
Another battalion of the same weapons is said to be in the process of embarkation in the city of Kharkiv, northwest of Donetsk, the source said adding that the aircraft at an altitude of over 10,000 meters could be shot down only with the weapons of the S-300 or Buk (Beech) missile systems.

Indeed, the BUK system, which requires transportation and mounting on a tracked vehicle or large truck, is not likely to be in the hands of rebels surviving on Russian small arms and other basic forms of military and tactical aid. BUK is much more the type of system that would be property of a national government.

This incident comes only a day after claims by the Ukrainian military that 
Russia shot down a Ukrainian jet fighter over Ukrainian territory.

It also comes only days after the Western media seized on reports suggesting that the
Russian government was considering targeted strikes inside Ukraine in order to protect the Ukrainian people, ethnic Russians, and Russian interests.


Ukraine’s anti-aircraft missile system dispatched to Donetsk Wednesday

World

July 17, 20:33 UTC+4
The aircraft at an altitude of over 10,000 meters could be shot down only with the weapons of the S-300 or Buk (Beech) missile systems

© EPA/MAXIM SHIPENKOV

Malaysia Airlines flight MH17 takes off at 12.31 PM from Schiphol airport near Amsterdam

Malaysia Airlines plane crashes in Ukraine 60 km from Russian border

MOSCOW, July 17. /ITAR-TASS/. Ukraine’s armed forces dispatched the Buk anti-aircraft missile system battalion to the area of the city of Donetsk on Wednesday, a well-informed source said referring to the data recording system.

Another battalion of the same weapons is said to be in the process of embarkation in the city of Kharkiv, northwest of Donetsk, the source said adding that the aircraft at an altitude of over 10,000 meters could be shot down only with the weapons of the S-300 or Buk (Beech) missile systems.

In the meantime, militias of the self-proclaimed republics of Donetsk and Luhansk have said they do not possess armament systems of this class.

Militias of the self-proclaimed republics in Ukraine's east are not armed with the Buk anti-aircraft missile systems, the press service of the self-proclaimed Luhansk People's Republic said in comments on the Ukrainian authorities' statements about a possible involvement of the Donetsk and Luhansk militias to the downing of the Malaysian plane.



POSTED JULY 16, 2014

 

WHO ARE THE JEWS OF ISRAEL?

 

The subject article goes into great detail as to whom those in Israel claiming ancestry back to Abraham, actually are. I have spoken often of American apathy. This apathy plays right into the hands of the imposters who have settled in Palestine as the “chosen people”. In order to sort through this, one must be able to define “chosen people” and “Israel”. It's not what most think.


Bruce                                  New World Order News

 

Are Jews the Israelites of the Bible?

July 14, 2014 by biblicisminstitute 3 Comments

 

A Special Report by Biblicism Institute

The number one biblical verse used by Zionist Jews and Zionist Christians alike to justify dispossessing the Palestinians of their land is this one, Genesis 15:18:

On that day the LORD made a covenant with Abram and said, “To your descendants I give this land, from the river of Egypt to the great river, the Euphrates….”

By descendants God definitely meant the same biological bloodline, the same DNA, actual grandchildren of Abraham. Not spiritual progeny. Unfortunately, as even a cursory study would show, the great majority of today’s Jews are not bloodline descendants of Abraham.

They are in fact the non-Semitic, non-Israelite Ashkenazim and Sephardim who in later times joined small numbers of different races that converted to Judaism: Polish, Russians, Ukrainians, Germans, etc. These latter ones form a minority known as European Jews who when coupled with the Ashkenazim constitute a majority against the darker-skinned Sephardic and African Jews. These European and African Jews are not of Abraham’s bloodline either.

However, it is very important to understand what the bible and history have to say about the majority of today’s Jews, the people known as Ashkenazim and Sephardim while bearing in mind that Abraham was a descendant of Shem – hence the term Semite or Shemite – and that his scion Jacob and his twelve sons were the true biblical Hebraic Israelite nation which no longer exists.

 

ASHKENAZ

This is what the Bible has to say about the Ashkenazim:

Now these are the generations of the sons of Noah, Shem, Ham, and Japheth: and unto them were sons born after the flood.
2 The sons of
Japheth: Gomer, and Magog, and Madai, and Javan, and Tubal, and Meshech, and Tiras.
3 And the sons of
Gomer: ASHKENAZ, and Riphath, and Togarmah.
4 And the sons of Javan: Elishah, and Tarshish, Kittim, and Dodanim.
5
By these were the isles of the Gentiles divided in their lands; every one after his tongue, after their families, in their nations.” (Genesis 10: 1-5) (Emphasis Added)

Today’s Ashkenazi Jews, or descendants of Ashkenaz, are some of the GENTILES the bible speaks of. Why then do Ashkenazim call Christians and other non-Jews Gentiles while pinning on themselves the term Chosen People? Ignorance? Deception? Who knows? But, in their mind it’s pure re-branding. The ultimate Chutzpah!

Consider the terrible irony! A majority of Jews are themselves the Gentiles that many rabbis warn their congregation not to marry. To further the re-branding, they also call themselves Semites or Shemites when they’re JAPHETHITES which means they’re not Hebrews either. This re-branding is much like the way most of them – if not the majority of them – keep changing their last names every time they settle in a new country. The reason is simple and quite pragmatic. It’s a survival mechanism. The Ashkenazim are a resilient roaming Turkic people that keep reinventing themselves throughout history.

They first surfaced as the notoriously barbaric Scythians or Sakadeans depending on regional phonetic. The word Scythian or Sakadean comes from the word Saka – with its verbal root Sak meaning to roam. The Scythians settled Central Eurasia which they conquered with their Gentile brother Togarmath and various other cousins expanding across a vast track of land that encompassed but was not limited to parts of present day Turkey and Iran. Their Gentile brother Riphath along with their uncle Javan’s descendants settled in Greece.

Later on, the Ashkenazim went on to settle a land they would call Khazaria – from the word Qaz meaning to roam – following the break-up of the western Turkish Steppe Empire and where the country converted en masse to Judaism sometime between 740 and 920 AD just so they could remain independent of the two competing empires of that time: Christianity and Islam. Then the Russian Sviatoslav of Kiev destroyed Khazaria around 1048 and absorbed it into what would become the Russian Empire where they were kept under tight control and even oppressed. Something the Ashkenazim never forgave Russia.

Just think of the heinous Bolsheviks during the Soviet era who killed 66 million Russian Christians and destroyed thousands of churches according to famed Christian Russian writer Alexander Solzhenitsyn. Many of the Bolsheviks were Russian Jews such as Vladimir Lenin, Leon Trosky, Lev Kamenev, Gregory Zinoviev, Yakov Sverdlov and Grigory Sokolnikov and were financed by Ashkenazi bankers from New York and London such as Rothschild Bank, Jacob Schiff of Kuhn and Loeb & Co. who themselves championed the destructive ideology of the Ashkenazi Karl Marx and found it profitable to invest in Communism’s disastrous conquest of Russia while making a few bucks in the process by plundering the country via well placed agents who would later be known as ‘oligarchs’. Thus, they did fulfill in bringing Russia to its knees. Revenge Round 1 done.

Think also of the current Ukraine crisis initiated by the Ashkenazi Victoria Nuland in the US State Department with her neo-con Ashkenazi husband Robert Kagan working in the background via powerful organizations such as Project for a New American Century, the Brookings Institution and Council on Foreign Relations. The Ashkenazi George Soros also contributed financially to the Ukrainian Maidan ‘Revolution’. In the end their sole purpose is to destroy Russia once again because Russia has had the gall to rise from its still warm Ashkenazi-induced ashes and because Russia has had the temerity to arrest their well placed thieving agents known as ‘oligarchs’ with some fleeing the country. Revenge Round 2 in progress.

After the destruction of their last country, the Ashkenazim scattered throughout Russia and Europe and called themselves Errant Jews – meaning Roaming (Khazarian/Sakadean or Scythian) Jews. And that label had nothing to do with a longing for Palestine but a longing for Khazaria or perhaps a longing for a new land, any new land. Here’s an excerpt from Wikipedia:

 

In 1903 Theodore Herzl presented the British Uganda Program at the Sixth Zionist Congress in Basel.

 

In the late 1930s, the British Zionist League considered a number of other places where a Jewish homeland could be established. The Kimberley region in Australia was considered until the Curtin government (in office: 1941–1945) rejected the possibility.

 

With the support of the then Premier of Tasmania, Robert Cosgrove (in office from 1939), Critchley Parker proposed a Jewish settlement at Port Davey, in south west Tasmania. Parker surveyed the area, but his death in 1942 put an end to the idea.

 

The Jewish Autonomous Oblast set up in the Russian Far East in 1934, represented a Soviet approach to providing a Jewish homeland.

Now note that all these attempts were being orchestrated by mostly Ashkenazi Jews. Subsequently a great number reluctantly assimilated themselves throughout the Americas and Palestine now known as Israel. In their adoptive countries including Europe the Ashkenazim have become financial and influential powerhouses not because they’re Jews – at heart the majority of them are really not religious at all and could care less – but because they’re a smart and tough people who have learned much from their roaming throughout history. They assimilate themselves fast and hard. They’re the ultimate Nomads.

Now, could it be that, after two successive ideological failures in the forms of Communism and the current slow motion destruction of Zionism, somewhere deep inside the minds of die-hard Ashkenazi leaders lies a plan for a new re-invention? The re-conquest of their Khazar Khaganate maybe? A land that is now situated deep inside Russia and encompasses Ukraine and Crimea? Is that why Putin suddenly reattached Crimea to Russia? Will they be okay with just Ukraine?

? Jamais deux sans trois.

 

SEPHARAD

Sephardim is derived from the word Sephard or Sepharad. It appears only once in the Bible in a prophecy by Obadiah to Edom:

And the captivity of this host of the children of Israel shall possess that of the Canaanites, even unto Zarephath; and the captivity of Jerusalem, which is in Sepharad, shall possess the cities of the south.” Obadiah 1:20

No one knows for certain where Sepharad was located. It is strongly believed that it was in Mede where Iran is today. Therefore, people from Sepharad were not descendants of Abraham either because the Medes of Northwest Iran were not Semites but Madaites, of Madai son of Japheth, uncle of Ashkenaz. Therefore the people from Sepharad or Madaites or Medes now know as Sephardic Jews are JAPHETHITES not Semites. This is why when Modern Israel was founded in 1948, the only Muslim countries to have recognized it first were the non-Semitic, non-Arab countries of Turkey and Iran because the people of these two countries share the same bloodline as both the Ashkenazim and the Sephardim. It would also explain why the biggest Jewish community in the Middle East outside the ‘non-existent’ ever-expanding borders of the modern Zionist state is in Iran where all of them refuse to emigrate to Israel since they consider themselves to be Iranians who just happen to be Jews instead of Muslims or Christians. Basically, the Iranian Jews did not buy into the brainwashing the other Jews who voluntarily relocated to Israel fell for.

The ancient Judahites of Jerusalem, Capital of the tribe and of the land/state of Judah, were in captivity in Sepharad, but the Lord had promised them deliverance which did occur in biblical times soon after Obadiah’s prophecy to Edom sometime in mid-fifth century B.C. So, the captive biblical Judahites in Sepharad did return to their homeland in Judah, one of the 7 lots of the Hebrew Kingdom (Joshua 14-19). However, many people from Sepharad converted to the religion of their ancient captives and many Judahites also stayed back mixing it up with the locals as was often the case throughout Biblical Israel’s history when God would send them into exile. Eventually, many Sephardic Jews emigrated. A lot of them went to Europe, especially to Spain and Portugal where they made a new home on the Iberian peninsula which was itself originally settled by Madai’s brother Tubal, also son of Japheth. Blood calls unto blood, doesn’t it?

It seems that people today have forgotten that Ancient Israel, unlike Modern Israel and much like Biblical Israel’s offspring, the Christian Church, was a proselytizing nation which wanted people all over the world to know and pray to the true God of the Universe. Let’s hear Jesus:

Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye compass sea and land to make one proselyte, and when he is made, ye make him twofold more the child of hell than yourselves.” Matthew 23:15

When these folks converted, they didn’t miraculously become Hebrews. How could anyone? The people of Sepharad like all the others who converted to the religion of the ancient Judahites only professed to worship the God of Abraham and to adhere to the various rules of the faith. They maintained their own cultures and identities. Much like all the nations that converted to Christianity.

As a matter of fact, ‘Jew’ is not a biblical word. It is an indicative and descriptive term which points to someone who follows and adheres to the faith of the ancient Judahites. Much like those who believe in Christ are called Christians in honor of the one whom they follow. Nowhere in the Bible is the word Jew or Jewish uttered. In both the Old Testament Hebrew and the New Testament Greek the translated word is always meant to be Judahite(s), of the physical tribe and stock of Judah, not of the converted. The Bible translators hired by King James VI and I of England to produce the King James Bible are the ones who mistranslated Judahites as Jews since during that time ‘Jews’ were living in their midst and therefore erroneously thought these were the same people. All other bibles since then followed suit.

According to Jewish traditions, even the prophet Obadiah himself who prophesied about the ancient Judahites in Sepharad was a convert. He was an Edomite, not a Hebrew. Now, Edom was the brother of Jacob or Israel. His country was situated on portions of both present day Jordan and Palestine. So why did God pick an Edomite preacher and not a Hebrew one? Because God knows very well that a prophet is never accepted in his own home – ask Jesus. And because God wanted Edom to pay for what he had done to his brother Jacob He called on an Edomite prophet to warn them knowing the homegrown prophet would be rejected. Otherwise, he would have sent an Israelite like he did with Jonah the Hebrew in Nineveh (Modern Iraq) where they all repented to Jonah’s chagrin. As expected, Edom did not repent and suffered the consequences. But Judah did return home. God did the same thing to the Hebrews. He sent them one of their own, Jesus, so He could get revenge for all the prophets they had killed, Jesus included. But the Church was born.

 

FALSE DICHOTOMY

Today many virulent Zionist Jews hate Arab Muslims, especially Palestinian Muslims, even though they both worship the same God, the God of Abraham, just like all Jews supposedly do and just like ancient converts by the Hebrews used to do. The converts of old used to live amongst the Hebrews with no problem. God even commanded it.

If a stranger lives as a foreigner with you in your land, you shall not do him wrong. The stranger who lives as a foreigner with you shall be to you as the native-born among you, and you shall love him as yourself; for you lived as foreigners in the land of Egypt. I am Yahweh your God.” Leviticus 19:33-34

But modern-day Israeli leaders refuse co-existence because the whole conflict is about their thirst for land. And more land. One would think that because of the many similarities they have with the Muslims such as circumcision and the like and because of the fact that Judaism and Islam are – like Catholicism and Protestantism – two different branches of the same faith that the Zionists would concede to live in harmony. But they don’t want to. And that’s because it’s not about faith. It’s not about God and the Bible or God and His promises and commandments. It’s about land. And more land. They want the whole enchilada. The whole pie. It’s an Ashkenazi obsession which they have successfully spread to their co-religionists. And that obsession has turned an entire people toward a malignant racism that has morphed into an Apartheid system worse than the one that took shape in South Africa. So much so that the whole country is openly talking about the genocide of the Palestinians living among them, mistreating them or killing them or bombing them at will in the hope they will leave the land in disgust.

Ironically, though Islam and Judaism are similar in many ways, where they differ greatly is in their belief of who Jesus Christ was. Muslims believe that Jesus was born of the Holy Spirit and of the Virgin Mary, was a prophet to the ancient Israelites, was not crucified to death, went to heaven without dying and is expected to return soon. However, according to Talmudic Jews, Jesus was a demon-possessed liar who is now boiling in excrement in hell. From Wikipedia, according to the Talmud:

 

In Gittin 56b, 57a a story is mentioned in which Onkelos summons up the spirit of Yeshu [or Yeshua (Jesus)] who sought to harm Israel. He describes his punishment in the afterlife as boiling in excrement.

 

In addition, at the 1240 Disputation of Paris, Donin presented the allegation that the Talmud was blasphemous towards Mary, the mother of Jesus (“Miriam” in Hebrew) and this criticism has been repeated by many Christian sources. The texts cited by critics include Sanhedrin 67a, Sanhedrin 106a, and Shabbath 104b.

 

JACOB’S SEED

Behold, I have set the land before you: go in and possess the land which the Lord swore unto your fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, to give unto them and to their seed after them.” Deut 1:8

Sephardic and Ashkenazi Jews are not of the seed of Abraham and especially not of Jacob’s. European and African Jews are not either. Therefore they can’t be the Chosen People since they are not of the Semitic lineage of the 12 Hebrew tribes and for that matter can’t claim the inheritance of the land of Palestine which they have settled. In a just court of law, their self-ascribed right to hold on to the land would be thrown out. Besides, most religious Jews follow the man-inspired Talmud and not the God-inspired Old Testament where God’s promise and commandments are recorded. Only Torah Jews follow the Old Testament and most of them believe that Jews should not be occupying Palestine. They recognize only the current Palestinian government.

Furthermore, the seed of Jacob mentioned in the Bible is prophetically applied to seed, singular, which seed is Jesus Christ who was repeatedly called the Son of David, himself a descendant of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob.

At first glance, if anyone is to inherit Palestine, it should be Christians, spiritual descendants of Jesus, the seed of Jacob. That understanding was in fact used to execute the evil Crusades of the Middle Ages. Needless to say it is a perverted comprehension of what that particular inheritance means. The true Israel of God is now those who throughout the earth adhere to the New Covenant of Christ. They are called by the new name Christians. Their new promised land is the heavenly paradise promised to Christ’s true followers with their Capital city, the new Jerusalem, being from above. Hence, they are the new Chosen People. Chosen to love and to do good to all and not to lord over anyone.

Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of my God, and he shall go no more out: and I will write upon him the name of my God, and the name of the city of my God, which is new Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from my God: and I will write upon him my new name.” Revelations 3:12 (Emphasis Added)

So now when the Old Testament admonishes us to pray for the peace of Jerusalem, we must filter it through the New Covenant. It presently means ‘Pray for all Christians that they may overcome and be part of the peace of the new Jerusalem from above which is encompassed in the new promised land: heaven.’ God is working from a new script, not the obsolete one. Here’s the Apostle Paul’s conclusion on the First (Old) Covenant, Hebrews 8:13: “God has made the first obsolete!” And by the way, obsolete really means obsolete. Done. Kaput. Finito.

The so-called Christian pastors and teachers who impart that the Old Testament favoritism of one particular group of people still applies today do so only to spit and trample on the works of Christ. These wolves in sheep clothing who clamor the drivel that there are two covenants simultaneously at play are only digging themselves deep into hell’s volcanic fire. Christians, stay away from these men! For their whole purpose is to deny the work of Christ and his new covenant which is freely available to all the nations of the earth without respect to color, race, geographical demarcation or spiritual condition. In other words, they want to destroy the new covenant whose aim is to forge a spiritually egalitarian brotherhood of man throughout the earth with Jesus as the loving big brother.

If one is dead set on applying ancestry and racial stock as to who should inherit the land of Palestine, then the Arabs clearly win – the Palestinian Arabs to be more precise. For Arabs of the Middle East, which include cultural Arabs such as Chaldeans, Assyrians, Aramaics, Phoenicians and Syriacs, are the only living bloodline descendants of Abraham and the only true Semites, not converted Jews.

The Palestinian Arabs have inhabited the land for close to 2000 years since the destruction of Judah/Israel by Rome in AD 70. That famed destruction is known as the Apocalypse or Armageddon or the Great Tribulation or the End of the Age as prophesied by Christ Himself and by the Apostle John throughout the entire book of Revelations (see The Days of Vengeance and/or The Great Tribulation both by David Chilton for an in-depth expose). That particular destruction saw the end of the Hebrew race except for those converted to Christianity who fled the country before the great tribulation and massacre as recorded by Josephus in The Jewish War. If there are any Christian Hebrews left, they’d be cultural Arabs by now living in Syria, Lebanon, Jordan or Palestine. But chances are they’ve intermarried with other Semitic Christians in the area.

Before the End of the Age of the Hebrews, the entire exercise or raison d’être of the 12 chosen Biblical Tribes was just God’s way of nurturing a people so He could arrive on earth in the person of the Messiah Jesus. He distributed them across 7 lots throughout the land of Canaan (Joshua 14-19) and kept track of them through endless censuses even when they were in exile. That whole endeavor was God building Himself an earthly home and family for when He finally decided to visit. And once that was done, He loved it so much He decided He now wanted the entire human race to be His new family. To those Hebrews who accepted Him, he warned them to leave the land as judgment was about to fall on those who rejected and crucified Him – hence the Armageddon or the destruction of an entire people.

That is why today the 12 Hebrew Tribes are no longer around. And they can’t and won’t be ‘found’ either. God would have been very capable of keeping track of them as He has done before. Besides when was the last time you heard of a Jewish prophet whom God sent to anoint a King over modern Israel as He used to do in the old days? What of the animal sacrifices? What of the lamb to be killed and eaten during Passover like Jesus did when He established the new covenant with his disciples, a lamb that was killed and eaten in a private home? The sacrifice of the Passover Lamb in the Hebrew home was God’s very contract with each individual ancient Hebrew and that’s why Jesus repeated it with his disciples in order to introduce the new contract. Do today’s Jews kill a lamb for Passover in their own homes to keep the old contract alive? Is modern Israel divided into 7 lots as God directed Joshua with each tribe settling on his own parcel? Are the bloodline descendants of the Levites still around to restock a future Temple because no other Hebrew tribe can?

To today’s Jews – and the rest of the non-Christian world, Muslims included – we say come on over to Messiah Jesus’ side. It’s about time for true peace, the peace that passes all understanding. Leave obsolescence behind and join the spiritual brotherhood of mankind in Christ Jesus.

To all Israelis, we say denounce and renounce your Zionist leaders for just as they sold you out to Hitler and his 150,000 Jewish soldiers, they will sell you out once more to be butchered. Do not think for a minute that they have your best interest at heart. No government in the world has the best interest of their people at heart. Otherwise why have they led you into a country under false pretense and brainwashed you to hate all your Muslim neighbors when you are surrounded on all sides by these very neighbors? Where will you run to when all hell breaks loose? Into the sea? Isn’t that what they’ve been telling you over and over that ‘they’ want to run the Jews into the sea? By that meme they’re getting you accustomed to that very idea for when it actually happens. The sea is the only place where they have not created enemies for you and they would if they could. They want to watch you flail and drown while they fly away in their private jets to Switzerland after they have stolen all your money and transferred it to some tax haven only to reinvent themselves somewhere else. Ask George Soros how he did it during World War 2. If you still don’t believe it, then remember why and how you got to Palestine.

1900 years after that fateful event called The Apocalypse, Ashkenazi Zionists, under the same pretext as that used by the so called ‘Christian’ Crusaders, flooded into Palestine armed with terror and violence and backed by the imperial might of England. Many political analysts and historians of that time saw the Jewish invasion of Palestine as an English imperial project, this time using Zionist Jews as cannon fodder much like Zionist ‘Christians’ were used during the Middle Ages when the Europeans’ goal was to plunder the area and control the Mediterranean.

Now, the English empire wanted a beachhead to keep the Middle East in turmoil and divided so as to conquer and control the Arabs who control the oil while keeping their own hands on the wells’ spigots. It was a mutually beneficial arrangement: the Ashkenazim got their land and the Empire got an outpost. But, the empire not only wanted to keep the Arabs divided, they also wanted to Keep Israeli society divided and weak. So the Israeli leaders delivered: Ashkenazim and European Jews discriminate against Sephardic and African Jews as Ashkenazim and European Jews control most everything in the country – Russian Jews who mostly are pretend Jews escaped the Soviet Union courtesy of the US and now constitute a fifth column – Orthodox Jews hate all the non-religious Jews and vice versa – Israeli Arabs are kept as third-class citizens with Sephardic and North African Jews as second class and Black African Jews as no class – Most Israeli Jews hate the Palestinians either in the occupied territories or within Israel itself and would love to excise them from the land while the Palestinians under the weight of over 60 years of occupation would love to see the Jews finally leave so they could become free of Apartheid. To say the whole country is a mess is an understatement.

Unfortunately today, imperial America is somewhat loosely controlling this Sparta-like project called Israel. And they’re doing so without regard for the people in the region and what it will cost innocent Jews, Muslims and Christians. The time is fast approaching when Israel will no longer be of use to a defunct imperial power. That’s how it was in the past and that’s how it’ll be soon. And frankly the empire is not the real culprit here. That’s how empires always act especially after they collapse. Use and discard. Besides, how many times did America try to coax Israel into making peace and Israel’s leaders always turned intransigent? There are so many times you can bite the hand that feeds you, especially if the feeding is to the tune of billions of dollars a year.

The mostly Ashkenazim and European Zionist leaders are to blame. There are too many red flags. Have they forgotten the stain that the Crusades left on Christianity? Do they not remember how the Christian Crusades ended? Have they no knowledge of history to understand how empire after empire lost Palestine? Do they even ask themselves what their own Crusade will leave behind this time? Have they not witnessed what happened to Apartheid South Africa? And most importantly why do they not make a just and lasting peace with all of their neighbors even if they lose considerable land? Isn’t peace better? Frankly, these leaders don’t give a hoot.

Together with imperial America, the Zionist leaders have ignited the suffering of millions of innocents, Christians and Muslims, who are presently living in torment not only in Palestine but throughout the Middle East. This has been orchestrated in order to create a cauldron they hope to pour on all the inhabitants of the area, Israelis included.

 

CONCLUSION: A LOOK BEHIND THE SCENES

For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” Ephesians 6:12

The Beast Satan is hell-bent on making the land of Palestine suffer for having brought about Jesus, the Prince of Peace. He’s been tormenting that land for over 2000 years with the ultimate goal of punishing Abraham’s only biological descendants, the Arabs. That’s his way of trying to eliminate that entire bloodline so as to remove any physical vestige of the kinsmen of the One who beat him on the cross. He sees these Arabs, especially the Arab Christians, as representing a line in the sand, a true embodiment of the obsolete First Covenant which Satan cleverly used to kill Christ but is now rendered void by the resurrected Messiah. By somewhat ‘reconstructing’ the First Covenant on its original land he has pushed the Middle East on the edge of the abyss in order to deplete the area of Christians and to kill as many real Semites as he can. All these interminable conflicts are causing Christians to leave in droves and destroying the future of millions. And if you still doubt the hate that has been carefully nurtured and managed against Arabs, especially in the past decades, then you’ve been living in a hole.

To Satan’s horror when Jesus rose from the dead, that old cunning Dragon started running amok. He realized he had been defeated. He thought he could kill God on earth so he could run the show. And just like he deceived the Ancient Hebrew leaders into killing Christ, he’s now playing the Ashkenazim leaders like a fiddle – he’s the real fiddler on the region’s roof. No peace. Just endless war. After all peace reminds him of the Prince of Peace. Can’t have that. So now, he has his eyes set on bringing his play to the next level: finish off the real Semites and devour the Western world which Christian civilization has brought about. And the way he wants to proceed is through a major nuclear war he hopes to start in the Middle East. Basically kill two birds with one stone.

But to make the war real big and engulf all Christendom he has to involve the Ashkenazim’s arch nemesis: Russia, which holds an arsenal of about 8,000 nuclear missiles. And the way to do that is through Syria or Iran since they both have a mutual defense pact while at the same time setting fire in Russia’s underbelly, Ukraine, hoping the fire will spread throughout Russia, Europe and the US. But even Satan knows this is something the Israelis can’t bring to fruition by themselves. So better get the Israelis’ slaves to do it. In other words, better goad the Russian bear by wagging the American dog. The dog can’t really say no because AIPAC has got it by the balls. And remember, AIPAC is controlled by powerful Ashkenazim-American business leaders. Are you getting the full picture now?

 

This future nuclear war Satan wants so bad is being called World War 3 or the War to End all Wars. A war that would leave the Middle East and the Western world in nuclear ashes. That’s why Satan’s demon-possessed mammonish minions and warmongers are endlessly blabbing in the mainstream media about defense spending, terrorists, preemptive wars, war on terror and nuclear first strikes. But wait, there might still be hope. We can change things. Remember how we stalled the last attempted American attack on Syria which was planned and pushed by AIPAC? We can still have the victory. Unless you sit and do nothing. Then this would kick in: WW3. Jamais deux sans trois.

And I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God.” Revelations 15:2

  


POSTED MAY 2, 2014

ALL WARS ARE BANKERS WARS

 

Before you send your son or daughter to fight in another war or before you yourself go to fight another war for “freedom” or before you rise to your feet to applaud anyone who wears a U.S. military uniform or before you sing a patriotic song, you need to read this expose'.


As one studies history it becomes obvious that the common denominator in all large wars is money. No, not for you. It's for the international bankers. Just yesterday, the head of the IMF, (a group of international bankers) said they will give the thugs ruling Ukraine a big pile of money if they'll go out and kill their own citizens. Today, dozens of Ukraine citizens are dead.


Bruce                            New World Order News

ALL WARS ARE BANKERS' WARS!

NEW! PODCAST OF 'ALL WARS ARE BANKERS WARS' FROM JANUARY 14TH, 2013 RADIO SHOW.

By Michael Rivero

"Banking was conceived in iniquity and was born in sin. The Bankers own the Earth. Take it away from them, but leave them the power to create deposits, and with the flick of a pen they will create enough deposits to buy it back again. However, take it away from them, and all the fortunes like mine will disappear, and they ought to disappear, for this world would be a happier and better world to live in. But if you wish to remain slaves of the Bankers and pay for the cost of your own slavery, let them continue to create deposits." -- Sir Josiah Stamp, President of the Bank of England in the 1920s, the second richest man in Britain

I know many people have a great deal of difficulty comprehending just how many wars are started for no other purpose than to force private central banks onto nations, so let me share a few examples, so that you understand why the US Government is mired in so many wars against so many foreign nations. There is ample precedent for this.

The United States fought the American Revolution primarily over King George III's Currency act, which forced the colonists to conduct their business only using printed bank notes borrowed from the Bank of England at interest.

"The bank hath benefit of interest on all moneys which it creates out of nothing." -- William Paterson, founder of the Bank of England in 1694

After the revolution, the new United States adopted a radically different economic system in which the government issued its own value-based money, so that private banks like the Bank of England were not siphoning off the wealth of the people through interest-bearing bank notes.

"The refusal of King George 3rd to allow the colonies to operate an honest money system, which freed the ordinary man from the clutches of the money manipulators, was probably the prime cause of the revolution." -- Benjamin Franklin, Founding Father

Following the revolution, the US Government actually took steps to keep the bankers out of the new government!

"Any person holding any office or any stock in any institution in the nature of a bank for issuing or discounting bills or notes payable to bearer or order, cannot be a member of the House whilst he holds such office or stock." -- Third Congress of the United States Senate, 23rd of December, 1793, signed by the President, George Washington

But bankers are nothing if not dedicated to their schemes to acquire your wealth, and know full well how easy it is to corrupt a nation's leaders. Just one year after Mayer Amschel Rothschild had uttered his infamous "Let me issue and control a nation's money and I care not who makes the laws", the bankers succeeded in setting up a new Private Central Bank called the First Bank of the United States, largely through the efforts of the Rothschild's chief US supporter, Alexander Hamilton. Founded in 1791, by the end of its twenty year charter the First Bank of the United States had almost ruined the nation's economy, while enriching the bankers. Congress refused to renew the charter and signaled their intention to go back to a state issued value based currency on which the people paid no interest at all to any banker. This resulted in a threat from Nathan Mayer Rothschild against the US Government, "Either the application for renewal of the charter is granted, or the United States will find itself involved in a most disastrous war." Congress still refused to renew the charter for the First Bank of the United States, whereupon Nathan Mayer Rothschild railed, "Teach those impudent Americans a lesson! Bring them back to colonial status!" The British Prime Minister at the time, Spencer Perceval was adamently opposed to war with the United States, primarily because the majority of England's military might was occupied with the ongoing Napoleonic wars. Spencer Perceval was concerned that Britain might not prevail in a new American war, a concern shared by many in the British government. Then, Spencer Perceval was assassinated (the only British Prime Minister to be assassinated in office) and replaced by Robert Banks Jenkinson, the 2nd Earl of Liverpool, who was fully supportive of a war to recapture the colonies.


Click for larger image of the Geneva Gazette for July 1, 1912, reporting on the assassination of Spencer Perceval together with the declaration of the War of 1812.

 

"If my sons did not want wars, there would be none." -- Gutle Schnaper, wife of Mayer Amschel Rothschild and mother of his five sons

Financed at virtually no interest by the Rothschild controlled Bank of England, Britain then provoked the war of 1812 to recolonize the United States and force them back into the slavery of the Bank of England, or to plunge the United States into so much debt they would be forced to accept a new private central bank. And the plan worked. Even though the War of 1812 was won by the United States, Congress was forced to grant a new charter for yet another private bank issuing the public currency as loans at interest, the Second Bank of the United States. Once again, private bankers were in control of the nation's money supply and cared not who made the laws or how many British and American soldiers had to die for it.

Once again the nation was plunged into debt, unemployment, and poverty by the predations of the private central bank, and in 1832 Andrew Jackson successfully campaigned for his second term as President under the slogan, "Jackson And No Bank!" True to his word, Jackson succeeds in blocking the renewal of the charter for the Second Bank of the United States.

"Gentlemen! I too have been a close observer of the doings of the Bank of the United States. I have had men watching you for a long time, and am convinced that you have used the funds of the bank to speculate in the breadstuffs of the country. When you won, you divided the profits amongst you, and when you lost, you charged it to the bank. You tell me that if I take the deposits from the bank and annul its charter I shall ruin ten thousand families. That may be true, gentlemen, but that is your sin! Should I let you go on, you will ruin fifty thousand families, and that would be my sin! You are a den of vipers and thieves. I have determined to rout you out, and by the Eternal, (bringing his fist down on the table) I will rout you out!" -- Andrew Jackson, shortly before ending the charter of the Second Bank of the United States. From the original minutes of the Philadelphia committee of citizens sent to meet with President Jackson (February 1834), according to Andrew Jackson and the Bank of the United States (1928) by Stan V. Henkels

Shortly after President Jackson (the only American President to actually pay off the National Debt) ended the Second Bank of the United States, there was an attempted assassination which failed when both pistols used by the assassin, Richard Lawrence, failed to fire. Lawrence later said that with Jackson dead, "Money would be more plenty."

President Zachary Taylor opposed the creation of a new Private Central Bank, owing to the historical abuses of the First and Second Banks of the United States.

"The idea of a national bank is dead, and will not be revived in my time." -- Zachary Taylor

Taylor died on July 9, 1850 after eating a bowl of cherries and milk rumored to have been poisoned. The symptoms h displayed are consistent with acute arsenic poisoning.

President James Buchanan also opposed a private central bank. During the panic of 1857 he attempted to set limits on banks issuing more loans than they had actual funds, and to require all issued bank notes to be backed by Federal Government assets. He was poisoned with arsenic and survived, although 38 other people at the dinner died.

Of course, the public school system is as subservient to the bankers' wishes to keep certain history from you, just as the corporate media is subservient to Monsanto's wishes to keep the dangers of GMOs from you, and the global warming cult's wishes to conceal from you that the Earth has actually been cooling for the last 16 years. Thus is should come as little surprise that much of the real reasons for the events of the Civil War are not well known to the average American.

"The few who understand the system will either be so interested in its profits or be so dependent upon its favours that there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that capital derives from the system, will bear its burdens without complaint, and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests." -- The Rothschild brothers of London writing to associates in New York, 1863

When the Confederacy seceded from the United States, the bankers once again saw the opportunity for a rich harvest of debt, and offered to fund Lincoln's efforts to bring the south back into the union, but at 30% interest. Lincoln remarked that he would not free the black man by enslaving the white man to the bankers and using his authority as President, issued a new government currency, the greenback. This was a direct threat to the wealth and power of the central bankers, who quickly responded.

"If this mischievous financial policy, which has its origin in North America, shall become endurated down to a fixture, then that Government will furnish its own money without cost. It will pay off debts and be without debt. It will have all the money necessary to carry on its commerce. It will become prosperous without precedent in the history of the world. The brains, and wealth of all countries will go to North America. That country must be destroyed or it will destroy every monarchy on the globe." -- The London Times responding to Lincoln's decision to issue government Greenbacks to finance the Civil War, rather than agree to private banker's loans at 30% interest.

In 1872 New York bankers sent a letter to every bank in the United States, urging them to fund newspapers that opposed government-issued money (Lincoln's greenbacks).

"Dear Sir: It is advisable to do all in your power to sustain such prominent daily and weekly newspapers... as will oppose the issuing of greenback paper money, and that you also withhold patronage or favors from all applicants who are not willing to oppose the Government issue of money. Let the Government issue the coin and the banks issue the paper money of the country... [T]o restore to circulation the Government issue of money, will be to provide the people with money, and will therefore seriously affect your individual profit as bankers and lenders." -- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler
"It will not do to allow the greenback, as it is called, to circulate as money any length of time, as we cannot control that." -- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler
"Slavery is likely to be abolished by the war power, and chattel slavery destroyed. This, I and my European friends are in favor of, for slavery is but the owning of labor and carries with it the care for the laborer, while the European plan, led on by England, is for capital to control labor by controlling the wages. THIS CAN BE DONE BY CONTROLLING THE MONEY." -- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler

Goaded by the private bankers, much of Europe supported the Confederacy against the Union, with the expectation that victory over Lincoln would mean the end of the Greenback. France and Britain considered an outright attack on the United States to aid the confederacy, but were held at bay by Russia, which had just ended the serfdom system and had a state central bank similar to the system the United States had been founded on. Left free of European intervention, the Union won the war, and Lincoln announced his intention to go on issuing greenbacks. Following Lincoln's assassination, the Greenbacks were pulled from circulation and the American people forced to go back to an economy based on bank notes borrowed at interest from the private bankers. Tsar Alexander II, who authorized Russian militarey assistance to Lincoln, was subsequently the victim of multiple attempts on his life in 1866, 1879, and 1880, until his assassination in 1881.

James A. Garfield was elected President in 1880 on a platform of government control of the money supply.

"The chief duty of the National Government in connection with the currency of the country is to coin money and declare its value. Grave doubts have been entertained whether Congress is authorized by the Constitution to make any form of paper money legal tender. The present issue of United States notes has been sustained by the necessities of war; but such paper should depend for its value and currency upon its convenience in use and its prompt redemption in coin at the will of the holder, and not upon its compulsory circulation. These notes are not money, but promises to pay money. If the holders demand it, the promise should be kept. -- James Garfield
"By the experience of commercial nations in all ages it has been found that gold and silver afford the only safe foundation for a monetary system. Confusion has recently been created by variations in the relative value of the two metals, but I confidently believe that arrangements can be made between the leading commercial nations which will secure the general use of both metals. Congress should provide that the compulsory coinage of silver now required by law may not disturb our monetary system by driving either metal out of circulation. If possible, such an adjustment should be made that the purchasing power of every coined dollar will be exactly equal to its debt-paying power in all the markets of the world. --James Garfield
"He who controls the money supply of a nation controls the nation. -- James Garfield

Garfield was shot on July 2, 1881 and died of his wounds several weeks later. Chester A. Arthur succeeded Garfield as President.

In 1896, William McKinley was elected President in the middle of a depression-driven debate over gold-backed government currency versus bank notes borrowed at interest from private banks. McKinley favored gold-backed currencies and a balanced government budget which would free the public from accumulating debt.

"Our financial system needs some revision; our money is all good now, but its value must not further be threatened. It should all be put upon an enduring basis, not subject to easy attack, nor its stability to doubt or dispute. Our currency should continue under the supervision of the Government. The several forms of our paper money offer, in my judgment, a constant embarrassment to the Government and a safe balance in the Treasury." -- William McKinley

McKinley was shot by an out-of-work anarchist on September 14, 1901, in Buffalo, NY, succumbing to his wounds a few days later. He was suceeded in office by Theodore Roosevelt.

Finally, in 1913, the Private Central Bankers of Europe, in particular the Rothschilds of Great Britain and the Warburgs of Germany, met with their American financial collaborators on Jekyll Island, Georgia to form a new banking cartel with the express purpose of forming the Third Bank of the United States, with the aim of placing complete control of the United States money supply once again under the control of private bankers. Owing to hostility over the previous banks, the name was changed to "The Federal Reserve" system in order to grant the new bank a quasi-governmental image, but in fact it is a privately owned bank, no more "Federal" than Federal Express. Indeed, in 2012, the Federal Reserve attempted to rebuff a Freedom of Information Lawsuit by Bloomberg News on the grounds that as a private banking corporation and not actually a part of the government, the Freedom of Information Act did not apply to the "trade secret" operations of the Federal Reserve.

"When you or I write a check, there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the check; but when the Federal Reserve writes a check, there is no bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money." -- From the Boston Federal Reserve Bank pamphlet, "Putting it Simply."
"Neither paper currency nor deposits have value as commodities. Intrinsically, a 'dollar' bill is just a piece of paper. Deposits are merely book entries." -- "Modern Money Mechanics Workbook" � Federal Reserve of Chicago, 1975
"I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can and do create money. And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hand the destiny of the people." -- Reginald McKenna, as Chairman of the Midland Bank, addressing stockholders in 1924
"States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve)... The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon. When the British order faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served. States will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools." -- Andrew Gavin Marshall

1913 proved to be a transformative year for the nation's economy, first with the passage of the 16th "income tax" Amendment and the false claim that it had been ratified.

"I think if you were to go back and and try to find and review the ratification of the 16th amendment, which was the internal revenue, the income tax, I think if you went back and examined that carefully, you would find that a sufficient number of states never ratified that amendment." - U.S. District Court Judge James C. Fox, Sullivan Vs. United States, 2003.

Later that same year, and apparently unwilling to risk another questionable amendment, Congress passed the Federal Reserve Act over Christmas holiday 1913, while members of Congress opposed to the measure were at home. This was a very underhanded deal, as the Constitution explicitly vests Congress with the authority to issue the public currency, does not authorize its delegation, and thus should have required a new Amendment to transfer that authority to a private bank. But pass it Congress did, and President Woodrow Wilson signed it as he promised the bankers he would in exchange for generous campaign contributions. Wilson later regretted that decision.

"I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly ruined my country. A great industrial nation is now controlled by its system of credit. We are no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men." -- Woodrow Wilson 1919

The next year, World War One started, and it is important to remember that prior to the creation of the Federal Reserve, there was no such thing as a world war.

World War One started between Austria-Hungary and Serbia, but quickly shifted to focus on Germany, whose industrial capacity was seen as an economic threat to Great Britain, who saw the decline of the British Pound as a result of too much emphasis on financial activity to the neglect of agriculture, industrial development, and infrastructure (not unlike the present day United States). Although pre-war Germany had a private central bank, it was heavily restricted and inflation kept to reasonable levels. Under government control, investment was guaranteed to internal economic development, and Germany was seen as a major power. So, in the media of the day, Germany was portrayed as the prime opponent of World War One, and not just defeated, but its industrial base flattened. Following the Treaty of Versailles, Germany was ordered to pay the war costs of all the participating nations, even though Germany had not actually started the war. This amounted to three times the value of all of Germany itself. Germany's private central bank, to whom Germany had gone deeply into debt to pay the costs of the war, broke free of government control, and massive inflation followed (mostly triggered by currency speculators) , permanently trapping the German people in endless debt.

When the Weimar Republic collapsed economically, it opened the door for the National Socialists to take power. Their first financial move was to issue their own state currency which was not borrowed from private central bankers. Freed from having to pay interest on the money in circulation, Germany blossomed and quickly began to rebuild its industry. The media called it "The German Miracle". TIME magazine lionized Hitler for the amazing improvement in life for the German people and the explosion of German industry, and even named him TIME Magazine's Man Of The Year in 1938.

Once again, Germany's industrial output became a threat to Great Britain.

"Should Germany merchandise (do business) again in the next 50 years we have led this war (WW1) in vain." - Winston Churchill in The Times (1919)

"We will force this war upon Hitler, if he wants it or not." - Winston Churchill (1936 broadcast)

"Germany becomes too powerful. We have to crush it." - Winston Churchill (November 1936 speaking to US - General Robert E. Wood)

"This war is an English war and its goal is the destruction of Germany." - Winston Churchill (- Autumn 1939 broadcast)

Germany's state-issued value based currency was also a direct threat to the wealth and power of the private central banks, and as early as 1933 they started to organize a global boycott against Germany to strangle this upstart ruler who thought he could break free of private central bankers!


Click for larger image

As had been the case in World War One, Great Britain and other nations threatened by Germany's economic power looked for an excuse to go to war, and as public anger in Germany grew over the boycott, Hitler foolishly gave them that excuse. Years later, in a spirit of candor, the real reasons for that war were made clear.

"The war wasn't only about abolishing fascism, but to conquer sales markets. We could have, if we had intended so, prevented this war from breaking out without doing one shot, but we didn't want to."- Winston Churchill to Truman (Fultun, USA March 1946)
"Germany's unforgivable crime before WW2 was its attempt to loosen its economy out of the world trade system and to build up an independent exchange system from which the world-finance couldn't profit anymore. ...We butchered the wrong pig." -Winston Churchill (The Second World War - Bern, 1960)

As a side note, we need to step back before WW2 and recall Marine Major General Smedley Butler. In 1933, Wall Street bankers and financiers had bankrolled the successful coups by both Hitler and Mussolini. Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was financing Hitler right up to the day war was declared with Germany. And they decided that a fascist dictatorship in the United States based on the one on Italy would be far better for their business interests than Roosevelt's "New Deal" which threatened massive wealth re-distribution to recapitalize the working and middle class of America. So the Wall Street tycoons recruited General Butler to lead the overthrow of the US Government and install a "Secretary of General Affairs" who would be answerable to Wall Street and not the people, would crush social unrest and shut down all labor unions. General Butler pretended to go along with the scheme but then exposed the plot to Congress. Congress, then as now in the pocket of the Wall Street bankers, refused to act. When Roosevelt learned of the planned coup he demanded the arrest of the plotters, but the plotters simply reminded Roosevelt that if any one of them were sent to prison, their friends on Wall Street would deliberatly collapse the still-fragile economy and blame Roosevelt for it. Roosevelt was thus unable to act until the start of WW2, at which time he prosecuted many of the plotters under the Trading With The Enemy act. The Congressional minutes into the coup were finally released in 1967 and became the inspiration for the movie, "Seven Days in May" but with the true financial villains erased from the script.

"I spent 33 years and four months in active military service as a member of our country's most agile military force -- the Marine Corps. I served in all commissioned ranks from second lieutenant to Major General. And during that period I spent more of my time being a high--class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and for the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer, a gangster for capitalism. "I suspected I was just a part of a racket at the time. Now I am sure of it. Like all members of the military profession I never had an original thought until I left the service. My mental faculties remained in suspended animation while I obeyed the orders of the higher-ups. This is typical with everyone in the military service. Thus I helped make Mexico and especially Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City Bank boys to collect revenues in. I helped in the raping of half a dozen Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street. The record of racketeering is long. I helped purify Nicaragua for the international banking house of Brown Brothers in 1909-12. I brought light to the Dominican Republic for American sugar interests in 1916. In China in 1927 I helped see to it that the Standard Oil went its way unmolested. During those years, I had, as the boys in the back room would say, a swell racket. I was rewarded with honors, medals and promotion. Looking back on it, I feel I might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in three city districts. I operated on three continents." -- General Smedley Butler, former US Marine Corps Commandant,1935

As President, John F. Kennedy understood the predatory nature of private central banking. He understood why Andrew Jackson fought so hard to end the Second Bank of the United States. So Kennedy wrote and signed Executive Order 11110 which ordered the US Treasury to issue a new public currency, the United States Note.


Click for larger

Kennedy's United States Notes were not borrowed form the Federal Reserve but created by the US Government and backed by the silver stockpiles held by the US Government. It represented a return to the system of economics the United States had been founded on, and was perfectly legal for Kennedy to do. All told, some four and one half billion dollars went into public circulation, eroding interest payments to the Federal Reserve and loosening their control over the nation. Five months later John F. Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas Texas, and the United States Notes pulled from circulation and destroyed (except for samples held by collectors). John J. McCloy, President of the Chase Manhattan Bank, and President of the World Bank, was named to the Warren Commission, presumably to make certain the banking dimensions behind the assassination were concealed from the public.

As we enter the eleventh year of what future history will most certainly describe as World War Three, we need to examine the financial dimensions behind the wars.

Towards the end of World War Two, when it became obvious that the allies were going to win and dictate the post war environment, the major world economic powers met at Bretton Woods, a luxury resort in New Hampshire in July of 1944, and hammered out the Bretton Woods agreement for international finance. The British Pound lost its position as the global trade and reserve currency to the US dollar (part of the price demanded by Roosevelt in exchange for the US entry into the war). Absent the economic advantages of being the world's "go-to" currency, Britain was forced to nationalize the Bank of England in 1946. The Bretton Woods agreement, ratified in 1945, in addition to making the dollar the global reserve and trade currency, obligated the signatory nations to tie their currencies to the dollar. The nations that ratified Bretton Woods did so on two conditions. The first was that the Federal Reserve would refrain from over-printing the dollar as a means to loot real products and produce from other nations in exchange for ink and paper; basically an imperial tax. That assurance was backed up by the second requirement, which was that the US dollar would always be convertible to gold at $35 per ounce.

Of course, the Federal Reserve, being a private bank and not answerable to the US Government, did start overprinting paper dollars, and much of the perceived prosperity of the 1950s and 1960s was the result of foreign nations' obligations to accept the paper notes as being worth gold at the rate of $35 an ounce. Then in 1970, France looked at the huge pile of paper notes sitting in their vaults, for which real French products like wine and cheese had been traded, and notified the United States government that they would exercise their option under Bretton Woods to return the paper notes for gold at the $35 per ounce exchange rate. Of course, the United States had nowhere near the gold to redeem the paper notes, so on August 15th, 1971, Richard Nixon "temporarily" suspended the gold convertibility of the US Federal Reserve Notes. This "Nixon shock" effectively ended Bretton Woods and many global currencies started to delink from the US dollar. Worse, since the United States had collateralized their loans with the nation's gold reserves, it quickly became apparent that the US Government did not in fact have enough gold to cover the outstanding debts. Foreign nations began to get very nervous about their loans to the US and understandably were reluctant to loan any additional money to the United States without some form of collateral. So Richard Nixon started the environmental movement, with the EPA and its various programs such as "wilderness zones", Roadless areas", Heritage rivers", "Wetlands", all of which took vast areas of public lands and made them off limits to the American people who were technically the owners of those lands. But Nixon had little concern for the environment and the real purpose of this land grab under the guise of the environment was to pledge those pristine lands and their vast mineral resources as collateral on the national debt. The plethora of different programs was simply to conceal the true scale of how much American land was being pledged to foreign lenders as collateral on the government's debts; eventually almost 25% of the nation itself.

click for full size image

With open lands for collateral already in short supply, the US Government embarked on a new program to shore up sagging international demand for the dollar. The United States approached the world's oil producing nations, mostly in the Middle East, and offered them a deal. In exchange for only selling their oil for dollars, the United States would guarantee the military safety of those oil-rich nations. The oil rich nations would agree to spend and invest their US paper dollars inside the United States, in particular in US Treasury Bonds, redeemable through future generations of US taxpayers. The concept was labeled the "petrodollar". In effect, the US, no longer able to back the dollar with gold, was now backing it with oil. Other peoples' oil. And that necessity to keep control over those oil nations to prop up the dollar has shaped America's foreign policy in the region ever since.

But as America's manufacturing and agriculture has declined, the oil producing nations faced a dilemma. Those piles of US Federal Reserve notes were not able to purchase much from the United States because the United States had little (other than real estate) anyone wanted to buy. Europe's cars and aircraft were superior and less costly, while experiments with GMO food crops led to nations refusing to buy US food exports. Israel's constant belligerence against its neighbors caused them to wonder if the US could actually keep their end of the petrodollar arrangement. Oil producing nations started to talk of selling their oil for whatever currency the purchasers chose to use. Iraq, already hostile to the United States following Desert Storm, demanded the right to sell their oil for Euros in 2000 and in 2002, the United Nations agreed to allow it under the "Oil for food" program instituted following Desert Storm. One year later the United States re-invaded Iraq, lynched Saddam Hussein, and placed Iraq's oil back on the world market only for US dollars.

The clear US policy shift following 9-11, away from being an impartial broker of peace in the Mideast to one of unquestioned support for Israel's aggressions only further eroded confidence in the Petrodollar deal and even more oil producing nations started openly talking of oil trade for other global currencies.

Over in Libya, Muammar Gaddafi had instituted a state-owned central bank and a value based trade currency, the Gold Dinar. Gaddafi announced that Libya's oil was for sale, but only for the Gold Dinar. Other African nations, seeing the rise of the Gold Dinar and the Euro, even as the US dollar continued its inflation-driven decline, flocked to the new Libyan currency for trade. This move had the potential to seriously undermine the global hegemony of the dollar. French President Nicolas Sarkozy reportedly went so far as to call Libya a “threat” to the financial security of the world. So, the United States invaded Libya, brutally murdered Qaddafi ( the object lesson of Saddam's lynching not being enough of a message, apparently), imposed a private central bank, and returned Libya's oil output to dollars only. The gold that was to have been made into the Gold Dinars is, as of last report, unaccounted for.

According to General Wesley Clark, the master plan for the "dollarification" of the world's oil nations included seven targets, Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan, and Iran (Venezuela, which dared to sell their oil to China for the Yuan, is a late addition). What is notable about the original seven nations originally targeted by the US is that none of them are members of the Bank for International Settlements, the private central bankers private central bank, located in Switzerland. This meant that these nations were deciding for themselves how to run their nations' economies, rather than submit to the international private banks.

Now the bankers' gun sights are on Iran, which dares to have a government central bank and sell their oil for whatever currency they choose. The war agenda is, as always, to force Iran's oil to be sold only for dollars and to force them to accept a privately owned central bank. Malaysia, one of the new nations without a Rothschild central bank, is now being invaded by a force claimed to be "Al Qaeda", and with the death of President Hugo Chavez, plans to impose a US and banker friendly regime on Venezuela are clearly being implemented.

The German government recently asked for the return of some of their gold bullion from the Bank of France and the New York Federal Reserve. France has said it will take 5 years to return Germany's gold. The United States has said they will need 8 years to return Germany's gold. This suggests strongly that the Bank of France and the NY Federal Reserve have used the deposited gold for other purposes, most likely to cover gold futures contracts used to artificially suppress the price of gold to keep investors in the equities markets, and the Central Banks are scrambling to find new gold to cover the shortfall and prevent a gold run. So it is inevitable that suddenly France invades Mali, ostensibly to combat Al Qaeda, with the US joining in. Mali just happens to be one of the world's largest gold producers with gold accounting for 80% of Mali exports. War for the bankers does not get more obvious than that!

Mexico has demanded a physical audit of their gold bullion stored at the Bank of England, and along with Venezuela's vast oil reserves (larger than Saudi Arabia), Venezuela's gold mines are a prize lusted after by all the Central Banks that played fast and loose with other peoples' gold bullion. So we can expect regime change if not outright invasion soon.

You have been raised by a public school system and media that constantly assures you that the reasons for all these wars and assassinations are many and varied. The US claims to bring democracy to the conquered lands (they haven't; the usual result of a US overthrow is the imposition of a dictatorship, such as the 1953 CIA overthrow of Iran's democratically elected government of Mohammad Mosaddegh and the imposition of the Shah, or the 1973 CIA overthrow of Chile's democratically elected government of President Salvador Allende, and the imposition of Augusto Pinochet), or to save a people from a cruel oppressor, revenge for 9-11, or that tired worn-out catch all excuse for invasion, weapons of mass destruction. Assassinations are always passed off as "crazed lone nuts" to obscure the real agenda.

The real agenda is simple. It is enslavement of the people by creation of a false sense of obligation. That obligation is false because the Private Central Banking system, by design, always creates more debt than money with which to pay that debt. Private Central Banking is not science, it is a religion; a set of arbitrary rules created to benefit the priesthood, meaning the owners of the Private Central Bank. The fraud persists, with often lethal results, because the people are tricked into believing that this is the way life is suppoed to be and no alternative exists or should be dreamt of. The same was true of two earlier systems of enslavement, Rule by Divine Right and Slavery, both systems built to trick people into obedience, and both now recognized by modern civilizatyion as illegitimate. Now we are entering a time in human history where we will recognize that rule by debt, or rule by Private Central Bankers issuing the public currency as a loan at interest, is equally illegitimate. It only works as long as people allow themselves to believe that this is the way life is supposed to be.

But understand this above all; Private Central Banks do not exist to serve the people, the community, or the nation. Private Central Banks exist to serve their owners, to make them rich beyond the dreams of Midas and all for the cost of ink, paper, and the right bribe to the right official.

Behind all these wars, all these assassinations, the hundred million horrible deaths from all the wars lies a single policy of dictatorship. The private central bankers allow rulers to rule only on the condition that the people of a nation be enslaved to the private central banks. Failing that, said ruler will be killed, and their nation invaded by those other nations enslaved to private central banks.

The so-called "clash of civilizations" we read about on the corporate media is really a war between banking systems, with the private central bankers forcing themselves onto the rest of the world, no matter how many millions must die for it. Indeed the constant hatemongering against Muslims lies in a simple fact. Like the ancient Christians (prior to the Knights Templars private banking system) , Muslims forbid usury, or the lending of money at interest. And that is the reason our government and media insist they must be killed or converted. They refuse to submit to currencies issued at interest. They refuse to be debt slaves.

So off to war your children must go, to spill their blood for the money-junkies' gold. We barely survived the last two world wars. In the nuclear/bioweapon age, are the private central bankers willing to risk incinerating the whole planet just to feed their greed?

Apparently so.

This brings us to the current situation in the Ukraine.

The European Union had been courting the government of the Ukraine to merge with the EU, and more to the point, entangle their economy with the private-owned European Central Bank. The government of the Ukraine was considering the move, but had made no commitments. Part of their concern lay with the conditions in other EU nations enslaved to the ECB, notably Cyprus, Greece, Spain, and Italy. So they were properly cautious. Then Russia stepped in with a better deal and the Ukraine, exercising the basic choice all consumers have to choose the best product at the best price, dropped the EU and announced they were going to go with Russia's offer. It was at that point that agents provocateurs flooded into the Ukraine, covertly funded by intelligence agency fronts like CANVAS and USAID, stirring up trouble, while the western media proclaimed this was a popular revolution. Snipers shot at people and this violence was blamed on then-President Yanukovich. However a leaked recording of a phone call between the EU's Catherine Ashton and Estonia's Foreign Minister Urmas Paet confirmed the snipers were working for the overthrow plotters, not the Ukrainian government. Urmas Paet has confirmed the authenticity of that phone call.

This is a classic pattern of covert overthrow we have seen many times before. Since the end of WW2, the US has covertly tried to overthrow the governments of 56 nations, succeeding 25 times. Examples include the 1953 overthrow of Iran's elected government of Mohammed Mossadegh and the imposition of the Shah, the 1973 overthrow of Chile's elected government of Salvador Allende and the imposition of the Pinochet dictatorship, and of course, the current overthrow of Ukraine's elected government of Yanukovich and the imposition of the current unelected government, which is already gutting the Ukraine's wealth to hand to the western bankers.

Flag waving and propaganda aside, all modern wars are wars by and for the private bankers, fought and bled for by third parties unaware of the true reason they are expected to gracefully be killed and croppled for. The process is quite simple. As soon as the Private Central Bank issues its currency as a loan at interest, the public is forced deeper and deeper into debt. When the people are reluctant to borrow any more, that is when the Keynesian economists demand the government borrow more to keep the pyramid scheme working. When both the people and government refuse to borrow any more, that is when wars are started, to plunge everyone even deeper into debt to pay for the war, then after the war to borrow more to rebuild. When the war is over, the people have about the same as they did before the war, except the graveyards are far larger and everyone is in debt to the private bankers for the next century. This is why Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was funding the rise of Adolf Hitler.

As long as Private Central Banks are allowed to exist, inevitably as the night follows day there will be poverty, hopelessness, and millions of deaths in endless World Wars, until the Earth itself is sacrificed in flames to Mammon.

The path to true peace on Earth lies in the abolishment of all private central banking everywhere, and a return to the state-issued value-based currencies that allow nations and people to become prosperous.

"Banks do not have an obligation to promote the public good." -- Alexander Dielius, CEO, Germany, Austrian, Eastern Europe Goldman Sachs, 2010
"I am just a banker doing God's work." -- Lloyd Blankfein, CEO, Goldman Sachs, 2009


 



911 SPECIAL “ONCE UPON A TIME”

- 1+ 1 (+1 rating, 1 votes)

September 11, 2012 in Uncategorized Edit this entry

by

 

911 SPECIAL

ONCE UPON A TIME…………

Once upon a time there were 19 bad men. Some were from Saudi Arabia, some were from the United Arab Emirates, one was from Egypt and one was from Lebanon. One day as they were wandering around Afghanistan, they went into a cave where the mean Osama was living. They all decided it would be fun if they would go to the U.S., learn how to fly Boeing 757′s, go to airports, get on 4 different planes, take them over and fly them into buildings, setting the buildings on fire, thus causing them to collapse. The wise and evil Osama agreed.

But there were problems. One said “how can we get into the U.S. since most of us are on terrorist watch lists”? The wise and evil Osama said, we will pray that Allah will cause those in charge in the U.S. to intervene and allow you into the U.S.  Another said, “Since none of us know how to fly, how will we fly the 4, Boeing 757′s”? The wise and evil Osama said “you will go to the Pensacola Naval Air base and they will teach you how to fly a single engine plane”. “How will we take over the planes’? ” You will each carry a box cutter. Once you show the box cutter, then the several hundred passengers will cower in terror as you take over the planes”.

After they did as they were told and all of the pieces fell into place, they did, indeed take over 4, Boeing 757′s, only carrying box cutters. And after only becoming mildly proficient in flying small engine planes and not being able to perform any complex maneuvers, the pilots miraculously performed aerobatic maneuvers that not even the most experienced jet pilots are able to perform. After they had taken over these 4 planes, they were all allowed to fly these planes around Washington, D.C. and the entire east coast without any challenge from the U.S. military. The wise and evil Osama arranged for NORAD to run a drill at the exact same time, with the exact same scenario, calling for a complete stand down of the U.S. air defense.

Once they crashed their planes into buildings, more miracles happened. The jet fuel from 2 of the planes, normally burning at a maximum at 1800 degrees, magically heated up to almost 3000 degrees and melted not only the 47 steel columns in the core of the buildings, but all of the exterior steel as well. This was being done while people, braving the 3000 degree temperatures, still healthy and alive in the buildings, were begging for help at the blown out windows. Not even their clothes were burned. Then, as if by magic, first one, then the other skyscraper, fell down in 12 seconds.

Meanwhile, the wise and evil Osama had still more miracles planned. The third plane performed an impossible maneuver and crashed only a few feet above the ground into the Pentagon building. Even though the plane was 125 feet wide, it managed to slam into a wall of the building and leave only a 16 foot hole. Then the evil and wise Osama made that plane disappear without a trace of debris. He even managed to preserve a book and a wooden table without any burns right next to the exploding jet fuel. He then arranged for more than 40 cameras that recorded the crash to either malfunction or be taken by the authorities.

But the wise and evil Osama wasn’t through. The fourth plane was still flying around un opposed when brave passengers took over the plane. No, Osama didn’t explain why the brave passengers didn’t resist the evil man with the box cutter in the first place, but no matter. The wise and evil Osama then arranged for cell phone calls to be made from this jet liner flying at 500mph and cruising at 30,000 feet. This was indeed another miracle since this was never done before, nor since. Those brave passengers then decided not to try to fly the plane, they decided to crash it into a field. But the wise and evil Osama performed still another miracle. Even though the 4th plane crashed into a field, the plane’s debris was spread over 5 miles — almost as if the debris came from the sky above and not the ground below.

Oh, but the wise and evil Osama had one more trick up his sleeve. Back in the city, where 2 steel skyscrapers had collapsed in their own footprint due to fire, a third skyscraper in the area also had a moderate fire going in a couple of its’ floors. This time the evil and wise Osama would announce his next evil miracle. He caused both  the BBC and CNN to announced that this 3rd building had collapsed due to fire, even though it would not collapse for another 23 minutes. Then it did collapse, but to show the evil Osama was not totally evil, he arranged for this building with fires almost totally out, to collapse in its’ own footprint, so not to damage the surrounding area.

There is a happy ending. All of the King’s soldiers and all of the King’s police and all of the King’s airport security officers and all of the King’s swat teams and all of the King’s stooges and all of the King’s dupes, lived happily ever after.




POSTED JULY 2, 2012

IT'S OVER!

I have attempted over the past several months not to write this article. It's never easy to disappoint. It's never easy to admit defeat. It's never easy to invite criticism. In spite of all that, I am choosing to proceed.

Over the past several years I have posted news on a daily basis. Recently, I have expanded those posts to a new group, Planet Infowars. Both of these venues are very much preaching to the choir, with the hope that some will "wake up" and thus wake up others. I assume those who read these posts and participate in similar actions have the same goal. I have come to the conviction that this is not going to happen -- at least not enough, soon enough. I know this because I know what it takes to turn a nation from bad to good.

During the 1960's a generation set out to end an unjust war based on lies, end 400 years of racial discrimination and remove a corrupt President from office. All three were accomplished, mostly,if not completely. I know this because I was there. I joined thousands of military personnel in opposing the war in Vietnam. I had my life threatened and eventually spent time in Canada with 50,000 other American refugees. I participated in a civil rights demonstration while police with high powered rifles aimed at us were on roof tops across the street. I watched as 10's of thousands demonstrated against various government policies and the President himself. It wasn't me. It was us. We were there by the millions and we turned a nation from evil, albeit temporarily.

Today our battle is much greater. The enemies of this Republic are much stronger, while a new generation is much weaker. Yesterday, we could count on 10's of thousands in the streets. Today, we might get a few hundred. Every city, every college campus, every media outlet knew we were there. We never let them rest. Today, with 100 million more residents in the U.S., all we see is "rest". Those of us who continue in the struggle to save the nation given to us by God and our ancestors, are collectively frustrated. We are frustrated by the smirks, the blank stares, the rolling eyes, the laziness, the lack of study, the lack of life within the souls of most Americans. I said I know what it takes to turn a nation. I also know we, in the U.S. don't have it. We don't have even a small fraction of what we need. It's over. There just isn't enough time to gather what we need to stop the inevitable.

I should say there were two events that finally pushed me into throwing in the towel. The first was last Friday night coming home around midnight. On Alcoa Highway in Knoxville, there were 3 Police checkpoints in a span of about a mile. Each checkpoint had 25 to 30 police cars from all jurisdictions. We were not stopped. I remarked to my wife, and companion of the past 25 years, that's what a Police State looks like. She scoffed that it's just because a little girl was killed by a drunk driver 2 years ago and they just want to get drunks off the road. Then it hit me. In spite of thousands of articles written by me, tens of thousands of documents, videos, and audios and all of the discussions over many years, she remains unconvinced. The second event is the group, Planet Infowars. I was excited at it's founding. Now, with over 20,000 members you would think the communication would be white hot. In spite of 100's posting videos and articles on a regular basis, there is almost no discussion. 20,000 out of the 300 plus million in this country and even that is lukewarm.

I keep thinking about the passage in the Bible where God said he will send the "Grand Delusion". He must have had our nation on his mind, because it sure is there. History is replete with citizens of empires having this kind of attitude just before the fall.

To those who have stayed the course. I honor you. I honor those who went to the Bilderberger meeting. I honor those in We Are Change, who confront those evil beings who have destroyed our Republic. I honor those who go to Police checkpoints to confront their illegal searches. I honor those in Occupy Wall Street, who risk jail and assault to represent those millions who have been victimized by out of control greed. If I can be so bold as to speak for my generation (although no one asked me to), Thank You.

Now, what to do next? First and foremost, our remnant needs to ramp up to survive what's coming. If you haven't stored food yet, store it. If you don't have water filtration, get it. Ammunition, weapons, crossbows, medical supplies, sanitation supplies etc. You know the drill. If you have planned to leave the U.S., go now. If you thought about building a shelter, build it now. If you wanted an escape in the country, get it now. Nothing you can do is more important than your survival. Use this and other forums to exchange ideas on survival. You cannot be too prepared. If there is spare time, continue to educate and give opportunities for the few that may still be convinced. Pray for the rest. Be prepared to witness family, friends and loved ones, dying, arrested, homeless, poor, sick and in despair.

As for me, I will continue to post. I don't want anyone to say to me, "You never warned me". This isn't to convince. It is to convict. I will no more hand out any videos or articles or any other information to anyone I feel doesn't want it. I'm sure all of you know people who won't even watch a video or look something up on the internet. They are lost and because of them, America is lost.





Home|SURVIVAL|911 INFO|VACCINE DANGERS|POLICE BRUTALITY|CULT CONNECTIONS|ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION